« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to ubuntu-help/lt/lt.po
- browse files at revision 106
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 106
- Committer: Package Import Robot
- Author(s): Jeremy Bicha
- Date: 2012-04-04 09:13:40 UTC
- Revision ID: package-import@ubuntu.com-20120404091340-6q6wqt93ai8kwh9c
Tags: 12.04.4
* Finalize screenshots for Ubuntu 12.04
* Fix missing keyboard shortcuts page
* Refer to the Windows key as the Super key instead of the meta key
* Update for new Unity Ctrl+Super keyboard shortcuts (LP: #969235)
* Fix missing keyboard shortcuts page
* Refer to the Windows key as the Super key instead of the meta key
* Update for new Unity Ctrl+Super keyboard shortcuts (LP: #969235)
- files added:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/color-profile-default.png
- ubuntu-help/en_CA
- ubuntu-help/fo
- ubuntu-help/hr
- ubuntu-help/kk
- ubuntu-help/ko
- ubuntu-help/lt
- ubuntu-help/ta
- files removed:
- ubuntu-help/C/figures/unity-shell.png
- files modified:
- debian/changelog
added
removed
ubuntu-help/lt/lt.po
1
# Lithuanian translation for ubuntu-docs
2
# Copyright (c) 2012 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2012
3
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-docs package.
4
# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, 2012.
5
#
6
msgid ""
7
msgstr ""
8
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-docs\n"
9
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
10
"POT-Creation-Date: 2012-04-03 22:26-0400\n"
11
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-29 09:14+0000\n"
12
"Last-Translator: Mantas Kriaučiūnas <mantas@akl.lt>\n"
13
"Language-Team: Lithuanian <lt@li.org>\n"
14
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
15
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
16
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
17
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2012-04-05 05:22+0000\n"
18
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build 15060)\n"
19
20
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
21
msgctxt "_"
22
msgid "translator-credits"
23
msgstr ""
24
"Launchpad Contributions:\n"
25
" Mantas Kriaučiūnas https://launchpad.net/~mantas"
26
27
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12(credit/name)
28
#: C/a11y-braille.page:11(credit/name)
29
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11(credit/name)
30
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:12(credit/name)
31
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:10(credit/name)
32
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:12(credit/name)
33
#: C/a11y.page:10(credit/name)
34
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:12(credit/name)
35
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:10(credit/name)
36
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:12(credit/name)
37
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:12(credit/name)
38
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11(credit/name)
39
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:22(credit/name)
40
#: C/bluetooth.page:11(credit/name)
41
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:18(credit/name)
42
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:14(credit/name)
43
#: C/clock.page:18(credit/name)
44
#: C/disk.page:9(credit/name)
45
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:25(credit/name)
46
#: C/display-lock.page:15(credit/name)
47
#: C/files-browse.page:18(credit/name)
48
#: C/files-delete.page:17(credit/name)
49
#: C/files-lost.page:18(credit/name)
50
#: C/files-open.page:17(credit/name)
51
#: C/files.page:10(credit/name)
52
#: C/files-removedrive.page:8(credit/name)
53
#: C/files-rename.page:16(credit/name)
54
#: C/files-search.page:17(credit/name)
55
#: C/files-select.page:8(credit/name)
56
#: C/files-share.page:18(credit/name)
57
#: C/hardware.page:10(credit/name)
58
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:15(credit/name)
59
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:12(credit/name)
60
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:21(credit/name)
61
#: C/keyboard.page:19(credit/name)
62
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12(credit/name)
63
#: C/look-background.page:27(credit/name)
64
#: C/media.page:10(credit/name)
65
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:15(credit/name)
66
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:20(credit/name)
67
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:12(credit/name)
68
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:17(credit/name)
69
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:20(credit/name)
70
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19(credit/name)
71
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:18(credit/name)
72
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23(credit/name)
73
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:13(credit/name)
74
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:17(credit/name)
75
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:17(credit/name)
76
#: C/nautilus-display.page:13(credit/name)
77
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:18(credit/name)
78
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:18(credit/name)
79
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:10(credit/name)
80
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:13(credit/name)
81
#: C/nautilus-views.page:17(credit/name)
82
#: C/net-findip.page:12(credit/name)
83
#: C/net-macaddress.page:11(credit/name)
84
#: C/net-nonm.page:9(credit/name)
85
#: C/net.page:11(credit/name)
86
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15(credit/name)
87
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:11(credit/name)
88
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10(credit/name)
89
#: C/prefs-display.page:10(credit/name)
90
#: C/prefs-language.page:10(credit/name)
91
#: C/prefs.page:11(credit/name)
92
#: C/printing-setup.page:26(credit/name)
93
#: C/session-formats.page:14(credit/name)
94
#: C/session-language.page:18(credit/name)
95
#: C/shell-exit.page:19(credit/name)
96
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:13(credit/name)
97
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16(credit/name)
98
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:15(credit/name)
99
#: C/sound-alert.page:11(credit/name)
100
#: C/sound-usemic.page:11(credit/name)
101
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9(credit/name)
102
#: C/sound-volume.page:13(credit/name)
103
#: C/tips.page:9(credit/name)
104
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:12(credit/name)
105
#: C/unity-introduction.page:13(credit/name)
106
#: C/user-add.page:16(credit/name)
107
#: C/user-changepicture.page:15(credit/name)
108
#: C/user-delete.page:19(credit/name)
109
msgid "Shaun McCance"
110
msgstr ""
111
112
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:17(credit/name)
113
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:17(credit/name)
114
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:17(credit/name)
115
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:17(credit/name)
116
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:17(credit/name)
117
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:15(credit/name)
118
#: C/files-browse.page:22(credit/name)
119
#: C/files-hidden.page:13(credit/name)
120
#: C/files-sort.page:12(credit/name)
121
#: C/files-tilde.page:14(credit/name)
122
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:10(credit/name)
123
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:19(credit/name)
124
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:16(credit/name)
125
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:13(credit/name)
126
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15(credit/name)
127
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:14(credit/name)
128
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15(credit/name)
129
#: C/nautilus-list.page:11(credit/name)
130
#: C/net-default-browser.page:11(credit/name)
131
#: C/net-default-email.page:11(credit/name)
132
#: C/net-email-virus.page:13(credit/name)
133
#: C/net-install-flash.page:11(credit/name)
134
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:11(credit/name)
135
#: C/net-manual.page:12(credit/name)
136
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:12(credit/name)
137
#: C/net-othersedit.page:12(credit/name)
138
#: C/net-proxy.page:11(credit/name)
139
#: C/net-slow.page:11(credit/name)
140
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:11(credit/name)
141
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:17(credit/name)
142
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:16(credit/name)
143
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:11(credit/name)
144
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14(credit/name)
145
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15(credit/name)
146
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:18(credit/name)
147
#: C/power-batterylife.page:18(credit/name)
148
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18(credit/name)
149
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:17(credit/name)
150
#: C/power-othercountry.page:16(credit/name)
151
#: C/printing-2sided.page:14(credit/name)
152
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:14(credit/name)
153
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13(credit/name)
154
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:15(credit/name)
155
#: C/printing-order.page:14(credit/name)
156
#: C/printing.page:9(credit/name)
157
#: C/printing-select.page:13(credit/name)
158
#: C/printing-setup.page:14(credit/name)
159
#: C/sound-volume.page:8(credit/name)
160
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:16(credit/name)
161
msgid "Phil Bull"
162
msgstr ""
163
164
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:21(info/desc)
165
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
166
msgstr ""
167
168
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:25(page/title)
169
msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
170
msgstr ""
171
172
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:27(page/p)
173
msgid ""
174
"Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly "
175
"repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a "
176
"key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on "
177
"bounce keys."
178
msgstr ""
179
180
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:30(item/p)
181
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:24(item/p)
182
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24(item/p)
183
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:29(item/p)
184
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:32(item/p)
185
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:36(item/p)
186
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:39(item/p)
187
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:32(item/p)
188
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44(item/p)
189
#: C/display-lock.page:32(item/p)
190
#: C/files-autorun.page:36(item/p)
191
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:29(item/p)
192
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:34(item/p)
193
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:31(item/p)
194
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:29(item/p)
195
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:37(item/p)
196
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:36(item/p)
197
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25(item/p)
198
#: C/net-default-browser.page:25(item/p)
199
#: C/net-default-email.page:25(item/p)
200
#: C/power-closelid.page:50(item/p)
201
#: C/power-whydim.page:31(item/p)
202
#: C/session-formats.page:30(item/p)
203
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:32(item/p)
204
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58(item/p)
205
msgid ""
206
"Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
207
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
208
msgstr ""
209
210
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:31(item/p)
211
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:38(item/p)
212
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:41(item/p)
213
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:33(item/p)
214
msgid ""
215
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
216
msgstr ""
217
218
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32(item/p)
219
msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
220
msgstr ""
221
222
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:35(page/p)
223
msgid ""
224
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys "
225
"waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for "
226
"the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want "
227
"the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it "
228
"happened too soon after the previous key press."
229
msgstr ""
230
231
#: C/a11y-braille.page:15(info/desc)
232
msgid ""
233
"Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
234
msgstr ""
235
236
#: C/a11y-braille.page:19(page/title)
237
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
238
msgstr ""
239
240
#: C/a11y-braille.page:21(page/p)
241
msgid ""
242
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user "
243
"interface on a refreshable Braille display. Refer to the <link "
244
"href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
245
msgstr ""
246
247
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:15(info/desc)
248
msgid ""
249
"Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're "
250
"easier to see."
251
msgstr ""
252
253
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:19(page/title)
254
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
255
msgstr ""
256
257
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:21(page/p)
258
msgid ""
259
"You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to "
260
"see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the "
261
"brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user "
262
"interface</em> will change."
263
msgstr ""
264
265
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:25(item/p)
266
msgid "Open <gui>Appearance</gui>."
267
msgstr ""
268
269
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26(item/p)
270
msgid ""
271
"Under <gui>Theme</gui>, select <gui>High Contrast</gui> or <gui>High "
272
"Contrast Inverse</gui>."
273
msgstr ""
274
275
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:21(info/desc)
276
msgid ""
277
"The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the "
278
"mouse still."
279
msgstr ""
280
281
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:26(page/title)
282
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
283
msgstr ""
284
285
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:28(page/p)
286
msgid ""
287
"You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control "
288
"or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the "
289
"mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or "
290
"Dwell Click."
291
msgstr ""
292
293
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:33(page/p)
294
msgid ""
295
"When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, "
296
"let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be "
297
"clicked for you."
298
msgstr ""
299
300
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:38(item/p)
301
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:36(item/p)
302
msgid ""
303
"Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
304
"Settings</gui>."
305
msgstr ""
306
307
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:40(item/p)
308
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33(item/p)
309
msgid ""
310
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and "
311
"Clicking</gui> tab."
312
msgstr ""
313
314
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:42(item/p)
315
msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
316
msgstr ""
317
318
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:45(page/p)
319
msgid ""
320
"The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your "
321
"other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen "
322
"when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you "
323
"will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or "
324
"drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
325
msgstr ""
326
327
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51(page/p)
328
msgid ""
329
"When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will "
330
"gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be "
331
"clicked."
332
msgstr ""
333
334
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:55(page/p)
335
msgid ""
336
"Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the "
337
"mouse pointer still before clicking."
338
msgstr ""
339
340
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:58(page/p)
341
msgid ""
342
"You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The "
343
"pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. "
344
"If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
345
msgstr ""
346
347
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62(page/p)
348
msgid ""
349
"Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the "
350
"pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
351
msgstr ""
352
353
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14(info/desc)
354
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
355
msgstr ""
356
357
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:18(page/title)
358
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
359
msgstr ""
360
361
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:20(page/p)
362
msgid ""
363
"If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the "
364
"size of the font."
365
msgstr ""
366
367
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:25(item/p)
368
msgid "Click on <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
369
msgstr ""
370
371
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:26(item/p)
372
msgid ""
373
"Under <gui>Display</gui> select the <gui>Text size</gui> that is big enough "
374
"for you. It will adjust immediately."
375
msgstr ""
376
377
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:31(note/p)
378
msgid ""
379
"In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing "
380
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press "
381
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
382
msgstr ""
383
384
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:16(info/desc)
385
msgid "Pressing <key>Ctrl</key> can find the mouse pointer."
386
msgstr ""
387
388
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:20(page/title)
389
msgid "Quickly locate the pointer"
390
msgstr ""
391
392
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:23(page/p)
393
msgid ""
394
"If you have trouble seeing where the mouse pointer is on your screen, you "
395
"can make it so that simply pressing the <key>Ctrl</key> key will locate your "
396
"pointer. Once this is set up, pressing <key>Ctrl</key> will cause an "
397
"animation to appear briefly at the location of your pointer."
398
msgstr ""
399
400
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:31(item/p)
401
msgid ""
402
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Mouse</gui> tab."
403
msgstr ""
404
405
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:33(item/p)
406
msgid ""
407
"Select <gui>Show position of pointer when the Control key is pressed</gui>."
408
msgstr ""
409
410
#: C/a11y-locate-pointer.page:37(page/p)
411
msgid "Your <key>Ctrl</key> keys will now locate the pointer when pressed."
412
msgstr ""
413
414
#: C/a11y.page:14(info/desc)
415
msgid ""
416
"<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link "
417
"xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link "
418
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-"
419
"braille\">braille</link>..."
420
msgstr ""
421
422
#: C/a11y.page:24(page/title)
423
#: C/keyboard.page:36(links/title)
424
msgid "Universal access"
425
msgstr ""
426
427
#: C/a11y.page:26(page/p)
428
msgid ""
429
"The Ubuntu desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with "
430
"various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive "
431
"devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal "
432
"Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
433
msgstr ""
434
435
#: C/a11y.page:32(section/title)
436
msgid "Visual impairments"
437
msgstr ""
438
439
#: C/a11y.page:35(links/title)
440
msgid "Blindness"
441
msgstr ""
442
443
#: C/a11y.page:38(links/title)
444
msgid "Low vision"
445
msgstr ""
446
447
#: C/a11y.page:41(links/title)
448
msgid "Color-blindness"
449
msgstr ""
450
451
#: C/a11y.page:44(links/title)
452
#: C/a11y.page:66(links/title)
453
#: C/keyboard.page:40(links/title)
454
msgid "Other topics"
455
msgstr ""
456
457
#: C/a11y.page:49(section/title)
458
msgid "Hearing impairments"
459
msgstr ""
460
461
#: C/a11y.page:54(section/title)
462
msgid "Mobility impairments"
463
msgstr ""
464
465
#: C/a11y.page:57(links/title)
466
msgid "Mouse movement"
467
msgstr ""
468
469
#: C/a11y.page:60(links/title)
470
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
471
msgstr ""
472
473
#: C/a11y.page:63(links/title)
474
msgid "Keyboard use"
475
msgstr ""
476
477
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:21(info/desc)
478
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
479
msgstr ""
480
481
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:25(page/title)
482
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
483
msgstr ""
484
485
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:27(page/p)
486
msgid ""
487
"You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if "
488
"you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if "
489
"your pointing device only has a single button."
490
msgstr ""
491
492
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:35(item/p)
493
msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
494
msgstr ""
495
496
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:38(page/p)
497
msgid ""
498
"You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button for before "
499
"it is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> "
500
"tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary "
501
"Click</gui>."
502
msgstr ""
503
504
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:50(page/p)
505
msgid ""
506
"To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse "
507
"button where you would normally right-click, then release. You will only "
508
"right-click once you release the mouse button. If you use <link xref=\"mouse-"
509
"mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this will also allow you to right-click by "
510
"holding down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
511
msgstr ""
512
513
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:14(info/desc)
514
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
515
msgstr ""
516
517
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:18(page/title)
518
msgid "Read screen aloud"
519
msgstr ""
520
521
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:20(page/p)
522
msgid ""
523
"GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user "
524
"interface. Refer to the <link href=\"ghelp:orca\">Orca Help</link> for more "
525
"information."
526
msgstr ""
527
528
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:21(info/desc)
529
msgid ""
530
"Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the "
531
"screen."
532
msgstr ""
533
534
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:26(page/title)
535
msgid "Turn on slow keys"
536
msgstr ""
537
538
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:28(page/p)
539
msgid ""
540
"Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between "
541
"pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means "
542
"that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while "
543
"before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a "
544
"time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on "
545
"the keyboard first time."
546
msgstr ""
547
548
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:40(item/p)
549
msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
550
msgstr ""
551
552
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:43(page/p)
553
msgid ""
554
"Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to "
555
"hold a key down for it to register."
556
msgstr ""
557
558
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:46(page/p)
559
msgid ""
560
"You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key "
561
"press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold "
562
"the key down long enough."
563
msgstr ""
564
565
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:21(info/desc)
566
msgid ""
567
"Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down "
568
"all of the keys at once."
569
msgstr ""
570
571
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:26(page/title)
572
msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
573
msgstr ""
574
575
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:28(page/p)
576
msgid ""
577
"<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time "
578
"rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the "
579
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between "
580
"windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both "
581
"keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press "
582
"<key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
583
msgstr ""
584
585
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:35(page/p)
586
msgid ""
587
"You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down "
588
"several keys at once."
589
msgstr ""
590
591
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:43(item/p)
592
msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
593
msgstr ""
594
595
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:46(page/p)
596
msgid ""
597
"If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off "
598
"temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the \"standard\" way."
599
msgstr ""
600
601
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:47(page/p)
602
msgid ""
603
"For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and "
604
"<key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press "
605
"another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you "
606
"only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some "
607
"keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close "
608
"together), but not others."
609
msgstr ""
610
611
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:48(page/p)
612
msgid ""
613
"Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
614
msgstr ""
615
616
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:50(page/p)
617
msgid ""
618
"You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a "
619
"keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to "
620
"know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the "
621
"next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep "
622
"when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
623
msgstr ""
624
625
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:15(info/desc)
626
msgid ""
627
"Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is "
628
"played."
629
msgstr ""
630
631
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:20(page/title)
632
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
633
msgstr ""
634
635
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:22(page/p)
636
msgid ""
637
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
638
"and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have "
639
"either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the "
640
"alert sound is played."
641
msgstr ""
642
643
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:27(page/p)
644
msgid ""
645
"This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your "
646
"computer to be silent, such as in a library. See <link xref=\"sound-"
647
"alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound, then enable visual alerts."
648
msgstr ""
649
650
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:33(item/p)
651
msgid ""
652
"Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
653
msgstr ""
654
655
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:34(item/p)
656
msgid ""
657
"Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire "
658
"screen or just your current window to flash."
659
msgstr ""
660
661
#: C/about-this-guide.page:10(info/desc)
662
msgid "A few tips about using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
663
msgstr ""
664
665
#: C/about-this-guide.page:14(credit/name)
666
#: C/backup-check.page:11(credit/name)
667
#: C/backup-frequency.page:16(credit/name)
668
#: C/backup-how.page:16(credit/name)
669
#: C/backup-restore.page:15(credit/name)
670
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:18(credit/name)
671
#: C/backup-what.page:11(credit/name)
672
#: C/backup-where.page:13(credit/name)
673
#: C/backup-why.page:14(credit/name)
674
#: C/clock-calendar.page:15(credit/name)
675
#: C/clock-set.page:12(credit/name)
676
#: C/clock-timezone.page:11(credit/name)
677
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:11(credit/name)
678
#: C/disk-capacity.page:10(credit/name)
679
#: C/disk-check.page:9(credit/name)
680
#: C/disk-format.page:9(credit/name)
681
#: C/disk-partitions.page:9(credit/name)
682
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17(credit/name)
683
#: C/fallback-mode.page:11(credit/name)
684
#: C/files-autorun.page:18(credit/name)
685
#: C/files-lost.page:14(credit/name)
686
#: C/files-recover.page:14(credit/name)
687
#: C/files-rename.page:12(credit/name)
688
#: C/files-search.page:13(credit/name)
689
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:14(credit/name)
690
#: C/hardware-driver.page:12(credit/name)
691
#: C/look-background.page:15(credit/name)
692
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:11(credit/name)
693
#: C/look-resolution.page:13(credit/name)
694
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11(credit/name)
695
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:10(credit/name)
696
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:10(credit/name)
697
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:10(credit/name)
698
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:11(credit/name)
699
#: C/net-antivirus.page:14(credit/name)
700
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12(credit/name)
701
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:11(credit/name)
702
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12(credit/name)
703
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14(credit/name)
704
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:13(credit/name)
705
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12(credit/name)
706
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15(credit/name)
707
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15(credit/name)
708
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:15(credit/name)
709
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16(credit/name)
710
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:11(credit/name)
711
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14(credit/name)
712
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:14(credit/name)
713
#: C/power-batterylife.page:14(credit/name)
714
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14(credit/name)
715
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:13(credit/name)
716
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:13(credit/name)
717
#: C/power-closelid.page:14(credit/name)
718
#: C/power-constantfan.page:13(credit/name)
719
#: C/power-hibernate.page:15(credit/name)
720
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:13(credit/name)
721
#: C/power-lowpower.page:11(credit/name)
722
#: C/power-nowireless.page:15(credit/name)
723
#: C/power-othercountry.page:12(credit/name)
724
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:14(credit/name)
725
#: C/power-suspend.page:13(credit/name)
726
#: C/power-whydim.page:13(credit/name)
727
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:13(credit/name)
728
#: C/printing-streaks.page:15(credit/name)
729
#: C/session-language.page:14(credit/name)
730
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14(credit/name)
731
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:14(credit/name)
732
#: C/shell-overview.page:21(credit/name)
733
#: C/shell-windows.page:15(credit/name)
734
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15(credit/name)
735
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15(credit/name)
736
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:18(credit/name)
737
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15(credit/name)
738
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:17(credit/name)
739
#: C/sound-broken.page:14(credit/name)
740
#: C/sound-crackle.page:14(credit/name)
741
#: C/sound-nosound.page:15(credit/name)
742
#: C/user-accounts.page:16(credit/name)
743
#: C/user-add.page:12(credit/name)
744
#: C/user-admin-change.page:17(credit/name)
745
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:14(credit/name)
746
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:14(credit/name)
747
#: C/user-changepassword.page:16(credit/name)
748
#: C/user-changepicture.page:11(credit/name)
749
#: C/user-delete.page:15(credit/name)
750
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10(credit/name)
751
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:12(credit/name)
752
#: C/video-dvd.page:15(credit/name)
753
#: C/video-sending.page:11(credit/name)
754
#: C/windows-key.page:10(credit/name)
755
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
756
msgstr ""
757
758
#: C/about-this-guide.page:19(credit/name)
759
#: C/addremove-install.page:12(credit/name)
760
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:10(credit/name)
761
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:11(credit/name)
762
#: C/addremove-remove.page:10(credit/name)
763
#: C/addremove-sources.page:10(credit/name)
764
#: C/app-cheese.page:10(credit/name)
765
#: C/fallback-mode.page:15(credit/name)
766
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:12(credit/name)
767
#: C/net-antivirus.page:19(credit/name)
768
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11(credit/name)
769
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11(credit/name)
770
#: C/net-chat-social.page:10(credit/name)
771
#: C/net-chat-video.page:10(credit/name)
772
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10(credit/name)
773
#: C/net-mobile.page:10(credit/name)
774
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17(credit/name)
775
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17(credit/name)
776
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:11(credit/name)
777
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:9(credit/name)
778
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:9(credit/name)
779
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:11(credit/name)
780
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:9(credit/name)
781
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
782
msgstr ""
783
784
#: C/about-this-guide.page:25(page/title)
785
msgid "About this guide"
786
msgstr ""
787
788
#: C/about-this-guide.page:26(page/p)
789
msgid ""
790
"This guide is designed to give you a tour of the features of your desktop, "
791
"answer your computer-related questions, and provide tips on using your "
792
"computer more effectively. We've tried to make this guide as easy to use as "
793
"possible:"
794
msgstr ""
795
796
#: C/about-this-guide.page:29(item/p)
797
msgid ""
798
"The guide is sorted into small, task-oriented topics--not chapters. This "
799
"means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find the "
800
"answer to your questions."
801
msgstr ""
802
803
#: C/about-this-guide.page:30(item/p)
804
msgid ""
805
"Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some "
806
"pages will direct you to related topics. This makes it easy to find similar "
807
"topics that might help you perform a certain task."
808
msgstr ""
809
810
#: C/about-this-guide.page:31(item/p)
811
msgid ""
812
"It includes built-in search. The bar at the top of the help browser is a "
813
"<em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will start appearing as soon as "
814
"you start typing."
815
msgstr ""
816
817
#: C/about-this-guide.page:32(item/p)
818
msgid ""
819
"The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you "
820
"with a comprehensive set of helpful information, we know we won't answer all "
821
"of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things "
822
"more helpful, though."
823
msgstr ""
824
825
#: C/about-this-guide.page:35(page/p)
826
msgid ""
827
"Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>. We "
828
"sincerely hope that you will never have to use it."
829
msgstr ""
830
831
#: C/about-this-guide.page:37(page/p)
832
msgid "-- The Ubuntu documentation team"
833
msgstr ""
834
835
#: C/addremove-install.page:15(info/desc)
836
msgid ""
837
"Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
838
msgstr ""
839
"Naudokite „Ubuntu Programų centrą“ papildomos programinės įrangos (programų, "
840
"žaidimų ir t.t.) įdiegimui."
841
842
#: C/addremove-install.page:19(page/title)
843
msgid "Install additional software"
844
msgstr ""
845
846
#: C/addremove-install.page:20(page/p)
847
msgid ""
848
"The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we "
849
"think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will "
850
"certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
851
msgstr ""
852
853
#: C/addremove-install.page:23(page/p)
854
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
855
msgstr ""
856
857
#: C/addremove-install.page:25(item/p)
858
msgid ""
859
"Connect to the Internet using a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
860
"connect\">wireless</link> or <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired "
861
"connection</link>."
862
msgstr ""
863
864
#: C/addremove-install.page:27(item/p)
865
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:30(item/p)
866
#: C/addremove-remove.page:23(item/p)
867
msgid ""
868
"Click the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
869
"or search for <input>Software Center</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
870
msgstr ""
871
872
#: C/addremove-install.page:29(item/p)
873
msgid ""
874
"When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a "
875
"category and find an application from the list."
876
msgstr ""
877
878
#: C/addremove-install.page:31(item/p)
879
msgid ""
880
"Select the application that you are interested in and click "
881
"<gui>Install</gui>."
882
msgstr ""
883
884
#: C/addremove-install.page:32(item/p)
885
msgid ""
886
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the "
887
"installation will begin."
888
msgstr ""
889
890
#: C/addremove-install.page:33(item/p)
891
msgid ""
892
"The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you "
893
"have a slow Internet connection."
894
msgstr ""
895
896
#: C/addremove-install.page:35(item/p)
897
msgid ""
898
"A shortcut to your new app will be added to the launcher. To disable this "
899
"feature, uncheck <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>New Applications in "
900
"Launcher</gui></guiseq>."
901
msgstr ""
902
903
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:13(info/desc)
904
msgid ""
905
"Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to "
906
"Ubuntu Software Center."
907
msgstr ""
908
909
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:17(page/title)
910
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
911
msgstr ""
912
913
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:19(page/p)
914
msgid ""
915
"<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some "
916
"software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> can't. "
917
"Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software "
918
"Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for "
919
"use by those new to Ubuntu."
920
msgstr ""
921
922
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26(page/p)
923
msgid ""
924
"Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can <link "
925
"href=\"apt:synaptic\">install</link> it with Software Center."
926
msgstr ""
927
928
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:31(section/title)
929
msgid "Install software with Synaptic"
930
msgstr ""
931
932
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:34(item/p)
933
msgid ""
934
"Open Synaptic from the <gui>dash</gui> or the <gui>launcher</gui>. You will "
935
"need to enter your password in the <gui>Authenticate</gui> window."
936
msgstr ""
937
938
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:38(item/p)
939
msgid ""
940
"Click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an application, or click "
941
"<gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to find one."
942
msgstr ""
943
944
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:43(item/p)
945
msgid ""
946
"Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark "
947
"for Installation</gui>."
948
msgstr ""
949
950
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:47(item/p)
951
msgid ""
952
"If you are asked if you would like to mark additional changes, click "
953
"<gui>Mark</gui>."
954
msgstr ""
955
956
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:51(item/p)
957
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
958
msgstr ""
959
960
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:55(item/p)
961
msgid ""
962
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that "
963
"appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
964
msgstr ""
965
966
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:61(section/p)
967
msgid ""
968
"For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link "
969
"href=\"ghelp:synaptic\">Synaptic Manual</link>."
970
msgstr ""
971
972
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:14(info/desc)
973
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
974
msgstr ""
975
976
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18(page/title)
977
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
978
msgstr ""
979
980
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:19(page/p)
981
msgid ""
982
"<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed "
983
"for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party "
984
"repositories."
985
msgstr ""
986
987
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22(note/p)
988
#: C/addremove-sources.page:20(note/p)
989
msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!"
990
msgstr ""
991
992
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:23(note/p)
993
#: C/addremove-sources.page:21(note/p)
994
msgid ""
995
"Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or "
996
"reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to "
997
"your computer."
998
msgstr ""
999
1000
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:27(steps/title)
1001
msgid "Install a PPA"
1002
msgstr ""
1003
1004
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:28(item/p)
1005
msgid ""
1006
"On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading <gui>Adding this PPA to "
1007
"your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look "
1008
"similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next</code>."
1009
msgstr ""
1010
1011
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32(item/p)
1012
#: C/addremove-sources.page:28(item/p)
1013
msgid ""
1014
"When the Software Center launches, click "
1015
"<guiseq><gui>Edit></gui><gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
1016
msgstr ""
1017
1018
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:33(item/p)
1019
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1020
msgstr ""
1021
1022
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:34(item/p)
1023
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
1024
msgstr ""
1025
1026
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:35(item/p)
1027
msgid ""
1028
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui>. Enter your password in the Authenticate window."
1029
msgstr ""
1030
1031
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:36(item/p)
1032
msgid ""
1033
"Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check "
1034
"your software sources for new software."
1035
msgstr ""
1036
1037
#: C/addremove-remove.page:13(info/desc)
1038
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
1039
msgstr ""
1040
1041
#: C/addremove-remove.page:17(page/title)
1042
msgid "Remove an application"
1043
msgstr ""
1044
1045
#: C/addremove-remove.page:19(page/p)
1046
msgid ""
1047
"The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> makes it easy to remove software that "
1048
"you no longer use."
1049
msgstr ""
1050
"<app>Ubuntu Programų centre</app> galite paprastai pašalinti nereikalingas "
1051
"programas ar žaidimus."
1052
1053
#: C/addremove-remove.page:27(item/p)
1054
msgid ""
1055
"When the Software Center opens, click the <gui>Installed</gui> button at the "
1056
"top."
1057
msgstr ""
1058
1059
#: C/addremove-remove.page:30(item/p)
1060
msgid ""
1061
"Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box, or by "
1062
"looking through the list of installed applications."
1063
msgstr ""
1064
1065
#: C/addremove-remove.page:34(item/p)
1066
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1067
msgstr ""
1068
1069
#: C/addremove-remove.page:37(item/p)
1070
msgid ""
1071
"You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the "
1072
"application will be removed."
1073
msgstr ""
1074
1075
#: C/addremove-remove.page:40(note/p)
1076
msgid ""
1077
"Some applications depend on others being installed in order to work "
1078
"properly. If you try to remove an application which is needed by another "
1079
"application, both of them will be removed. You will be asked to confirm that "
1080
"this is what you want to happen before the applications are removed."
1081
msgstr ""
1082
1083
#: C/addremove-sources.page:13(info/desc)
1084
msgid ""
1085
"Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for "
1086
"installation and upgrades."
1087
msgstr ""
1088
1089
#: C/addremove-sources.page:17(page/title)
1090
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
1091
msgstr ""
1092
1093
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18(page/p)
1094
msgid ""
1095
"Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default "
1096
"Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-"
1097
"party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available "
1098
"repositories."
1099
msgstr ""
1100
1101
#: C/addremove-sources.page:25(steps/title)
1102
msgid "Install other repositories"
1103
msgstr ""
1104
1105
#: C/addremove-sources.page:26(item/p)
1106
msgid ""
1107
"Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or "
1108
"search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1109
msgstr ""
1110
1111
#: C/addremove-sources.page:29(item/p)
1112
msgid ""
1113
"You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to "
1114
"the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1115
msgstr ""
1116
1117
#: C/addremove-sources.page:30(item/p)
1118
msgid ""
1119
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should "
1120
"be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
1121
msgstr ""
1122
1123
#: C/addremove-sources.page:31(item/p)
1124
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ precise main</code>"
1125
msgstr ""
1126
1127
#: C/addremove-sources.page:32(item/p)
1128
msgid ""
1129
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu "
1130
"Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
1131
msgstr ""
1132
1133
#: C/addremove-sources.page:36(section/title)
1134
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
1135
msgstr ""
1136
1137
#: C/addremove-sources.page:37(section/p)
1138
msgid ""
1139
"The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that "
1140
"don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software "
1141
"like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash "
1142
"Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software "
1143
"Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is "
1144
"enabled."
1145
msgstr ""
1146
1147
#: C/addremove-sources.page:38(section/p)
1148
msgid ""
1149
"To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other "
1150
"Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the "
1151
"<gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is "
1152
"checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click "
1153
"<gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
1154
msgstr ""
1155
1156
#: C/addremove-sources.page:42(section/p)
1157
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu precise partner</code>"
1158
msgstr ""
1159
1160
#: C/addremove-sources.page:43(section/p)
1161
msgid ""
1162
"Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a "
1163
"moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
1164
msgstr ""
1165
1166
#: C/app-cheese.page:14(info/desc)
1167
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
1168
msgstr ""
1169
1170
#: C/app-cheese.page:18(page/title)
1171
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
1172
msgstr ""
1173
1174
#: C/app-cheese.page:20(page/p)
1175
msgid ""
1176
"With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos "
1177
"and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others. Using "
1178
"Cheese it is easy to take photos of you, your friends, your pets or whatever "
1179
"you want."
1180
msgstr ""
1181
1182
#: C/app-cheese.page:24(page/p)
1183
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
1184
msgstr ""
1185
1186
#: C/app-cheese.page:26(item/p)
1187
msgid ""
1188
"Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software "
1189
"Center</app>."
1190
msgstr ""
1191
1192
#: C/app-cheese.page:27(item/p)
1193
msgid ""
1194
"Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to "
1195
"install it."
1196
msgstr ""
1197
1198
#: C/app-cheese.page:28(item/p)
1199
msgid ""
1200
"If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
1201
"Center window."
1202
msgstr ""
1203
1204
#: C/app-cheese.page:31(page/p)
1205
msgid ""
1206
"You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the "
1207
"installation."
1208
msgstr ""
1209
1210
#: C/app-cheese.page:33(page/p)
1211
msgid ""
1212
"For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"ghelp:cheese\">Cheese user "
1213
"guide</link>."
1214
msgstr ""
1215
1216
#: C/app-cheese.page:35(note/p)
1217
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
1218
msgstr ""
1219
1220
#: C/backup-check.page:7(info/desc)
1221
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
1222
msgstr ""
1223
1224
#: C/backup-check.page:17(page/title)
1225
msgid "Check your backup"
1226
msgstr ""
1227
1228
#: C/backup-check.page:19(page/p)
1229
msgid ""
1230
"After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup "
1231
"was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data "
1232
"since some files could be missing from the backup."
1233
msgstr ""
1234
1235
#: C/backup-check.page:23(page/p)
1236
msgid ""
1237
"When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to "
1238
"make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are "
1239
"transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform "
1240
"additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
1241
msgstr ""
1242
1243
#: C/backup-check.page:29(page/p)
1244
msgid ""
1245
"You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on "
1246
"the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders "
1247
"you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra "
1248
"confidence that the process was successful."
1249
msgstr ""
1250
1251
#: C/backup-check.page:34(note/p)
1252
msgid ""
1253
"If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may "
1254
"find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà "
1255
"Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just "
1256
"copying and pasting files."
1257
msgstr ""
1258
1259
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7(info/desc)
1260
msgid ""
1261
"Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that "
1262
"they're safe."
1263
msgstr ""
1264
1265
#: C/backup-frequency.page:12(credit/name)
1266
#: C/backup-how.page:12(credit/name)
1267
#: C/backup-restore.page:11(credit/name)
1268
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14(credit/name)
1269
#: C/backup-what.page:15(credit/name)
1270
#: C/backup-where.page:17(credit/name)
1271
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:10(credit/name)
1272
#: C/files-browse.page:14(credit/name)
1273
#: C/files-copy.page:17(credit/name)
1274
#: C/get-involved.page:14(credit/name)
1275
#: C/more-help.page:10(credit/name)
1276
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:16(credit/name)
1277
#: C/mouse.page:16(credit/name)
1278
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19(credit/name)
1279
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:13(credit/name)
1280
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11(credit/name)
1281
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:14(credit/name)
1282
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:14(credit/name)
1283
#: C/nautilus-views.page:13(credit/name)
1284
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:14(credit/name)
1285
#: C/user-delete.page:11(credit/name)
1286
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:20(credit/name)
1287
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
1288
msgstr ""
1289
1290
#: C/backup-frequency.page:22(page/title)
1291
msgid "Frequency of backups"
1292
msgstr ""
1293
1294
#: C/backup-frequency.page:24(page/p)
1295
msgid ""
1296
"How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. "
1297
"For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data "
1298
"stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
1299
msgstr ""
1300
1301
#: C/backup-frequency.page:28(page/p)
1302
msgid ""
1303
"On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then "
1304
"hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to "
1305
"consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
1306
msgstr ""
1307
1308
#: C/backup-frequency.page:33(item/p)
1309
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
1310
msgstr ""
1311
1312
#: C/backup-frequency.page:34(item/p)
1313
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
1314
msgstr ""
1315
1316
#: C/backup-frequency.page:37(page/p)
1317
msgid ""
1318
"If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few "
1319
"changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly "
1320
"backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax "
1321
"audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
1322
msgstr ""
1323
1324
#: C/backup-frequency.page:42(page/p)
1325
msgid ""
1326
"As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more "
1327
"than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For "
1328
"example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, "
1329
"you should back up at least once per week."
1330
msgstr ""
1331
1332
#: C/backup-how.page:7(info/desc)
1333
msgid ""
1334
"Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your "
1335
"valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
1336
msgstr ""
1337
1338
#: C/backup-how.page:20(credit/name)
1339
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22(credit/name)
1340
#: C/backup-what.page:19(credit/name)
1341
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:19(credit/name)
1342
#: C/disk-capacity.page:18(credit/name)
1343
#: C/disk-check.page:17(credit/name)
1344
#: C/files-disc-write.page:8(credit/name)
1345
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:13(credit/name)
1346
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:13(credit/name)
1347
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:24(credit/name)
1348
msgid "Michael Hill"
1349
msgstr ""
1350
1351
#: C/backup-how.page:26(page/title)
1352
msgid "How to back up"
1353
msgstr ""
1354
1355
#: C/backup-how.page:28(page/p)
1356
msgid ""
1357
"The easiest way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup "
1358
"application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup "
1359
"applications are available, for example <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
1360
msgstr ""
1361
1362
#: C/backup-how.page:32(page/p)
1363
msgid ""
1364
"The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting "
1365
"your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
1366
msgstr ""
1367
1368
#: C/backup-how.page:35(page/p)
1369
msgid ""
1370
"An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> "
1371
"to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the "
1372
"network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal "
1373
"files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy "
1374
"them from there."
1375
msgstr ""
1376
1377
#: C/backup-how.page:40(page/p)
1378
msgid ""
1379
"The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage "
1380
"device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up "
1381
"the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
1382
msgstr ""
1383
1384
#: C/backup-how.page:45(item/p)
1385
msgid ""
1386
"Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or "
1387
"other removable media."
1388
msgstr ""
1389
1390
#: C/backup-how.page:47(item/p)
1391
msgid ""
1392
"Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, "
1393
"you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your "
1394
"programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
1395
msgstr ""
1396
1397
#: C/backup-how.page:51(item/p)
1398
msgid ""
1399
"Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in "
1400
"<file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
1401
msgstr ""
1402
1403
#: C/backup-restore.page:7(info/desc)
1404
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
1405
msgstr ""
1406
1407
#: C/backup-restore.page:22(page/title)
1408
msgid "Restore a backup"
1409
msgstr ""
1410
1411
#: C/backup-restore.page:24(page/p)
1412
msgid ""
1413
"If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, "
1414
"you can restore them from the backup:"
1415
msgstr ""
1416
1417
#: C/backup-restore.page:28(item/p)
1418
msgid ""
1419
"If you want to restore your backup from a device such as external hard "
1420
"drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link "
1421
"xref=\"files-copy\">copy them</link> back to your computer."
1422
msgstr ""
1423
1424
#: C/backup-restore.page:32(item/p)
1425
msgid ""
1426
"If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà "
1427
"Dup</app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore "
1428
"your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will "
1429
"provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
1430
msgstr ""
1431
1432
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7(info/desc)
1433
msgid ""
1434
"A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you "
1435
"may want to back up."
1436
msgstr ""
1437
1438
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29(page/title)
1439
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
1440
msgstr ""
1441
1442
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31(page/p)
1443
msgid ""
1444
"Deciding which files to back up, and locating them, is the most difficult "
1445
"step when attempting to perform a backup. Listed below are the most common "
1446
"locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
1447
msgstr ""
1448
1449
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:37(item/p)
1450
msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
1451
msgstr ""
1452
1453
#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
1454
#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
1455
#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
1456
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:38(item/p)
1457
msgid ""
1458
"These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). "
1459
"They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music and "
1460
"Videos."
1461
msgstr ""
1462
1463
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:41(item/p)
1464
msgid ""
1465
"If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, "
1466
"for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out "
1467
"how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage "
1468
"Analyzer</app>."
1469
msgstr ""
1470
1471
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:48(item/p)
1472
msgid "Hidden files"
1473
msgstr ""
1474
1475
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:49(item/p)
1476
msgid ""
1477
"Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. "
1478
"To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
1479
"Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. "
1480
"You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
1481
msgstr ""
1482
1483
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:56(item/p)
1484
msgid ""
1485
"Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
1486
msgstr ""
1487
1488
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:57(item/p)
1489
msgid ""
1490
"Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home "
1491
"folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
1492
msgstr ""
1493
1494
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:59(item/p)
1495
msgid ""
1496
"Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders "
1497
"<cmd>.config</cmd>, <cmd>.gconf</cmd>, <cmd>.gnome2</cmd>, and "
1498
"<cmd>.local</cmd> in your Home folder."
1499
msgstr ""
1500
1501
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:65(item/p)
1502
msgid "System-wide settings"
1503
msgstr ""
1504
1505
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:66(item/p)
1506
msgid ""
1507
"Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home "
1508
"folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most "
1509
"are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to "
1510
"back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, "
1511
"however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
1512
msgstr ""
1513
1514
#: C/backup-what.page:7(info/desc)
1515
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
1516
msgstr ""
1517
1518
#: C/backup-what.page:26(page/title)
1519
msgid "What to back up"
1520
msgstr ""
1521
1522
#: C/backup-what.page:28(page/p)
1523
msgid ""
1524
"Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-"
1525
"thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult "
1526
"to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
1527
msgstr ""
1528
1529
#: C/backup-what.page:35(item/title)
1530
msgid "Your personal files"
1531
msgstr ""
1532
1533
#: C/backup-what.page:36(item/p)
1534
msgid ""
1535
"This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, "
1536
"financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would "
1537
"consider irreplaceable."
1538
msgstr ""
1539
1540
#: C/backup-what.page:42(item/title)
1541
msgid "Your personal settings"
1542
msgstr ""
1543
1544
#: C/backup-what.page:43(item/p)
1545
msgid ""
1546
"This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen "
1547
"resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes "
1548
"application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your "
1549
"music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a "
1550
"while to recreate."
1551
msgstr ""
1552
1553
#: C/backup-what.page:51(item/title)
1554
msgid "System settings"
1555
msgstr ""
1556
1557
#: C/backup-what.page:52(item/p)
1558
msgid ""
1559
"Most people never change the system settings that are created during "
1560
"installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or "
1561
"if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these "
1562
"settings."
1563
msgstr ""
1564
1565
#: C/backup-what.page:59(item/title)
1566
msgid "Installed software"
1567
msgstr ""
1568
1569
#: C/backup-what.page:60(item/p)
1570
msgid ""
1571
"The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious "
1572
"computer problem by reinstalling it."
1573
msgstr ""
1574
1575
#: C/backup-what.page:65(page/p)
1576
msgid ""
1577
"In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files "
1578
"that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things "
1579
"are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk "
1580
"space by having backups of them."
1581
msgstr ""
1582
1583
#: C/backup-where.page:7(info/desc)
1584
msgid ""
1585
"Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
1586
msgstr ""
1587
1588
#: C/backup-where.page:9(info/title)
1589
msgctxt "sort"
1590
msgid "c"
1591
msgstr ""
1592
1593
#: C/backup-where.page:23(page/title)
1594
msgid "Where to store your backup"
1595
msgstr ""
1596
1597
#: C/backup-where.page:25(page/p)
1598
msgid ""
1599
"You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your "
1600
"computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer "
1601
"breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't "
1602
"keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or "
1603
"theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
1604
msgstr ""
1605
1606
#: C/backup-where.page:31(page/p)
1607
msgid ""
1608
"It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em> too. You "
1609
"need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for "
1610
"all of the backed-up files."
1611
msgstr ""
1612
1613
#: C/backup-where.page:36(list/title)
1614
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
1615
msgstr ""
1616
1617
#: C/backup-where.page:38(item/p)
1618
msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
1619
msgstr ""
1620
1621
#: C/backup-where.page:41(item/p)
1622
msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
1623
msgstr ""
1624
1625
#: C/backup-where.page:44(item/p)
1626
msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
1627
msgstr ""
1628
1629
#: C/backup-where.page:47(item/p)
1630
msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
1631
msgstr ""
1632
1633
#: C/backup-where.page:50(item/p)
1634
msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
1635
msgstr ""
1636
1637
#: C/backup-where.page:53(item/p)
1638
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
1639
msgstr ""
1640
1641
#: C/backup-where.page:56(item/p)
1642
msgid ""
1643
"Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon "
1644
"S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for "
1645
"example; capacity depends on price)"
1646
msgstr ""
1647
1648
#: C/backup-where.page:62(page/p)
1649
msgid ""
1650
"Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of "
1651
"every file on your system, also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
1652
msgstr ""
1653
1654
#: C/backup-why.page:7(info/desc)
1655
msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
1656
msgstr ""
1657
1658
#: C/backup-why.page:8(info/title)
1659
msgctxt "link:trail"
1660
msgid "Backups"
1661
msgstr ""
1662
1663
#: C/backup-why.page:20(page/title)
1664
msgid "Back up your important files"
1665
msgstr ""
1666
1667
#: C/backup-why.page:22(page/p)
1668
msgid ""
1669
"<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for "
1670
"safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to "
1671
"loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in "
1672
"the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the "
1673
"original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard "
1674
"drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
1675
msgstr ""
1676
1677
#: C/backup-why.page:29(page/p)
1678
msgid ""
1679
"The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies "
1680
"off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
1681
msgstr ""
1682
1683
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:11(info/desc)
1684
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
1685
msgstr ""
1686
1687
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14(credit/name)
1688
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:14(credit/name)
1689
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15(credit/name)
1690
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
1691
#: C/files-delete.page:22(credit/name)
1692
#: C/files-removedrive.page:12(credit/name)
1693
#: C/files-rename.page:20(credit/name)
1694
#: C/files-sort.page:16(credit/name)
1695
#: C/more-help.page:15(credit/name)
1696
#: C/net-findip.page:16(credit/name)
1697
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:12(credit/name)
1698
#: C/net-macaddress.page:15(credit/name)
1699
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:11(credit/name)
1700
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:12(credit/name)
1701
#: C/printing-2sided.page:18(credit/name)
1702
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:18(credit/name)
1703
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17(credit/name)
1704
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:19(credit/name)
1705
#: C/printing-order.page:18(credit/name)
1706
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:15(credit/name)
1707
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:14(credit/name)
1708
#: C/printing-setup.page:18(credit/name)
1709
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18(credit/name)
1710
msgid "Jim Campbell"
1711
msgstr ""
1712
1713
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:18(credit/name)
1714
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:18(credit/name)
1715
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:19(credit/name)
1716
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:10(credit/name)
1717
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:12(credit/name)
1718
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:18(credit/name)
1719
#: C/printing-setup.page:22(credit/name)
1720
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
1721
msgstr ""
1722
1723
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:28(page/title)
1724
msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
1725
msgstr ""
1726
1727
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:30(page/p)
1728
msgid ""
1729
"Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first "
1730
"need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the "
1731
"Bluetooth devices."
1732
msgstr ""
1733
1734
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35(note/p)
1735
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:36(note/p)
1736
msgid ""
1737
"Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link "
1738
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
1739
msgstr ""
1740
1741
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:41(item/p)
1742
msgid ""
1743
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New "
1744
"Device</gui>."
1745
msgstr ""
1746
1747
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:44(item/p)
1748
msgid ""
1749
"Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
1750
"visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters "
1751
"(about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer "
1752
"will begin searching for devices."
1753
msgstr ""
1754
1755
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:49(item/p)
1756
msgid ""
1757
"If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-"
1758
"down to display only a single type of device in the list."
1759
msgstr ""
1760
1761
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:52(item/p)
1762
msgid ""
1763
"Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other "
1764
"device."
1765
msgstr ""
1766
1767
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:54(note/p)
1768
msgid ""
1769
"The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with "
1770
"no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific "
1771
"PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the "
1772
"proper setting."
1773
msgstr ""
1774
1775
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:56(item/p)
1776
msgid ""
1777
"Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click "
1778
"<gui>Close</gui>."
1779
msgstr ""
1780
1781
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:59(item/p)
1782
msgid ""
1783
"Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, "
1784
"the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
1785
msgstr ""
1786
1787
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:62(item/p)
1788
msgid ""
1789
"If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show "
1790
"you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the "
1791
"PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
1792
msgstr ""
1793
1794
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:65(item/p)
1795
msgid ""
1796
"You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or "
1797
"the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device "
1798
"list and start again."
1799
msgstr ""
1800
1801
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:70(item/p)
1802
msgid ""
1803
"A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click "
1804
"<gui>Close</gui>."
1805
msgstr ""
1806
1807
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:74(page/p)
1808
msgid ""
1809
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth "
1810
"connection</link> later if desired."
1811
msgstr ""
1812
1813
#: C/bluetooth.page:15(info/desc)
1814
msgid ""
1815
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link "
1816
"xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-"
1817
"on-off\">turn on and off</link>..."
1818
msgstr ""
1819
1820
#: C/bluetooth.page:24(page/title)
1821
msgid "Bluetooth"
1822
msgstr ""
1823
1824
#: C/bluetooth.page:26(page/p)
1825
msgid ""
1826
"Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different "
1827
"types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets "
1828
"and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to "
1829
"<link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such "
1830
"as from your computer to your cell phone."
1831
msgstr ""
1832
1833
#: C/bluetooth.page:48(info/title)
1834
msgctxt "link"
1835
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
1836
msgstr ""
1837
1838
#: C/bluetooth.page:51(section/title)
1839
#: C/color.page:34(section/title)
1840
#: C/power.page:42(section/title)
1841
msgid "Problems"
1842
msgstr ""
1843
1844
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:12(info/desc)
1845
msgid ""
1846
"The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might "
1847
"be disabled or blocked."
1848
msgstr ""
1849
1850
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:21(page/title)
1851
msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
1852
msgstr ""
1853
1854
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23(page/p)
1855
msgid ""
1856
"There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a "
1857
"Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
1858
msgstr ""
1859
1860
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:28(item/title)
1861
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
1862
msgstr ""
1863
1864
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:29(item/p)
1865
msgid ""
1866
"Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to "
1867
"change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device "
1868
"is set up to allow connections."
1869
msgstr ""
1870
1871
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:34(item/title)
1872
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
1873
msgstr ""
1874
1875
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:35(item/p)
1876
msgid ""
1877
"Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. "
1878
"This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the "
1879
"adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, "
1880
"so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you "
1881
"will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
1882
msgstr ""
1883
1884
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:42(item/title)
1885
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
1886
msgstr ""
1887
1888
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:43(item/p)
1889
msgid ""
1890
"Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth "
1891
"icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link "
1892
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
1893
msgstr ""
1894
1895
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:46(item/title)
1896
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
1897
msgstr ""
1898
1899
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47(item/p)
1900
msgid ""
1901
"Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. "
1902
"For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not "
1903
"in airplane mode."
1904
msgstr ""
1905
1906
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:51(item/title)
1907
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
1908
msgstr ""
1909
1910
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:52(item/p)
1911
msgid ""
1912
"Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you "
1913
"want to use Bluetooth."
1914
msgstr ""
1915
1916
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:11(info/desc)
1917
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
1918
msgstr ""
1919
1920
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:24(page/title)
1921
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
1922
msgstr ""
1923
1924
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:27(page/p)
1925
msgid ""
1926
"If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can "
1927
"remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device "
1928
"like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or "
1929
"from a device."
1930
msgstr ""
1931
1932
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:34(item/p)
1933
msgid ""
1934
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
1935
"<gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
1936
msgstr ""
1937
1938
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37(item/p)
1939
msgid ""
1940
"Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the "
1941
"<gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
1942
msgstr ""
1943
1944
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:41(item/p)
1945
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
1946
msgstr ""
1947
1948
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45(page/p)
1949
msgid ""
1950
"You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth "
1951
"device</link> later if desired."
1952
msgstr ""
1953
1954
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:12(info/desc)
1955
msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
1956
msgstr ""
1957
1958
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:25(page/title)
1959
msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
1960
msgstr ""
1961
1962
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:27(page/p)
1963
msgid ""
1964
"You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile "
1965
"phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of "
1966
"files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: "
1967
"using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings "
1968
"window, or directly from the file manager."
1969
msgstr ""
1970
1971
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33(page/p)
1972
msgid ""
1973
"To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-"
1974
"share\"/>."
1975
msgstr ""
1976
1977
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:41(steps/title)
1978
msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
1979
msgstr ""
1980
1981
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43(item/p)
1982
msgid ""
1983
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to "
1984
"Device</gui>."
1985
msgstr ""
1986
1987
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:46(item/p)
1988
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:72(item/p)
1989
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
1990
msgstr ""
1991
1992
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:47(item/p)
1993
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:73(item/p)
1994
msgid ""
1995
"To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you "
1996
"select each file."
1997
msgstr ""
1998
1999
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:50(item/p)
2000
msgid ""
2001
"Select the device which you want to send the files to and click "
2002
"<gui>Send</gui>."
2003
msgstr ""
2004
2005
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:51(item/p)
2006
msgid ""
2007
"The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-"
2008
"device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link "
2009
"xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you "
2010
"have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to "
2011
"pair with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably "
2012
"require confirmation on the other device."
2013
msgstr ""
2014
2015
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:56(item/p)
2016
msgid ""
2017
"If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device "
2018
"types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
2019
msgstr ""
2020
2021
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:60(item/p)
2022
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:76(item/p)
2023
msgid ""
2024
"The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept "
2025
"the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file "
2026
"transfer will be shown on your screen."
2027
msgstr ""
2028
2029
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:65(steps/title)
2030
msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
2031
msgstr ""
2032
2033
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:66(item/p)
2034
msgid ""
2035
"Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth "
2036
"Settings</gui>."
2037
msgstr ""
2038
2039
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:67(item/p)
2040
msgid ""
2041
"Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only "
2042
"shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-"
2043
"connect-device\"/>."
2044
msgstr ""
2045
2046
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:70(item/p)
2047
msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
2048
msgstr ""
2049
2050
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2051
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2052
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2053
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2054
#.
2055
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2056
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2057
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2058
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2059
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:26(media)
2060
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(media)
2061
msgctxt "_"
2062
msgid ""
2063
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
2064
"active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'"
2065
msgstr ""
2066
2067
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:11(info/desc)
2068
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
2069
msgstr ""
2070
2071
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:24(page/title)
2072
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
2073
msgstr ""
2074
2075
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:27(media/p)
2076
msgid "The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar"
2077
msgstr ""
2078
2079
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30(page/p)
2080
msgid ""
2081
"You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive "
2082
"files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the "
2083
"Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
2084
msgstr ""
2085
2086
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35(page/p)
2087
msgid ""
2088
"Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn "
2089
"Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not "
2090
"see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or "
2091
"a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of "
2092
"the <key>Fn</key> key."
2093
msgstr ""
2094
2095
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:41(page/p)
2096
msgid ""
2097
"To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off "
2098
"Bluetooth</gui>."
2099
msgstr ""
2100
2101
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:43(note/p)
2102
msgid ""
2103
"You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to "
2104
"this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> "
2105
"for more information."
2106
msgstr ""
2107
2108
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:11(info/desc)
2109
msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
2110
msgstr ""
2111
2112
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:20(page/title)
2113
msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
2114
msgstr ""
2115
2116
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:22(page/p)
2117
msgid ""
2118
"Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover "
2119
"your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth "
2120
"visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other "
2121
"devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
2122
msgstr ""
2123
2124
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:27(page/p)
2125
msgid ""
2126
"Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but "
2127
"those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
2128
msgstr ""
2129
2130
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:30(page/p)
2131
msgid ""
2132
"After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a "
2133
"device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to "
2134
"communicate with each other."
2135
msgstr ""
2136
2137
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:34(page/p)
2138
msgid ""
2139
"Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from "
2140
"another device, you should leave visibility off."
2141
msgstr ""
2142
2143
#: C/clock-calendar.page:9(info/desc)
2144
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
2145
msgstr ""
2146
2147
#: C/clock-calendar.page:22(page/title)
2148
msgid "View appointments in your calendar"
2149
msgstr ""
2150
2151
#: C/clock-calendar.page:25(page/p)
2152
msgid ""
2153
"You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the "
2154
"panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called "
2155
"<app>Evolution</app>."
2156
msgstr ""
2157
2158
#: C/clock-calendar.page:28(page/p)
2159
msgid ""
2160
"If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and "
2161
"then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As "
2162
"appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click "
2163
"on the clock."
2164
msgstr ""
2165
2166
#: C/clock-calendar.page:32(page/p)
2167
msgid ""
2168
"To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click "
2169
"the first line where today's date is."
2170
msgstr ""
2171
2172
#: C/clock-calendar.page:41(note/p)
2173
msgid ""
2174
"This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. "
2175
"Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your "
2176
"first account."
2177
msgstr ""
2178
2179
#: C/clock-calendar.page:45(section/title)
2180
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
2181
msgstr ""
2182
2183
#: C/clock-calendar.page:46(section/p)
2184
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
2185
msgstr ""
2186
2187
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49(item/p)
2188
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24(item/p)
2189
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
2190
msgstr ""
2191
2192
#: C/clock-calendar.page:50(item/p)
2193
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
2194
msgstr ""
2195
2196
#: C/clock-calendar.page:51(item/p)
2197
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
2198
msgstr ""
2199
2200
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7(info/desc)
2201
msgid ""
2202
"Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
2203
msgstr ""
2204
2205
#: C/clock-more-info.page:10(credit/name)
2206
#: C/clock-set.page:16(credit/name)
2207
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:18(credit/name)
2208
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19(credit/name)
2209
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13(credit/name)
2210
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
2211
msgstr ""
2212
2213
#: C/clock-more-info.page:17(page/title)
2214
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
2215
msgstr ""
2216
2217
#: C/clock-more-info.page:19(page/p)
2218
msgid ""
2219
"By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock "
2220
"to show additional information if you choose."
2221
msgstr ""
2222
2223
#: C/clock-more-info.page:22(page/p)
2224
msgid ""
2225
"Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>. Switch to "
2226
"the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to "
2227
"display."
2228
msgstr ""
2229
2230
#: C/clock-more-info.page:25(note/p)
2231
msgid ""
2232
"You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in "
2233
"the menu bar</gui>."
2234
msgstr ""
2235
2236
#: C/clock-more-info.page:27(note/p)
2237
msgid ""
2238
"If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the "
2239
"icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting <gui>System "
2240
"Settings</gui>. In the System section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
2241
msgstr ""
2242
2243
#: C/clock-more-info.page:32(section/title)
2244
msgid "Change the date format"
2245
msgstr ""
2246
2247
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33(section/p)
2248
msgid ""
2249
"You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard "
2250
"for your location."
2251
msgstr ""
2252
2253
#: C/clock-more-info.page:36(item/p)
2254
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:34(item/p)
2255
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:31(item/p)
2256
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:38(item/p)
2257
#: C/net-proxy.page:46(item/p)
2258
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43(item/p)
2259
#: C/session-language.page:37(item/p)
2260
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:25(item/p)
2261
msgid ""
2262
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
2263
"Settings</gui>."
2264
msgstr ""
2265
2266
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37(item/p)
2267
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
2268
msgstr ""
2269
2270
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38(item/p)
2271
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
2272
msgstr ""
2273
2274
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39(item/p)
2275
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
2276
msgstr ""
2277
2278
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40(item/p)
2279
msgid ""
2280
"You will need to log out and log back in for this change to take effect."
2281
msgstr ""
2282
2283
#: C/clock.page:8(info/desc)
2284
msgid ""
2285
"<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set time and date</link>, <link xref=\"clock-"
2286
"timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and "
2287
"appointments</link>..."
2288
msgstr ""
2289
2290
#: C/clock.page:25(page/title)
2291
msgid "Time & date"
2292
msgstr ""
2293
2294
#: C/clock-set.page:8(info/desc)
2295
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
2296
msgstr ""
2297
2298
#: C/clock-set.page:23(page/title)
2299
msgid "Change the time and date"
2300
msgstr ""
2301
2302
#: C/clock-set.page:27(item/p)
2303
msgid ""
2304
"To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>menu "
2305
"bar</gui> and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
2306
msgstr ""
2307
2308
#: C/clock-set.page:32(item/p)
2309
msgid ""
2310
"Click on <gui>Unlock</gui> and type your password to be able to change the "
2311
"system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the "
2312
"<gui>Location</gui> box."
2313
msgstr ""
2314
2315
#: C/clock-set.page:37(item/p)
2316
msgid ""
2317
"By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate "
2318
"clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
2319
msgstr ""
2320
2321
#: C/clock-timezone.page:7(info/desc)
2322
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
2323
msgstr ""
2324
2325
#: C/clock-timezone.page:18(page/title)
2326
msgid "Show other timezones"
2327
msgstr ""
2328
2329
#: C/clock-timezone.page:19(page/p)
2330
msgid ""
2331
"If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, "
2332
"you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities "
2333
"will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
2334
msgstr ""
2335
2336
#: C/clock-timezone.page:25(item/p)
2337
msgid ""
2338
"Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other "
2339
"locations</gui>."
2340
msgstr ""
2341
2342
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26(item/p)
2343
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
2344
msgstr ""
2345
2346
#: C/clock-timezone.page:27(item/p)
2347
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
2348
msgstr ""
2349
2350
#: C/clock-timezone.page:28(item/p)
2351
msgid ""
2352
"Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment "
2353
"for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
2354
msgstr ""
2355
2356
#: C/clock-timezone.page:30(item/p)
2357
msgid ""
2358
"Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in "
2359
"automatically."
2360
msgstr ""
2361
2362
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32(item/p)
2363
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
2364
msgstr ""
2365
2366
#: C/clock-timezone.page:33(item/p)
2367
msgid ""
2368
"You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to "
2369
"change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
2370
msgstr ""
2371
2372
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2373
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2374
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2375
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2376
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:39(media)
2377
msgctxt "_"
2378
msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='__failed__'"
2379
msgstr ""
2380
2381
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:9(info/desc)
2382
msgid ""
2383
"Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the "
2384
"option to change this."
2385
msgstr ""
2386
2387
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:12(credit/name)
2388
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14(credit/name)
2389
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13(credit/name)
2390
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:14(credit/name)
2391
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:13(credit/name)
2392
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:13(credit/name)
2393
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12(credit/name)
2394
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:13(credit/name)
2395
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11(credit/name)
2396
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:13(credit/name)
2397
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:12(credit/name)
2398
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:11(credit/name)
2399
#: C/color.page:10(credit/name)
2400
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:11(credit/name)
2401
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:10(credit/name)
2402
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:11(credit/name)
2403
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:10(credit/name)
2404
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:10(credit/name)
2405
msgid "Richard Hughes"
2406
msgstr ""
2407
2408
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:18(page/title)
2409
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
2410
msgstr ""
2411
2412
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20(page/p)
2413
msgid ""
2414
"Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click "
2415
"the device that you wish to add a profile to."
2416
msgstr ""
2417
2418
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:24(page/p)
2419
msgid ""
2420
"By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or "
2421
"import a new file."
2422
msgstr ""
2423
2424
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:28(page/p)
2425
msgid ""
2426
"Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile "
2427
"can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there "
2428
"is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An "
2429
"example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for "
2430
"glossy paper and another plain paper."
2431
msgstr ""
2432
2433
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:38(figure/desc)
2434
msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
2435
msgstr ""
2436
2437
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:42(page/p)
2438
msgid ""
2439
"If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate...</gui> button will "
2440
"create a new profile."
2441
msgstr ""
2442
2443
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11(info/desc)
2444
msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
2445
msgstr ""
2446
2447
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20(page/title)
2448
msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
2449
msgstr ""
2450
2451
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22(page/p)
2452
msgid ""
2453
"Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the "
2454
"desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it "
2455
"can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
2456
msgstr ""
2457
2458
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:30(note/p)
2459
msgid ""
2460
"The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you "
2461
"acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile "
2462
"several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and "
2463
"<em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
2464
msgstr ""
2465
2466
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10(info/desc)
2467
msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
2468
msgstr ""
2469
2470
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19(page/title)
2471
msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
2472
msgstr ""
2473
2474
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21(page/p)
2475
msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
2476
msgstr ""
2477
2478
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26(item/p)
2479
msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
2480
msgstr ""
2481
2482
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27(item/p)
2483
msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
2484
msgstr ""
2485
2486
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30(page/p)
2487
msgid ""
2488
"Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest "
2489
"option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the "
2490
"reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the "
2491
"print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the "
2492
"profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
2493
msgstr ""
2494
2495
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38(page/p)
2496
msgid ""
2497
"Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you "
2498
"are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
2499
msgstr ""
2500
2501
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44(note/p)
2502
msgid ""
2503
"If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
2504
msgstr ""
2505
2506
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:11(info/desc)
2507
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
2508
msgstr ""
2509
2510
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:20(page/title)
2511
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
2512
msgstr ""
2513
2514
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22(page/p)
2515
msgid ""
2516
"You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You "
2517
"can then click <gui>Calibrate...</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System "
2518
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
2519
msgstr ""
2520
2521
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:30(note/p)
2522
msgid ""
2523
"Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not "
2524
"usually need to be recalibrated."
2525
msgstr ""
2526
2527
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:10(info/desc)
2528
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
2529
msgstr ""
2530
2531
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19(page/title)
2532
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
2533
msgstr ""
2534
2535
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:21(page/p)
2536
msgid ""
2537
"Calibrating your screen is very easy to do and should be a hard requirement "
2538
"if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
2539
msgstr ""
2540
2541
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:25(page/p)
2542
msgid ""
2543
"By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different "
2544
"colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System "
2545
"Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can easily create a profile, and "
2546
"the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what "
2547
"settings to adjust."
2548
msgstr ""
2549
2550
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:34(note/p)
2551
msgid ""
2552
"Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness "
2553
"approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This "
2554
"means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the "
2555
"color control panel."
2556
msgstr ""
2557
2558
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:41(note/p)
2559
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
2560
msgstr ""
2561
2562
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9(info/desc)
2563
msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
2564
msgstr ""
2565
2566
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19(page/title)
2567
msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
2568
msgstr ""
2569
2570
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:20(page/p)
2571
msgid ""
2572
"Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration "
2573
"and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color "
2574
"behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
2575
msgstr ""
2576
2577
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27(item/p)
2578
msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
2579
msgstr ""
2580
2581
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:28(item/p)
2582
msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
2583
msgstr ""
2584
2585
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:30(page/p)
2586
msgid ""
2587
"The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to "
2588
"its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining "
2589
"reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or "
2590
"systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel "
2591
"calibration curves."
2592
msgstr ""
2593
2594
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:37(page/p)
2595
msgid ""
2596
"Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device "
2597
"reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device "
2598
"ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It "
2599
"allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware "
2600
"application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only "
2601
"by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring "
2602
"color from one device representation to another be achieved."
2603
msgstr ""
2604
2605
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:48(note/p)
2606
msgid ""
2607
"Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if "
2608
"it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
2609
msgstr ""
2610
2611
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:54(page/p)
2612
msgid ""
2613
"In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because "
2614
"often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. "
2615
"By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although "
2616
"it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or "
2617
"applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical "
2618
"display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do "
2619
"anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
2620
msgstr ""
2621
2622
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9(info/desc)
2623
msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
2624
msgstr ""
2625
2626
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:19(page/title)
2627
msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
2628
msgstr ""
2629
2630
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:21(page/p)
2631
msgid ""
2632
"GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color "
2633
"instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
2634
msgstr ""
2635
2636
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:28(item/p)
2637
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
2638
msgstr ""
2639
2640
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29(item/p)
2641
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
2642
msgstr ""
2643
2644
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30(item/p)
2645
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
2646
msgstr ""
2647
2648
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31(item/p)
2649
msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
2650
msgstr ""
2651
2652
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32(item/p)
2653
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
2654
msgstr ""
2655
2656
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33(item/p)
2657
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
2658
msgstr ""
2659
2660
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34(item/p)
2661
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
2662
msgstr ""
2663
2664
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35(item/p)
2665
msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
2666
msgstr ""
2667
2668
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36(item/p)
2669
msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
2670
msgstr ""
2671
2672
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37(item/p)
2673
msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
2674
msgstr ""
2675
2676
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38(item/p)
2677
msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
2678
msgstr ""
2679
2680
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:42(note/p)
2681
msgid ""
2682
"The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in "
2683
"Linux."
2684
msgstr ""
2685
2686
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:45(page/p)
2687
msgid ""
2688
"Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective "
2689
"spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your "
2690
"printers:"
2691
msgstr ""
2692
2693
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:52(item/p)
2694
msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
2695
msgstr ""
2696
2697
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53(item/p)
2698
msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
2699
msgstr ""
2700
2701
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54(item/p)
2702
msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2703
msgstr ""
2704
2705
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55(item/p)
2706
msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2707
msgstr ""
2708
2709
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56(item/p)
2710
msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
2711
msgstr ""
2712
2713
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9(info/desc)
2714
msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
2715
msgstr ""
2716
2717
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:19(page/title)
2718
msgid "Which target types are supported?"
2719
msgstr ""
2720
2721
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:21(page/p)
2722
msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
2723
msgstr ""
2724
2725
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26(item/p)
2726
msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
2727
msgstr ""
2728
2729
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27(item/p)
2730
msgid "ColorChecker 24"
2731
msgstr ""
2732
2733
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28(item/p)
2734
msgid "ColorChecker DC"
2735
msgstr ""
2736
2737
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29(item/p)
2738
msgid "ColorChecker SG"
2739
msgstr ""
2740
2741
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30(item/p)
2742
msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
2743
msgstr ""
2744
2745
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31(item/p)
2746
msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
2747
msgstr ""
2748
2749
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32(item/p)
2750
msgid "QPcard 201"
2751
msgstr ""
2752
2753
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:33(item/p)
2754
msgid "IT8.7/2"
2755
msgstr ""
2756
2757
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:37(note/p)
2758
msgid ""
2759
"You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and "
2760
"LaserSoft in various online shops."
2761
msgstr ""
2762
2763
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:41(note/p)
2764
msgid ""
2765
"Alternatively you can buy targets from <link "
2766
"href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair "
2767
"price."
2768
msgstr ""
2769
2770
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8(info/desc)
2771
msgid ""
2772
"Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
2773
msgstr ""
2774
2775
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17(page/title)
2776
msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
2777
msgstr ""
2778
2779
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19(page/p)
2780
msgid ""
2781
"Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware "
2782
"and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been "
2783
"powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color "
2784
"profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit "
2785
"for a thousand hours."
2786
msgstr ""
2787
2788
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26(page/p)
2789
msgid ""
2790
"This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be "
2791
"getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to "
2792
"say that their display is calibrated."
2793
msgstr ""
2794
2795
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31(page/p)
2796
msgid ""
2797
"Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight "
2798
"from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and "
2799
"editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own "
2800
"specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
2801
msgstr ""
2802
2803
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40(note/p)
2804
msgid ""
2805
"You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles "
2806
"downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
2807
msgstr ""
2808
2809
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10(info/desc)
2810
msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
2811
msgstr ""
2812
2813
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:19(page/title)
2814
msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
2815
msgstr ""
2816
2817
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:21(page/p)
2818
msgid ""
2819
"The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this "
2820
"does require some initial outlay."
2821
msgstr ""
2822
2823
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:25(page/p)
2824
msgid ""
2825
"Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although "
2826
"sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need "
2827
"to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
2828
msgstr ""
2829
2830
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:31(page/p)
2831
msgid ""
2832
"Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the "
2833
"profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if "
2834
"the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device "
2835
"then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
2836
msgstr ""
2837
2838
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:39(page/p)
2839
msgid ""
2840
"See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-"
2841
"supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
2842
msgstr ""
2843
2844
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:8(info/desc)
2845
msgid "Color profiles can be easily imported by opening them."
2846
msgstr ""
2847
2848
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:18(page/title)
2849
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
2850
msgstr ""
2851
2852
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:20(page/p)
2853
msgid ""
2854
"The profile can easily be imported by double clicking on the "
2855
"<input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
2856
msgstr ""
2857
2858
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:24(page/p)
2859
msgid ""
2860
"Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile...</gui> from "
2861
"<guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a "
2862
"profile for a device."
2863
msgstr ""
2864
2865
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8(info/desc)
2866
msgid ""
2867
"Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
2868
msgstr ""
2869
2870
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:17(page/title)
2871
msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
2872
msgstr ""
2873
2874
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18(page/p)
2875
msgid ""
2876
"Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the "
2877
"information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can "
2878
"still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you "
2879
"will not see all the colors of your screen change."
2880
msgstr ""
2881
2882
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:24(page/p)
2883
msgid ""
2884
"In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and "
2885
"characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring "
2886
"instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
2887
msgstr ""
2888
2889
#: C/color.page:15(info/desc)
2890
msgid ""
2891
"<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link "
2892
"xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link "
2893
"xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>..."
2894
msgstr ""
2895
2896
#: C/color.page:23(page/title)
2897
msgid "Color management"
2898
msgstr ""
2899
2900
#: C/color.page:26(section/title)
2901
msgid "Color profiles"
2902
msgstr ""
2903
2904
#: C/color.page:30(section/title)
2905
msgid "Calibration"
2906
msgstr ""
2907
2908
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:8(info/desc)
2909
msgid ""
2910
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2911
"computer."
2912
msgstr ""
2913
2914
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:17(page/title)
2915
msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
2916
msgstr ""
2917
2918
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:19(page/p)
2919
msgid ""
2920
"A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the "
2921
"computer. Examples of this might be:"
2922
msgstr ""
2923
2924
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:26(item/p)
2925
msgid ""
2926
"An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
2927
msgstr ""
2928
2929
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:27(item/p)
2930
msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
2931
msgstr ""
2932
2933
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:30(page/p)
2934
msgid ""
2935
"To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of "
2936
"the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> "
2937
"<gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-"
2938
"assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even "
2939
"<link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
2940
msgstr ""
2941
2942
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7(info/desc)
2943
msgid ""
2944
"A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device "
2945
"response."
2946
msgstr ""
2947
2948
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:16(page/title)
2949
msgid "What is a color profile?"
2950
msgstr ""
2951
2952
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:18(page/p)
2953
msgid ""
2954
"A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as "
2955
"a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
2956
msgstr ""
2957
2958
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:22(page/p)
2959
msgid ""
2960
"Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file "
2961
"with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
2962
msgstr ""
2963
2964
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:27(page/p)
2965
msgid ""
2966
"Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the "
2967
"data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
2968
msgstr ""
2969
2970
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:32(page/p)
2971
msgid ""
2972
"Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and "
2973
"when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-"
2974
"managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that "
2975
"colors are not being lost or modified."
2976
msgstr ""
2977
2978
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2979
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2980
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2981
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2982
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:48(media)
2983
msgctxt "_"
2984
msgid ""
2985
"external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
2986
msgstr ""
2987
2988
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8(info/desc)
2989
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
2990
msgstr ""
2991
2992
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:17(page/title)
2993
msgid "What is a color space?"
2994
msgstr ""
2995
2996
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:19(page/p)
2997
msgid ""
2998
"A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include "
2999
"sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
3000
msgstr ""
3001
3002
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:24(page/p)
3003
msgid ""
3004
"The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate "
3005
"how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the "
3006
"human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human "
3007
"vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a "
3008
"trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer "
3009
"using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of "
3010
"colors."
3011
msgstr ""
3012
3013
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:36(note/p)
3014
msgid ""
3015
"Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge "
3016
"simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as "
3017
"3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can "
3018
"sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install "
3019
"<code>gnome-color-manager</code> and then run <code>gcm-viewer</code>."
3020
msgstr ""
3021
3022
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:47(figure/desc)
3023
msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
3024
msgstr ""
3025
3026
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51(page/p)
3027
msgid ""
3028
"First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least "
3029
"number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and "
3030
"so most modern monitors can easily display more colors than this. sRGB is a "
3031
"<em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of "
3032
"applications (including the Internet)."
3033
msgstr ""
3034
3035
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:59(page/p)
3036
msgid ""
3037
"AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more "
3038
"colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without "
3039
"worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks "
3040
"crushed."
3041
msgstr ""
3042
3043
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:65(page/p)
3044
msgid ""
3045
"PhoPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document "
3046
"archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the "
3047
"human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
3048
msgstr ""
3049
3050
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:72(page/p)
3051
msgid ""
3052
"Now, if PhoPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The "
3053
"answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 "
3054
"levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger "
3055
"steps between each value."
3056
msgstr ""
3057
3058
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:78(page/p)
3059
msgid ""
3060
"Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored "
3061
"color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key "
3062
"colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make "
3063
"untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
3064
msgstr ""
3065
3066
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:85(page/p)
3067
msgid ""
3068
"Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much "
3069
"smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. "
3070
"Most content in existance today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
3071
msgstr ""
3072
3073
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:91(page/p)
3074
msgid ""
3075
"Color management is a process for converting from one color space to "
3076
"another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or "
3077
"a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
3078
msgstr ""
3079
3080
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3081
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3082
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3083
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3084
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:24(media)
3085
msgctxt "_"
3086
msgid ""
3087
"external ref='figures/color-average.png' "
3088
"md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
3089
msgstr ""
3090
3091
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7(info/desc)
3092
msgid ""
3093
"Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
3094
msgstr ""
3095
3096
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:16(page/title)
3097
msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
3098
msgstr ""
3099
3100
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:18(page/p)
3101
msgid ""
3102
"Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, "
3103
"they just take a few items from the production line and average them "
3104
"together:"
3105
msgstr ""
3106
3107
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25(media/p)
3108
msgid "Averaged profiles"
3109
msgstr ""
3110
3111
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:28(page/p)
3112
msgid ""
3113
"Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially "
3114
"as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just "
3115
"changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization "
3116
"state and make the profile inaccurate."
3117
msgstr ""
3118
3119
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:36(page/p)
3120
msgid ""
3121
"The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the "
3122
"calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a "
3123
"profile based on your exact characterization state."
3124
msgstr ""
3125
3126
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3127
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3128
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3129
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3130
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30(media)
3131
msgctxt "_"
3132
msgid ""
3133
"external ref='figures/color-camera.png' "
3134
"md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
3135
msgstr ""
3136
3137
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3138
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3139
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3140
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3141
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40(media)
3142
msgctxt "_"
3143
msgid ""
3144
"external ref='figures/color-display.png' "
3145
"md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
3146
msgstr ""
3147
3148
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3149
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3150
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3151
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3152
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50(media)
3153
msgctxt "_"
3154
msgid ""
3155
"external ref='figures/color-printer.png' "
3156
"md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
3157
msgstr ""
3158
3159
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7(info/desc)
3160
msgid ""
3161
"Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
3162
msgstr ""
3163
3164
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:16(page/title)
3165
msgid "Why is color management important?"
3166
msgstr ""
3167
3168
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17(page/p)
3169
msgid ""
3170
"Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, "
3171
"displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact "
3172
"colors and the range of colors on each medium."
3173
msgstr ""
3174
3175
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:23(page/p)
3176
msgid ""
3177
"The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph "
3178
"of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
3179
msgstr ""
3180
3181
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:29(figure/desc)
3182
msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
3183
msgstr ""
3184
3185
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:33(page/p)
3186
msgid ""
3187
"Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look "
3188
"cold."
3189
msgstr ""
3190
3191
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:39(figure/desc)
3192
msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
3193
msgstr ""
3194
3195
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:43(page/p)
3196
msgid ""
3197
"Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a "
3198
"muddy brown."
3199
msgstr ""
3200
3201
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:49(figure/desc)
3202
msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
3203
msgstr ""
3204
3205
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:53(page/p)
3206
msgid ""
3207
"The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a "
3208
"different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of "
3209
"electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
3210
msgstr ""
3211
3212
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:59(page/p)
3213
msgid ""
3214
"Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to "
3215
"CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that "
3216
"you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good "
3217
"as the paper color."
3218
msgstr ""
3219
3220
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:66(page/p)
3221
msgid ""
3222
"Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is "
3223
"measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red "
3224
"ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something "
3225
"like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just "
3226
"driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 "
3227
"kilometers or 7 meters."
3228
msgstr ""
3229
3230
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:76(page/p)
3231
msgid ""
3232
"In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of "
3233
"colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very "
3234
"large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a "
3235
"projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look "
3236
"\"washed out\"."
3237
msgstr ""
3238
3239
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:84(page/p)
3240
msgid ""
3241
"In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data "
3242
"we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print "
3243
"electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look "
3244
"like."
3245
msgstr ""
3246
3247
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:91(page/p)
3248
msgid ""
3249
"For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color "
3250
"device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you "
3251
"might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying "
3252
"to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the "
3253
"exact Red Hat Red."
3254
msgstr ""
3255
3256
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:15(credit/name)
3257
#: C/disk-capacity.page:14(credit/name)
3258
#: C/disk-check.page:13(credit/name)
3259
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21(credit/name)
3260
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:19(credit/name)
3261
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16(credit/name)
3262
#: C/look-background.page:23(credit/name)
3263
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:15(credit/name)
3264
#: C/look-resolution.page:17(credit/name)
3265
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
3266
msgstr ""
3267
3268
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:23(info/desc)
3269
msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
3270
msgstr ""
3271
3272
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:27(page/title)
3273
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
3274
msgstr ""
3275
3276
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29(page/p)
3277
msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
3278
msgstr ""
3279
3280
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:34(item/p)
3281
msgid ""
3282
"Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <link xref=\"unity-"
3283
"dash-intro\">dash</link>."
3284
msgstr ""
3285
3286
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:37(item/p)
3287
msgid ""
3288
"Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information "
3289
"about the disk and its status will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
3290
msgstr ""
3291
3292
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40(item/p)
3293
msgid "Choose <gui>Benchmark</gui>."
3294
msgstr ""
3295
3296
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:43(item/p)
3297
msgid ""
3298
"Click <gui>Start Read-Only Benchmark</gui> to test how fast data can be read "
3299
"from the disk or <gui>Start Read/Write Benchmark</gui> to test how fast data "
3300
"can be read from and written to the disk. The latter option will take longer "
3301
"to complete."
3302
msgstr ""
3303
3304
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51(page/p)
3305
msgid ""
3306
"When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green "
3307
"points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to "
3308
"the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, "
3309
"representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line "
3310
"represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are "
3311
"shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of "
3312
"the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
3313
msgstr ""
3314
3315
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:59(page/p)
3316
msgid ""
3317
"Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read "
3318
"and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last "
3319
"benchmark test."
3320
msgstr ""
3321
3322
#: C/disk-capacity.page:22(info/desc)
3323
msgid "With <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui>."
3324
msgstr ""
3325
3326
#: C/disk-capacity.page:26(page/title)
3327
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
3328
msgstr ""
3329
3330
#: C/disk-capacity.page:28(page/p)
3331
msgid ""
3332
"You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage "
3333
"Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
3334
msgstr ""
3335
3336
#: C/disk-capacity.page:32(section/title)
3337
msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
3338
msgstr ""
3339
3340
#: C/disk-capacity.page:34(section/p)
3341
msgid ""
3342
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage "
3343
"Analyzer</app>:"
3344
msgstr ""
3345
3346
#: C/disk-capacity.page:39(item/p)
3347
msgid ""
3348
"Open <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> from the <gui>dash</gui>. The window "
3349
"will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file "
3350
"system usage</gui>."
3351
msgstr ""
3352
3353
#: C/disk-capacity.page:44(item/p)
3354
msgid ""
3355
"Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, "
3356
"<gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote "
3357
"folder</gui>."
3358
msgstr ""
3359
3360
#: C/disk-capacity.page:49(section/p)
3361
msgid ""
3362
"The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, "
3363
"<gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details "
3364
"in <link href=\"ghelp:baobab?baobab-usage\"><app>Disk Usage "
3365
"Analyzer</app></link>."
3366
msgstr ""
3367
3368
#: C/disk-capacity.page:57(section/title)
3369
msgid "Check with System Monitor"
3370
msgstr ""
3371
3372
#: C/disk-capacity.page:59(section/p)
3373
msgid ""
3374
"To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System "
3375
"Monitor</app>:"
3376
msgstr ""
3377
3378
#: C/disk-capacity.page:63(item/p)
3379
msgid ""
3380
"Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
3381
msgstr ""
3382
3383
#: C/disk-capacity.page:66(item/p)
3384
msgid ""
3385
"Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and "
3386
"disk space usage. The information is displayed according to "
3387
"<gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
3388
msgstr ""
3389
3390
#: C/disk-capacity.page:75(section/title)
3391
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
3392
msgstr ""
3393
3394
#: C/disk-capacity.page:77(section/p)
3395
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
3396
msgstr ""
3397
3398
#: C/disk-capacity.page:81(item/p)
3399
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
3400
msgstr ""
3401
3402
#: C/disk-capacity.page:84(item/p)
3403
msgid ""
3404
"Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that "
3405
"you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
3406
msgstr ""
3407
3408
#: C/disk-check.page:24(info/desc)
3409
msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
3410
msgstr ""
3411
3412
#: C/disk-check.page:28(page/title)
3413
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
3414
msgstr ""
3415
3416
#: C/disk-check.page:31(section/title)
3417
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
3418
msgstr ""
3419
3420
#: C/disk-check.page:32(section/p)
3421
msgid ""
3422
"Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-"
3423
"Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks "
3424
"the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about "
3425
"to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
3426
msgstr ""
3427
3428
#: C/disk-check.page:37(section/p)
3429
msgid ""
3430
"Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by "
3431
"running the <app>Disk Utility</app> application:"
3432
msgstr ""
3433
3434
#: C/disk-check.page:41(steps/title)
3435
msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disk Utility application"
3436
msgstr ""
3437
3438
#: C/disk-check.page:44(item/p)
3439
#: C/disk-format.page:31(item/p)
3440
msgid ""
3441
"Open the <app>Disk Utility</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
3442
msgstr ""
3443
3444
#: C/disk-check.page:47(item/p)
3445
msgid ""
3446
"Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. "
3447
"Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
3448
msgstr ""
3449
3450
#: C/disk-check.page:51(item/p)
3451
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
3452
msgstr ""
3453
3454
#: C/disk-check.page:54(item/p)
3455
msgid ""
3456
"Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to "
3457
"run a self-test."
3458
msgstr ""
3459
3460
#: C/disk-check.page:64(section/title)
3461
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
3462
msgstr ""
3463
3464
#: C/disk-check.page:66(section/p)
3465
msgid ""
3466
"Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> "
3467
"healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be "
3468
"prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
3469
msgstr ""
3470
3471
#: C/disk-check.page:70(section/p)
3472
msgid ""
3473
"If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but "
3474
"signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near "
3475
"future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely "
3476
"to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link "
3477
"xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check "
3478
"the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
3479
msgstr ""
3480
3481
#: C/disk-check.page:77(section/p)
3482
msgid ""
3483
"If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a "
3484
"professional for further diagnosis or repair."
3485
msgstr ""
3486
3487
#: C/disk-format.page:16(info/desc)
3488
msgid ""
3489
"Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash "
3490
"drive by formatting it."
3491
msgstr ""
3492
3493
#: C/disk-format.page:21(page/title)
3494
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
3495
msgstr ""
3496
3497
#: C/disk-format.page:23(page/p)
3498
msgid ""
3499
"If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard "
3500
"disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and "
3501
"folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all "
3502
"of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
3503
msgstr ""
3504
3505
#: C/disk-format.page:29(steps/title)
3506
msgid "Format a removable disk"
3507
msgstr ""
3508
3509
#: C/disk-format.page:34(item/p)
3510
msgid ""
3511
"Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
3512
msgstr ""
3513
3514
#: C/disk-format.page:37(note/p)
3515
msgid ""
3516
"Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong "
3517
"disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
3518
msgstr ""
3519
3520
#: C/disk-format.page:42(item/p)
3521
msgid ""
3522
"In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click "
3523
"<gui>Format Volume</gui>."
3524
msgstr ""
3525
3526
#: C/disk-format.page:46(item/p)
3527
msgid ""
3528
"In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
3529
msgstr ""
3530
3531
#: C/disk-format.page:48(item/p)
3532
msgid ""
3533
"If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux "
3534
"computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, "
3535
"<gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file "
3536
"system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
3537
msgstr ""
3538
3539
#: C/disk-format.page:54(item/p)
3540
msgid ""
3541
"Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
3542
msgstr ""
3543
3544
#: C/disk-format.page:57(item/p)
3545
msgid ""
3546
"Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It "
3547
"should now be blank and ready to use again."
3548
msgstr ""
3549
3550
#: C/disk-format.page:63(note/title)
3551
msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
3552
msgstr ""
3553
3554
#: C/disk-format.page:64(note/p)
3555
msgid ""
3556
"Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. "
3557
"A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible "
3558
"that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to "
3559
"securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such "
3560
"as <app>shred</app>."
3561
msgstr ""
3562
3563
#: C/disk.page:16(info/desc)
3564
msgid ""
3565
"<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-"
3566
"benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, "
3567
"<link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>..."
3568
msgstr ""
3569
3570
#: C/disk.page:26(page/title)
3571
msgid "Disks & storage"
3572
msgstr ""
3573
3574
#: C/disk-partitions.page:16(info/desc)
3575
msgid ""
3576
"Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to "
3577
"manage them."
3578
msgstr ""
3579
3580
#: C/disk-partitions.page:21(page/title)
3581
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
3582
msgstr ""
3583
3584
#: C/disk-partitions.page:23(page/p)
3585
msgid ""
3586
"The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard "
3587
"disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, "
3588
"because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this "
3589
"storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as "
3590
"<em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, "
3591
"SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read "
3592
"(and possibly write) files on it."
3593
msgstr ""
3594
3595
#: C/disk-partitions.page:31(page/p)
3596
msgid ""
3597
"Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not "
3598
"necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area "
3599
"of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can "
3600
"be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can "
3601
"think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional "
3602
"“back rooms” of partitions and drives."
3603
msgstr ""
3604
3605
#: C/disk-partitions.page:39(section/title)
3606
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
3607
msgstr ""
3608
3609
#: C/disk-partitions.page:41(section/p)
3610
msgid ""
3611
"You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk "
3612
"utility."
3613
msgstr ""
3614
3615
#: C/disk-partitions.page:46(item/p)
3616
msgid "Open the <gui>dash</gui> and start the <app>Disk Utility</app>."
3617
msgstr ""
3618
3619
#: C/disk-partitions.page:49(item/p)
3620
msgid ""
3621
"In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, "
3622
"CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to "
3623
"inspect."
3624
msgstr ""
3625
3626
#: C/disk-partitions.page:54(item/p)
3627
msgid ""
3628
"In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual "
3629
"breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It "
3630
"also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
3631
msgstr ""
3632
3633
#: C/disk-partitions.page:57(item/p)
3634
msgid ""
3635
"Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with "
3636
"these utilities."
3637
msgstr ""
3638
3639
#: C/disk-partitions.page:62(section/p)
3640
msgid ""
3641
"Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a "
3642
"single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating "
3643
"system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition "
3644
"contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. "
3645
"These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security "
3646
"or convenience."
3647
msgstr ""
3648
3649
#: C/disk-partitions.page:69(section/p)
3650
msgid ""
3651
"One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to "
3652
"start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot "
3653
"partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its "
3654
"<gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB "
3655
"drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
3656
msgstr ""
3657
3658
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14(info/desc)
3659
msgid ""
3660
"Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more "
3661
"readable in bright light."
3662
msgstr ""
3663
3664
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29(credit/name)
3665
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:22(credit/name)
3666
#: C/power-batterylife.page:22(credit/name)
3667
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22(credit/name)
3668
#: C/power-closelid.page:18(credit/name)
3669
#: C/power-hibernate.page:19(credit/name)
3670
#: C/power-lowpower.page:15(credit/name)
3671
#: C/power-nowireless.page:19(credit/name)
3672
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:18(credit/name)
3673
#: C/power-suspend.page:17(credit/name)
3674
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11(credit/name)
3675
#: C/sharing.page:14(credit/name)
3676
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
3677
msgstr ""
3678
3679
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35(page/title)
3680
msgid "Set screen brightness"
3681
msgstr ""
3682
3683
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37(page/p)
3684
msgid ""
3685
"You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the "
3686
"screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim "
3687
"automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when "
3688
"not in use."
3689
msgstr ""
3690
3691
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43(steps/title)
3692
msgid "Set the brightness"
3693
msgstr ""
3694
3695
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45(item/p)
3696
#: C/display-lock.page:34(item/p)
3697
msgid "Select <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
3698
msgstr ""
3699
3700
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46(item/p)
3701
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
3702
msgstr ""
3703
3704
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50(note/p)
3705
msgid ""
3706
"Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have "
3707
"a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at "
3708
"the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
3709
msgstr ""
3710
3711
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55(page/p)
3712
msgid ""
3713
"Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness "
3714
"automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your "
3715
"screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your "
3716
"battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
3717
msgstr ""
3718
3719
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60(page/p)
3720
msgid ""
3721
"The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a "
3722
"while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. "
3723
"You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen "
3724
"off when inactive for</gui> option."
3725
msgstr ""
3726
3727
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:6(info/desc)
3728
msgid "Set up dual monitors."
3729
msgstr ""
3730
3731
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:18(page/title)
3732
msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
3733
msgstr ""
3734
3735
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21(section/title)
3736
msgid "Set up an external monitor"
3737
msgstr ""
3738
3739
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:22(section/p)
3740
msgid ""
3741
"To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your "
3742
"laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like "
3743
"to adjust the settings:"
3744
msgstr ""
3745
3746
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:28(item/p)
3747
msgid ""
3748
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select "
3749
"<gui>Displays…</gui> to open the <gui>Displays Settings</gui>."
3750
msgstr ""
3751
3752
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:32(item/p)
3753
msgid ""
3754
"Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, "
3755
"then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
3756
msgstr ""
3757
3758
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:36(item/p)
3759
msgid ""
3760
"By default, the launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which "
3761
"monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the <gui>Launcher "
3762
"Placement</gui> drop-down box. You could also drag the launcher in the "
3763
"preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor."
3764
msgstr ""
3765
3766
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:39(item/p)
3767
msgid ""
3768
"If you want the launcher to show on all monitors, change <gui>Launcher "
3769
"Placement</gui> to <gui>All Displays</gui>."
3770
msgstr ""
3771
3772
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43(item/p)
3773
msgid ""
3774
"To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the "
3775
"desired position."
3776
msgstr ""
3777
3778
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:45(note/p)
3779
msgid ""
3780
"If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the "
3781
"<gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
3782
msgstr ""
3783
3784
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:49(item/p)
3785
msgid ""
3786
"When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click "
3787
"<gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
3788
msgstr ""
3789
3790
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:53(item/p)
3791
msgid ""
3792
"To close the <gui>Displays Settings</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the "
3793
"top corner."
3794
msgstr ""
3795
3796
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:60(section/title)
3797
msgid "Sticky Edges"
3798
msgstr ""
3799
3800
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:61(section/p)
3801
msgid ""
3802
"A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer "
3803
"to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's "
3804
"<gui>Sticky Edges</gui> feature helps with that problem by requiring you to "
3805
"push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the "
3806
"other."
3807
msgstr ""
3808
3809
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:66(section/p)
3810
msgid ""
3811
"You can switch <gui>Sticky Edges</gui> off if you don't like this feature."
3812
msgstr ""
3813
3814
#: C/display-lock.page:12(info/desc)
3815
msgid ""
3816
"Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your "
3817
"computer."
3818
msgstr ""
3819
3820
#: C/display-lock.page:21(page/title)
3821
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
3822
msgstr ""
3823
3824
#: C/display-lock.page:23(page/p)
3825
msgid ""
3826
"When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-"
3827
"screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your "
3828
"desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your "
3829
"applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to "
3830
"use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also "
3831
"have the screen lock automatically."
3832
msgstr ""
3833
3834
#: C/display-lock.page:35(item/p)
3835
msgid ""
3836
"Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the "
3837
"drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been "
3838
"inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to "
3839
"lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled "
3840
"with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
3841
msgstr ""
3842
3843
#: C/display-lock.page:44(note/p)
3844
msgid ""
3845
"To lock your screen immediately, click the icon at the very right of the "
3846
"<gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>, or just press "
3847
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>."
3848
msgstr ""
3849
3850
#: C/fallback-mode.page:8(info/desc)
3851
msgid ""
3852
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
3853
"basic version of Unity will be started."
3854
msgstr ""
3855
3856
#: C/fallback-mode.page:22(page/title)
3857
msgid "What is Unity 2D?"
3858
msgstr ""
3859
3860
#: C/fallback-mode.page:24(page/p)
3861
msgid ""
3862
"If your computer's graphics card doesn't support certain features, a more "
3863
"basic version of the desktop will be displayed. This is called <em>Unity "
3864
"2D</em>, and it allows you to use Ubuntu on your computer without some of "
3865
"the fancier visual effects."
3866
msgstr ""
3867
3868
#: C/fallback-mode.page:26(page/p)
3869
msgid ""
3870
"One particular difference is that the Alt-Tab window switcher in Unity 2D is "
3871
"much more basic compared to the version in regular Unity. Some of the other "
3872
"differences are so minor that you may not be able to tell which version you "
3873
"are running. Running Unity 2D doesn't affect which applications you can run -"
3874
" it only changes the way that the desktop looks."
3875
msgstr ""
3876
3877
#: C/fallback-mode.page:31(page/p)
3878
msgid ""
3879
"Starting in Unity 2D doesn't necessarily mean that your graphics card isn't "
3880
"good enough to run Ubuntu - it might just mean that you don't have the right "
3881
"drivers installed for your graphics card. If you can find better graphics "
3882
"card drivers for your computer, you may be able to run the full version of "
3883
"Unity."
3884
msgstr ""
3885
3886
#: C/files-autorun.page:14(info/desc)
3887
msgid ""
3888
"Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and "
3889
"other devices and media."
3890
msgstr ""
3891
3892
#: C/files-autorun.page:25(page/title)
3893
msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
3894
msgstr ""
3895
3896
#: C/files-autorun.page:27(page/p)
3897
msgid ""
3898
"You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or "
3899
"insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo "
3900
"organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this "
3901
"off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
3902
msgstr ""
3903
3904
#: C/files-autorun.page:32(page/p)
3905
msgid ""
3906
"To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
3907
msgstr ""
3908
3909
#: C/files-autorun.page:38(item/p)
3910
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
3911
msgstr ""
3912
3913
#: C/files-autorun.page:41(item/p)
3914
msgid ""
3915
"Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or "
3916
"action for that media type."
3917
msgstr ""
3918
3919
#: C/files-autorun.page:43(item/p)
3920
msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that:"
3921
msgstr ""
3922
3923
#: C/files-autorun.page:45(item/p)
3924
msgid ""
3925
"The device will be shown in the File Manager (choose <gui>Open folder</gui>)"
3926
msgstr ""
3927
3928
#: C/files-autorun.page:46(item/p)
3929
msgid "You will be asked what to open (<gui>Ask what to do</gui>)"
3930
msgstr ""
3931
3932
#: C/files-autorun.page:47(item/p)
3933
msgid "Nothing at all will happen (<gui>Do nothing</gui>)."
3934
msgstr ""
3935
3936
#: C/files-autorun.page:51(item/p)
3937
msgid ""
3938
"The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if "
3939
"the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it "
3940
"can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you "
3941
"have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is "
3942
"inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
3943
msgstr ""
3944
3945
#: C/files-autorun.page:57(item/p)
3946
msgid ""
3947
"If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the "
3948
"list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> "
3949
"to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media "
3950
"from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the "
3951
"<gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
3952
msgstr ""
3953
3954
#: C/files-autorun.page:66(note/p)
3955
msgid ""
3956
"If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you "
3957
"plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> "
3958
"at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
3959
msgstr ""
3960
3961
#: C/files-browse.page:9(info/desc)
3962
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
3963
msgstr ""
3964
3965
#: C/files-browse.page:28(page/title)
3966
msgid "Browse files and folders"
3967
msgstr ""
3968
3969
#: C/files-browse.page:38(page/p)
3970
msgid ""
3971
"Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on "
3972
"your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like "
3973
"external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file "
3974
"servers</link>, and network shares."
3975
msgstr ""
3976
3977
#: C/files-browse.page:43(page/p)
3978
msgid ""
3979
"To open the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. You "
3980
"can also search for files and folders with the <gui>dash</gui> in the same "
3981
"way you would <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-global-search\">search for "
3982
"applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and "
3983
"Folders</gui>."
3984
msgstr ""
3985
3986
#: C/files-browse.page:49(page/p)
3987
msgid ""
3988
"Another way to open the file manager is to select the <app>Home Folder</app> "
3989
"shortcut in the launcher."
3990
msgstr ""
3991
3992
#: C/files-browse.page:53(section/title)
3993
msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
3994
msgstr ""
3995
3996
#: C/files-browse.page:55(section/p)
3997
msgid ""
3998
"In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and "
3999
"double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. "
4000
"You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window. In "
4001
"<link xref=\"files-sort#list-view\">list view</link>, you can also click the "
4002
"expander next to a folder to show its contents in a tree."
4003
msgstr ""
4004
4005
#: C/files-browse.page:63(section/p)
4006
msgid ""
4007
"The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which "
4008
"folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. "
4009
"Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any "
4010
"folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, "
4011
"or access its properties."
4012
msgstr ""
4013
4014
#: C/files-browse.page:69(section/p)
4015
msgid ""
4016
"If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start "
4017
"typing its name. A search box will appear at the bottom of the window and "
4018
"the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down "
4019
"arrow key or <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>G</key></keyseq>, or scroll with "
4020
"the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
4021
msgstr ""
4022
4023
#: C/files-browse.page:75(section/p)
4024
msgid ""
4025
"You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do "
4026
"not see the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui> "
4027
"<gui>Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you "
4028
"use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> "
4029
"menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
4030
msgstr ""
4031
4032
#: C/files-browse.page:82(section/p)
4033
msgid ""
4034
"If you frequently move files between nested folders, you might find it more "
4035
"useful to show a <em>tree</em> in the sidebar instead. Click "
4036
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq> to enable "
4037
"the tree sidebar. Click the expander arrow next to a folder to show its "
4038
"child folders in the tree, or click a folder to open it in the window."
4039
msgstr ""
4040
4041
#: C/files-copy.page:8(info/desc)
4042
msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
4043
msgstr ""
4044
4045
#: C/files-copy.page:13(credit/name)
4046
#: C/files-delete.page:13(credit/name)
4047
#: C/files-open.page:13(credit/name)
4048
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
4049
msgstr ""
4050
4051
#: C/files-copy.page:23(page/title)
4052
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
4053
msgstr ""
4054
4055
#: C/files-copy.page:25(page/p)
4056
msgid ""
4057
"A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and "
4058
"dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or by using "
4059
"keyboard shortcuts."
4060
msgstr ""
4061
4062
#: C/files-copy.page:29(page/p)
4063
msgid ""
4064
"For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so "
4065
"you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a "
4066
"document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you "
4067
"don't like your changes)."
4068
msgstr ""
4069
4070
#: C/files-copy.page:34(page/p)
4071
msgid ""
4072
"These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files "
4073
"and folders in exactly the same way."
4074
msgstr ""
4075
4076
#: C/files-copy.page:38(steps/title)
4077
msgid "Copy and paste files"
4078
msgstr ""
4079
4080
#: C/files-copy.page:39(item/p)
4081
msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
4082
msgstr ""
4083
4084
#: C/files-copy.page:40(item/p)
4085
msgid ""
4086
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Copy</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4087
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
4088
msgstr ""
4089
4090
#: C/files-copy.page:42(item/p)
4091
msgid ""
4092
"Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
4093
msgstr ""
4094
4095
#: C/files-copy.page:44(item/p)
4096
msgid ""
4097
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish copying the "
4098
"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now "
4099
"be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
4100
msgstr ""
4101
4102
#: C/files-copy.page:51(steps/title)
4103
msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
4104
msgstr ""
4105
4106
#: C/files-copy.page:52(item/p)
4107
msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
4108
msgstr ""
4109
4110
#: C/files-copy.page:53(item/p)
4111
msgid ""
4112
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Cut</gui></guiseq>, or press "
4113
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
4114
msgstr ""
4115
4116
#: C/files-copy.page:55(item/p)
4117
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
4118
msgstr ""
4119
4120
#: C/files-copy.page:56(item/p)
4121
msgid ""
4122
"Click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Paste</gui></guiseq> to finish moving the "
4123
"file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will "
4124
"be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
4125
msgstr ""
4126
4127
#: C/files-copy.page:62(steps/title)
4128
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
4129
msgstr ""
4130
4131
#: C/files-copy.page:63(item/p)
4132
msgid ""
4133
"Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want "
4134
"to copy."
4135
msgstr ""
4136
4137
#: C/files-copy.page:65(item/p)
4138
msgid ""
4139
"Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Window</gui></guiseq> (or press "
4140
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In "
4141
"the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the "
4142
"file."
4143
msgstr ""
4144
4145
#: C/files-copy.page:70(item/p)
4146
msgid ""
4147
"Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move "
4148
"it</em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy "
4149
"it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
4150
msgstr ""
4151
4152
#: C/files-copy.page:73(item/p)
4153
msgid ""
4154
"For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, "
4155
"it will be copied, because you're dragging from one device to another."
4156
msgstr ""
4157
4158
#: C/files-copy.page:75(item/p)
4159
msgid ""
4160
"You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
4161
"while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> "
4162
"key while dragging."
4163
msgstr ""
4164
4165
#: C/files-copy.page:82(note/p)
4166
msgid ""
4167
"You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some "
4168
"folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. "
4169
"You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-"
4170
"properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
4171
msgstr ""
4172
4173
#: C/files-delete.page:8(info/desc)
4174
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
4175
msgstr ""
4176
4177
#: C/files-delete.page:27(page/title)
4178
msgid "Delete files and folders"
4179
msgstr ""
4180
4181
#: C/files-delete.page:29(page/p)
4182
msgid ""
4183
"If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you "
4184
"delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is "
4185
"stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-"
4186
"recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their "
4187
"original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally "
4188
"deleted."
4189
msgstr ""
4190
4191
#: C/files-delete.page:36(steps/title)
4192
msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
4193
msgstr ""
4194
4195
#: C/files-delete.page:37(item/p)
4196
msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
4197
msgstr ""
4198
4199
#: C/files-delete.page:39(item/p)
4200
msgid ""
4201
"Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to "
4202
"the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
4203
msgstr ""
4204
4205
#: C/files-delete.page:44(page/p)
4206
msgid ""
4207
"To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you "
4208
"need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in "
4209
"the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
4210
msgstr ""
4211
4212
#: C/files-delete.page:49(section/title)
4213
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
4214
msgstr ""
4215
4216
#: C/files-delete.page:50(section/p)
4217
msgid ""
4218
"You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to "
4219
"the trash first."
4220
msgstr ""
4221
4222
#: C/files-delete.page:54(steps/title)
4223
msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
4224
msgstr ""
4225
4226
#: C/files-delete.page:55(item/p)
4227
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
4228
msgstr ""
4229
4230
#: C/files-delete.page:56(item/p)
4231
msgid ""
4232
"Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> "
4233
"key on your keyboard."
4234
msgstr ""
4235
4236
#: C/files-delete.page:58(item/p)
4237
msgid ""
4238
"Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to "
4239
"delete the file or folder."
4240
msgstr ""
4241
4242
#: C/files-delete.page:62(note/p)
4243
msgid ""
4244
"If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, "
4245
"if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> "
4246
"entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click "
4247
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
4248
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses "
4249
"Trash</gui>."
4250
msgstr ""
4251
4252
#: C/files-delete.page:69(note/p)
4253
msgid ""
4254
"Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> "
4255
"may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The "
4256
"files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back "
4257
"into your computer."
4258
msgstr ""
4259
4260
#: C/files-disc-write.page:15(info/desc)
4261
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
4262
msgstr ""
4263
4264
#: C/files-disc-write.page:19(page/title)
4265
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
4266
msgstr ""
4267
4268
#: C/files-disc-write.page:21(page/p)
4269
msgid ""
4270
"You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The "
4271
"option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you "
4272
"place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer "
4273
"files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> "
4274
"by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
4275
msgstr ""
4276
4277
#: C/files-disc-write.page:29(item/p)
4278
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
4279
msgstr ""
4280
4281
#: C/files-disc-write.page:31(item/p)
4282
msgid ""
4283
"In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select "
4284
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD "
4285
"Creator</gui> folder window will open."
4286
msgstr ""
4287
4288
#: C/files-disc-write.page:34(item/p)
4289
msgid ""
4290
"(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under "
4291
"<gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
4292
msgstr ""
4293
4294
#: C/files-disc-write.page:38(item/p)
4295
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
4296
msgstr ""
4297
4298
#: C/files-disc-write.page:41(item/p)
4299
msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
4300
msgstr ""
4301
4302
#: C/files-disc-write.page:44(item/p)
4303
msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
4304
msgstr ""
4305
4306
#: C/files-disc-write.page:47(item/p)
4307
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
4308
msgstr ""
4309
4310
#: C/files-disc-write.page:48(item/p)
4311
msgid ""
4312
"(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in "
4313
"a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then "
4314
"burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
4315
msgstr ""
4316
4317
#: C/files-disc-write.page:53(item/p)
4318
msgid ""
4319
"Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the "
4320
"location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should "
4321
"be fine."
4322
msgstr ""
4323
4324
#: C/files-disc-write.page:58(item/p)
4325
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
4326
msgstr ""
4327
4328
#: C/files-disc-write.page:59(item/p)
4329
msgid ""
4330
"If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for "
4331
"additional discs."
4332
msgstr ""
4333
4334
#: C/files-disc-write.page:63(item/p)
4335
msgid ""
4336
"When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose "
4337
"<gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
4338
msgstr ""
4339
4340
#: C/files-disc-write.page:68(note/p)
4341
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
4342
msgstr ""
4343
4344
#: C/files-disc-write.page:69(note/p)
4345
msgid ""
4346
"For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"ghelp:brasero\">user "
4347
"guide</link>."
4348
msgstr ""
4349
4350
#: C/files-disc-write.page:72(section/title)
4351
msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
4352
msgstr ""
4353
4354
#: C/files-disc-write.page:73(section/p)
4355
msgid ""
4356
"Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be "
4357
"able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a "
4358
"computer."
4359
msgstr ""
4360
4361
#: C/files-disc-write.page:76(section/p)
4362
msgid ""
4363
"In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. "
4364
"12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can "
4365
"choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the "
4366
"<gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
4367
msgstr ""
4368
4369
#: C/files-hidden.page:7(info/desc)
4370
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
4371
msgstr ""
4372
4373
#: C/files-hidden.page:19(page/title)
4374
msgid "Hide a file"
4375
msgstr ""
4376
4377
#: C/files-hidden.page:21(page/p)
4378
msgid ""
4379
"The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at "
4380
"your discretion. When a file is hiddden, it isn't displayed by the file "
4381
"manager, but it's still there in its folder."
4382
msgstr ""
4383
4384
#: C/files-hidden.page:25(page/p)
4385
msgid ""
4386
"To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a "
4387
"<key>.</key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named "
4388
"<file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
4389
msgstr ""
4390
4391
#: C/files-hidden.page:31(note/p)
4392
msgid ""
4393
"You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder "
4394
"by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
4395
msgstr ""
4396
4397
#: C/files-hidden.page:36(section/title)
4398
msgid "Show all hidden files"
4399
msgstr ""
4400
4401
#: C/files-hidden.page:37(section/p)
4402
msgid ""
4403
"If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and "
4404
"either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or "
4405
"press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden "
4406
"files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
4407
msgstr ""
4408
4409
#: C/files-hidden.page:42(section/p)
4410
msgid ""
4411
"To hide these files again, either click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Show "
4412
"Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key> "
4413
"</keyseq> again."
4414
msgstr ""
4415
4416
#: C/files-hidden.page:49(section/title)
4417
msgid "Unhide a file"
4418
msgstr ""
4419
4420
#: C/files-hidden.page:50(section/p)
4421
msgid ""
4422
"To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click "
4423
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>. Then, find the "
4424
"hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of "
4425
"its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, "
4426
"you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
4427
msgstr ""
4428
4429
#: C/files-hidden.page:56(section/p)
4430
msgid ""
4431
"Once you have renamed the file, you can either click <guiseq><gui>View "
4432
"</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
4433
"<key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
4434
msgstr ""
4435
4436
#: C/files-hidden.page:60(note/p)
4437
msgid ""
4438
"By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you "
4439
"close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will "
4440
"always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
4441
msgstr ""
4442
4443
#: C/files-hidden.page:65(note/p)
4444
msgid ""
4445
"Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, "
4446
"but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These "
4447
"files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more "
4448
"information."
4449
msgstr ""
4450
4451
#: C/files-lost.page:10(info/desc)
4452
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
4453
msgstr ""
4454
4455
#: C/files-lost.page:25(page/title)
4456
msgid "Find a lost file"
4457
msgstr ""
4458
4459
#: C/files-lost.page:27(page/p)
4460
msgid ""
4461
"If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these "
4462
"tips."
4463
msgstr ""
4464
4465
#: C/files-lost.page:31(item/p)
4466
msgid ""
4467
"If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of "
4468
"how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link "
4469
"xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
4470
msgstr ""
4471
4472
#: C/files-lost.page:35(item/p)
4473
msgid ""
4474
"If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically "
4475
"saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your "
4476
"home folder."
4477
msgstr ""
4478
4479
#: C/files-lost.page:39(item/p)
4480
msgid ""
4481
"You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it "
4482
"gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. "
4483
"See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
4484
msgstr ""
4485
4486
#: C/files-lost.page:44(item/p)
4487
msgid ""
4488
"You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files "
4489
"that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in "
4490
"the file manager. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
4491
"Files</gui></guiseq> in the file manager. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> "
4492
"to learn more."
4493
msgstr ""
4494
4495
#: C/files-open.page:10(info/desc)
4496
msgid ""
4497
"Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of "
4498
"file. You can change the default too."
4499
msgstr ""
4500
4501
#: C/files-open.page:23(page/title)
4502
msgid "Open files with other applications"
4503
msgstr ""
4504
4505
#: C/files-open.page:25(page/p)
4506
msgid ""
4507
"When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the "
4508
"default application for that file type. You can open it in a different "
4509
"application, search online for applications, or set the default application "
4510
"for all files of the same type."
4511
msgstr ""
4512
4513
#: C/files-open.page:30(page/p)
4514
msgid ""
4515
"To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the "
4516
"file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you "
4517
"don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other "
4518
"Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it "
4519
"knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your "
4520
"computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
4521
msgstr ""
4522
4523
#: C/files-open.page:37(page/p)
4524
msgid ""
4525
"If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more "
4526
"applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file "
4527
"manager will search online for packages containing applications that are "
4528
"known to handle files of that type."
4529
msgstr ""
4530
4531
#: C/files-open.page:43(section/title)
4532
msgid "Change the default application"
4533
msgstr ""
4534
4535
#: C/files-open.page:44(section/p)
4536
msgid ""
4537
"You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given "
4538
"type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-"
4539
"click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player "
4540
"to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
4541
msgstr ""
4542
4543
#: C/files-open.page:50(item/p)
4544
msgid ""
4545
"Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For "
4546
"example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a "
4547
"<file>.mp3</file> file."
4548
msgstr ""
4549
4550
#: C/files-open.page:53(item/p)
4551
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
4552
msgstr ""
4553
4554
#: C/files-open.page:54(item/p)
4555
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
4556
msgstr ""
4557
4558
#: C/files-open.page:55(item/p)
4559
msgid ""
4560
"Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By "
4561
"default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the "
4562
"file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show "
4563
"other applications</gui>."
4564
msgstr ""
4565
4566
#: C/files-open.page:59(item/p)
4567
msgid ""
4568
"If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want "
4569
"to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and "
4570
"click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended "
4571
"Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-"
4572
"clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
4573
msgstr ""
4574
4575
#: C/files-open.page:66(section/p)
4576
msgid ""
4577
"This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for "
4578
"all files with the same type."
4579
msgstr ""
4580
4581
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
4582
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
4583
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
4584
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
4585
#: C/files.page:31(media)
4586
msgctxt "_"
4587
msgid ""
4588
"external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='ee267f12a8f32b65a5ac7a51453cc162'"
4589
msgstr ""
4590
4591
#: C/files.page:14(info/title)
4592
msgctxt "link:trail"
4593
msgid "Files"
4594
msgstr ""
4595
4596
#: C/files.page:19(info/desc)
4597
msgid ""
4598
"<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-"
4599
"delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, "
4600
"<link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>..."
4601
msgstr ""
4602
4603
#: C/files.page:28(page/title)
4604
msgid "Files, folders & search"
4605
msgstr ""
4606
4607
#: C/files.page:32(media/p)
4608
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
4609
msgstr ""
4610
4611
#: C/files.page:36(links/title)
4612
msgid "Common tasks"
4613
msgstr ""
4614
4615
#: C/files.page:40(links/title)
4616
#: C/hardware.page:32(links/title)
4617
msgid "More topics"
4618
msgstr ""
4619
4620
#: C/files.page:44(section/title)
4621
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
4622
msgstr ""
4623
4624
#: C/files.page:49(section/title)
4625
msgid "Backing up"
4626
msgstr ""
4627
4628
#: C/files.page:54(section/title)
4629
msgid "Tips and questions"
4630
msgstr ""
4631
4632
#: C/files-recover.page:8(info/desc)
4633
msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
4634
msgstr ""
4635
4636
#: C/files-recover.page:21(page/title)
4637
msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
4638
msgstr ""
4639
4640
#: C/files-recover.page:22(page/p)
4641
msgid ""
4642
"If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into "
4643
"the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
4644
msgstr ""
4645
4646
#: C/files-recover.page:25(steps/title)
4647
msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
4648
msgstr ""
4649
4650
#: C/files-recover.page:26(item/p)
4651
msgid ""
4652
"Open the <gui>launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut "
4653
"which is located at the bottom of the launcher."
4654
msgstr ""
4655
4656
#: C/files-recover.page:28(item/p)
4657
msgid ""
4658
"If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui> "
4659
"Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
4660
msgstr ""
4661
4662
#: C/files-recover.page:32(page/p)
4663
msgid ""
4664
"If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete "
4665
"</key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently "
4666
"deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from "
4667
"the <gui>Trash</gui>."
4668
msgstr ""
4669
4670
#: C/files-recover.page:37(page/p)
4671
msgid ""
4672
"There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to "
4673
"recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not "
4674
"very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, "
4675
"it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can "
4676
"recover it."
4677
msgstr ""
4678
4679
#: C/files-removedrive.page:18(info/desc)
4680
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
4681
msgstr ""
4682
4683
#: C/files-removedrive.page:22(page/title)
4684
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
4685
msgstr ""
4686
4687
#: C/files-removedrive.page:24(page/p)
4688
msgid ""
4689
"When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should "
4690
"safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you "
4691
"run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This "
4692
"could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an "
4693
"optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc "
4694
"from your computer."
4695
msgstr ""
4696
4697
#: C/files-removedrive.page:32(steps/title)
4698
msgid "To eject a removable device:"
4699
msgstr ""
4700
4701
#: C/files-removedrive.page:33(item/p)
4702
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
4703
msgstr ""
4704
4705
#: C/files-removedrive.page:35(item/p)
4706
msgid ""
4707
"Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to "
4708
"the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
4709
msgstr ""
4710
4711
#: C/files-removedrive.page:38(item/p)
4712
msgid ""
4713
"Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and "
4714
"select <gui>Eject</gui>."
4715
msgstr ""
4716
4717
#: C/files-removedrive.page:43(section/title)
4718
msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
4719
msgstr ""
4720
4721
#: C/files-removedrive.page:45(section/p)
4722
msgid ""
4723
"If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you "
4724
"will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a "
4725
"window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open "
4726
"files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device "
4727
"will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject "
4728
"it."
4729
msgstr ""
4730
4731
#: C/files-removedrive.page:52(section/p)
4732
msgid ""
4733
"If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using "
4734
"the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is "
4735
"busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the "
4736
"entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you "
4737
"have open with that application."
4738
msgstr ""
4739
4740
#: C/files-removedrive.page:58(note/p)
4741
msgid ""
4742
"You can also choose <gui>Unmount Anyway</gui> to remove the device without "
4743
"closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those "
4744
"files open."
4745
msgstr ""
4746
4747
#: C/files-rename.page:7(info/desc)
4748
msgid "Change file or folder name."
4749
msgstr ""
4750
4751
#: C/files-rename.page:26(page/title)
4752
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
4753
msgstr ""
4754
4755
#: C/files-rename.page:28(page/p)
4756
msgid "You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder."
4757
msgstr ""
4758
4759
#: C/files-rename.page:31(steps/title)
4760
msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
4761
msgstr ""
4762
4763
#: C/files-rename.page:32(item/p)
4764
msgid ""
4765
"Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and "
4766
"press <key>F2</key>."
4767
msgstr ""
4768
4769
#: C/files-rename.page:34(item/p)
4770
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
4771
msgstr ""
4772
4773
#: C/files-rename.page:37(page/p)
4774
msgid ""
4775
"You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
4776
"basic\">properties</link> window."
4777
msgstr ""
4778
4779
#: C/files-rename.page:40(page/p)
4780
msgid ""
4781
"When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is "
4782
"selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension "
4783
"normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a "
4784
"PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to "
4785
"change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
4786
msgstr ""
4787
4788
#: C/files-rename.page:47(note/p)
4789
msgid ""
4790
"If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo "
4791
"the rename. To revert the action choose immediately <guiseq><gui>Edit "
4792
"</gui><gui> Undo</gui> </guiseq> to restore the former name."
4793
msgstr ""
4794
4795
#: C/files-rename.page:53(section/title)
4796
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
4797
msgstr ""
4798
4799
#: C/files-rename.page:54(section/p)
4800
msgid ""
4801
"You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file "
4802
"names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more "
4803
"restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the "
4804
"following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, "
4805
"<key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, "
4806
"<key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
4807
msgstr ""
4808
4809
#: C/files-rename.page:62(note/p)
4810
msgid ""
4811
"If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will "
4812
"be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in "
4813
"the file manager."
4814
msgstr ""
4815
4816
#: C/files-rename.page:69(section/title)
4817
#: C/hardware.page:40(section/title)
4818
#: C/mouse.page:36(section/title)
4819
msgid "Common problems"
4820
msgstr ""
4821
4822
#: C/files-rename.page:72(item/title)
4823
msgid "The file name is already in use"
4824
msgstr ""
4825
4826
#: C/files-rename.page:73(item/p)
4827
msgid ""
4828
"You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. "
4829
"If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you "
4830
"are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
4831
msgstr ""
4832
4833
#: C/files-rename.page:76(item/p)
4834
msgid ""
4835
"File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name "
4836
"<file>File.txt</file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using "
4837
"different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
4838
msgstr ""
4839
4840
#: C/files-rename.page:82(item/title)
4841
msgid "The file name is too long"
4842
msgstr ""
4843
4844
#: C/files-rename.page:83(item/p)
4845
msgid ""
4846
"On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in "
4847
"their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the "
4848
"path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-"
4849
"proposals/... </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where "
4850
"possible."
4851
msgstr ""
4852
4853
#: C/files-rename.page:90(item/title)
4854
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
4855
msgstr ""
4856
4857
#: C/files-rename.page:91(item/p)
4858
msgid ""
4859
"If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the "
4860
"file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some "
4861
"protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link "
4862
"xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
4863
msgstr ""
4864
4865
#: C/files-search.page:10(info/desc)
4866
msgid ""
4867
"Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
4868
msgstr ""
4869
4870
#: C/files-search.page:23(page/title)
4871
msgid "Search for files"
4872
msgstr ""
4873
4874
#: C/files-search.page:25(page/p)
4875
msgid ""
4876
"You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within "
4877
"the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as "
4878
"special folders in your home folder."
4879
msgstr ""
4880
4881
#: C/files-search.page:30(links/title)
4882
msgid "Other search applications"
4883
msgstr ""
4884
4885
#: C/files-search.page:36(steps/title)
4886
msgid "Search"
4887
msgstr ""
4888
4889
#: C/files-search.page:37(item/p)
4890
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>"
4891
msgstr ""
4892
4893
#: C/files-search.page:38(item/p)
4894
msgid ""
4895
"If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that "
4896
"folder."
4897
msgstr ""
4898
4899
#: C/files-search.page:40(item/p)
4900
msgid ""
4901
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl "
4902
"</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
4903
msgstr ""
4904
4905
#: C/files-search.page:42(item/p)
4906
msgid ""
4907
"Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name and press enter. "
4908
"For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type "
4909
"<input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless "
4910
"of case."
4911
msgstr ""
4912
4913
#: C/files-search.page:46(item/p)
4914
msgid ""
4915
"You can narrow your results by location and file type. Click the "
4916
"<gui>+</gui> button to set more search criteria."
4917
msgstr ""
4918
4919
#: C/files-search.page:49(item/p)
4920
msgid ""
4921
"Select <gui>Location</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
4922
"results by a starting parent location."
4923
msgstr ""
4924
4925
#: C/files-search.page:51(item/p)
4926
msgid ""
4927
"Select <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search "
4928
"results based on file type."
4929
msgstr ""
4930
4931
#: C/files-search.page:54(item/p)
4932
msgid ""
4933
"Click the <gui>-</gui> button next to any search option to remove that "
4934
"option and widen the search results."
4935
msgstr ""
4936
4937
#: C/files-search.page:56(item/p)
4938
msgid ""
4939
"You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the "
4940
"search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
4941
msgstr ""
4942
4943
#: C/files-search.page:59(item/p)
4944
msgid ""
4945
"Click <gui>Search</gui> in the toolbar again to exit the search and return "
4946
"to the folder."
4947
msgstr ""
4948
4949
#: C/files-search.page:63(page/p)
4950
msgid ""
4951
"If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them "
4952
"quickly."
4953
msgstr ""
4954
4955
#: C/files-search.page:67(steps/title)
4956
msgid "Save a search"
4957
msgstr ""
4958
4959
#: C/files-search.page:68(item/p)
4960
msgid "Start a search as above."
4961
msgstr ""
4962
4963
#: C/files-search.page:69(item/p)
4964
msgid ""
4965
"When you're happy with the search parameters, click <guiseq><gui> "
4966
"File</gui><gui>Save Search As</gui></guiseq>."
4967
msgstr ""
4968
4969
#: C/files-search.page:71(item/p)
4970
msgid ""
4971
"Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a "
4972
"different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will "
4973
"see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
4974
msgstr ""
4975
4976
#: C/files-search.page:77(page/p)
4977
msgid ""
4978
"To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link "
4979
"xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. "
4980
"When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search "
4981
"matched."
4982
msgstr ""
4983
4984
#: C/files-select.page:15(info/desc)
4985
msgid ""
4986
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files "
4987
"which have similar names."
4988
msgstr ""
4989
4990
#: C/files-select.page:20(page/title)
4991
msgid "Select files by pattern"
4992
msgstr ""
4993
4994
#: C/files-select.page:22(page/p)
4995
msgid ""
4996
"You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press "
4997
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select "
4998
"Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the "
4999
"file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters "
5000
"available:"
5001
msgstr ""
5002
5003
#: C/files-select.page:29(item/p)
5004
msgid ""
5005
"<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at "
5006
"all."
5007
msgstr ""
5008
5009
#: C/files-select.page:31(item/p)
5010
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
5011
msgstr ""
5012
5013
#: C/files-select.page:34(page/p)
5014
msgid "For example:"
5015
msgstr ""
5016
5017
#: C/files-select.page:37(item/p)
5018
msgid ""
5019
"If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all "
5020
"have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the "
5021
"pattern"
5022
msgstr ""
5023
5024
#: C/files-select.page:40(example/p)
5025
msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
5026
msgstr ""
5027
5028
#: C/files-select.page:42(item/p)
5029
msgid ""
5030
"If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, "
5031
"<file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them "
5032
"all with the pattern"
5033
msgstr ""
5034
5035
#: C/files-select.page:45(example/p)
5036
msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
5037
msgstr ""
5038
5039
#: C/files-select.page:47(item/p)
5040
msgid ""
5041
"If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added "
5042
"<file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've "
5043
"edited, select the edited photos with"
5044
msgstr ""
5045
5046
#: C/files-select.page:50(example/p)
5047
msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
5048
msgstr ""
5049
5050
#: C/files-share.page:11(info/desc)
5051
msgid ""
5052
"Easily transfer files to your contacts and devices from the file manager."
5053
msgstr ""
5054
5055
#: C/files-share.page:24(page/title)
5056
msgid "Share and transfer files"
5057
msgstr ""
5058
5059
#: C/files-share.page:32(page/p)
5060
msgid ""
5061
"You can easily share files with your contacts or transfer them to external "
5062
"devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly "
5063
"from the file manager."
5064
msgstr ""
5065
5066
#: C/files-share.page:37(item/p)
5067
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
5068
msgstr ""
5069
5070
#: C/files-share.page:38(item/p)
5071
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
5072
msgstr ""
5073
5074
#: C/files-share.page:39(item/p)
5075
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
5076
msgstr ""
5077
5078
#: C/files-share.page:40(item/p)
5079
msgid ""
5080
"The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the "
5081
"file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more "
5082
"information."
5083
msgstr ""
5084
5085
#: C/files-share.page:46(note/p)
5086
msgid ""
5087
"You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down "
5088
"<key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files "
5089
"automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
5090
msgstr ""
5091
5092
#: C/files-share.page:52(list/title)
5093
msgid "Destinations"
5094
msgstr ""
5095
5096
#: C/files-share.page:53(item/p)
5097
msgid ""
5098
"To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email "
5099
"address."
5100
msgstr ""
5101
5102
#: C/files-share.page:55(item/p)
5103
msgid ""
5104
"To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant "
5105
"Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant "
5106
"messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
5107
msgstr ""
5108
5109
#: C/files-share.page:59(item/p)
5110
msgid ""
5111
"To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See "
5112
"<link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
5113
msgstr ""
5114
5115
#: C/files-share.page:61(item/p)
5116
msgid ""
5117
"To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX "
5118
"Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see "
5119
"devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for "
5120
"more information."
5121
msgstr ""
5122
5123
#: C/files-share.page:65(item/p)
5124
msgid ""
5125
"To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it "
5126
"to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and "
5127
"shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
5128
msgstr ""
5129
5130
#: C/files-sort.page:7(info/desc)
5131
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
5132
msgstr ""
5133
5134
#: C/files-sort.page:22(page/title)
5135
msgid "Sort files and folders"
5136
msgstr ""
5137
5138
#: C/files-sort.page:28(page/p)
5139
msgid ""
5140
"You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting "
5141
"them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a "
5142
"list of common ways to sort files."
5143
msgstr ""
5144
5145
#: C/files-sort.page:30(page/p)
5146
msgid ""
5147
"When you change how items are sorted in a folder, it only affects that "
5148
"folder. The file manager will remember your sorting choice for that folder, "
5149
"but will use the default sort order for other folders. See <link "
5150
"xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort "
5151
"order."
5152
msgstr ""
5153
5154
#: C/files-sort.page:35(page/p)
5155
msgid ""
5156
"The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you "
5157
"are using. You can change the current view using the <gui>View</gui> menu."
5158
msgstr ""
5159
5160
#: C/files-sort.page:39(section/title)
5161
msgid "Icon view"
5162
msgstr ""
5163
5164
#: C/files-sort.page:40(section/p)
5165
msgid ""
5166
"To sort files in a different order, right-click a blank space in the folder "
5167
"and choose an option from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu. Alternatively, "
5168
"use the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu."
5169
msgstr ""
5170
5171
#: C/files-sort.page:41(section/p)
5172
msgid ""
5173
"As an example, if you select <gui>Sort by Name</gui> from the <gui>Arrange "
5174
"Items</gui> menu, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical "
5175
"order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
5176
msgstr ""
5177
5178
#: C/files-sort.page:42(section/p)
5179
msgid ""
5180
"You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> "
5181
"from the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu."
5182
msgstr ""
5183
5184
#: C/files-sort.page:43(section/p)
5185
msgid ""
5186
"For complete control over the order and position of files in the folder, "
5187
"right-click a blank space in the folder and select <guiseq><gui>Arrange "
5188
"Items</gui><gui>Manually</gui></guiseq>. You can then rearrange the files by "
5189
"dragging them around in the folder. Manual sorting only works in icon view."
5190
msgstr ""
5191
5192
#: C/files-sort.page:44(section/p)
5193
msgid ""
5194
"The <gui>Compact Layout</gui> option in the <gui>Arrange Items</gui> menu "
5195
"arranges the files so they take up as little space as possible. This is "
5196
"useful if you want to have lots of files visible at once in a folder."
5197
msgstr ""
5198
5199
#: C/files-sort.page:48(section/title)
5200
msgid "List view"
5201
msgstr ""
5202
5203
#: C/files-sort.page:49(section/p)
5204
msgid ""
5205
"To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the "
5206
"file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click "
5207
"the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
5208
msgstr ""
5209
5210
#: C/files-sort.page:50(section/p)
5211
msgid ""
5212
"In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those "
5213
"columns. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Visible Columns</gui></guiseq> "
5214
"and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to "
5215
"sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions "
5216
"of available columns."
5217
msgstr ""
5218
5219
#: C/files-sort.page:54(section/title)
5220
msgid "Compact view"
5221
msgstr ""
5222
5223
#: C/files-sort.page:55(section/p)
5224
msgid ""
5225
"You can sort files in Compact view in the same way that you can sort them in "
5226
"the Icon view. The only difference is that you can't manually position the "
5227
"files anywhere you want; they are always organized as a list in this view."
5228
msgstr ""
5229
5230
#: C/files-sort.page:59(section/title)
5231
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
5232
msgstr ""
5233
5234
#: C/files-sort.page:62(item/title)
5235
msgid "By Name"
5236
msgstr ""
5237
5238
#: C/files-sort.page:63(item/p)
5239
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
5240
msgstr ""
5241
5242
#: C/files-sort.page:66(item/title)
5243
msgid "By Size"
5244
msgstr ""
5245
5246
#: C/files-sort.page:67(item/p)
5247
msgid ""
5248
"Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from "
5249
"smallest to largest by default."
5250
msgstr ""
5251
5252
#: C/files-sort.page:70(item/title)
5253
msgid "By Type"
5254
msgstr ""
5255
5256
#: C/files-sort.page:71(item/p)
5257
msgid ""
5258
"Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped "
5259
"together, then sorted by name."
5260
msgstr ""
5261
5262
#: C/files-sort.page:74(item/title)
5263
msgid "By Modification Date"
5264
msgstr ""
5265
5266
#: C/files-sort.page:75(item/p)
5267
msgid ""
5268
"Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest "
5269
"to newest by default."
5270
msgstr ""
5271
5272
#: C/files-templates.page:7(info/desc)
5273
msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
5274
msgstr ""
5275
5276
#: C/files-templates.page:13(credit/name)
5277
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:14(credit/name)
5278
msgid "Anita Reitere"
5279
msgstr ""
5280
5281
#: C/files-templates.page:19(page/title)
5282
msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
5283
msgstr ""
5284
5285
#: C/files-templates.page:21(page/p)
5286
msgid ""
5287
"If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit "
5288
"from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type "
5289
"with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you "
5290
"could create a template document with your letterhead."
5291
msgstr ""
5292
5293
#: C/files-templates.page:27(steps/title)
5294
msgid "Make a new template"
5295
msgstr ""
5296
5297
#: C/files-templates.page:28(item/p)
5298
msgid ""
5299
"Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you "
5300
"could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
5301
msgstr ""
5302
5303
#: C/files-templates.page:31(item/p)
5304
msgid ""
5305
"Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> "
5306
"folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> "
5307
"folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
5308
msgstr ""
5309
5310
#: C/files-templates.page:37(steps/title)
5311
msgid "Use a template to create a document"
5312
msgstr ""
5313
5314
#: C/files-templates.page:38(item/p)
5315
msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
5316
msgstr ""
5317
5318
#: C/files-templates.page:39(item/p)
5319
msgid ""
5320
"Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui "
5321
"style=\"menuitem\">Create New Document</gui>. The names of available "
5322
"templates will be listed in the submenu."
5323
msgstr ""
5324
5325
#: C/files-templates.page:42(item/p)
5326
msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
5327
msgstr ""
5328
5329
#: C/files-templates.page:43(item/p)
5330
msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
5331
msgstr ""
5332
5333
#: C/files-templates.page:44(item/p)
5334
msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
5335
msgstr ""
5336
5337
#: C/files-tilde.page:8(info/desc)
5338
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
5339
msgstr ""
5340
5341
#: C/files-tilde.page:20(page/title)
5342
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
5343
msgstr ""
5344
5345
#: C/files-tilde.page:22(page/p)
5346
msgid ""
5347
"Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, "
5348
"<file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of "
5349
"documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. "
5350
"It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your "
5351
"computer."
5352
msgstr ""
5353
5354
#: C/files-tilde.page:27(page/p)
5355
msgid ""
5356
"These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because "
5357
"you either selected <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
5358
"Files</gui></guiseq> or pressed "
5359
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by "
5360
"repeating either of these steps."
5361
msgstr ""
5362
5363
#: C/files-tilde.page:32(page/p)
5364
msgid ""
5365
"These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link "
5366
"xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
5367
msgstr ""
5368
5369
#: C/get-involved.page:8(info/desc)
5370
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
5371
msgstr ""
5372
5373
#: C/get-involved.page:19(page/title)
5374
msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
5375
msgstr ""
5376
5377
#: C/get-involved.page:22(page/p)
5378
msgid ""
5379
"This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to "
5380
"participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, "
5381
"incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can "
5382
"file a <em>bug report</em>."
5383
msgstr ""
5384
5385
#: C/get-involved.page:25(page/p)
5386
msgid ""
5387
"To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type "
5388
"<input>ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin the "
5389
"bug collection process."
5390
msgstr ""
5391
5392
#: C/get-involved.page:28(page/p)
5393
msgid ""
5394
"See the <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting "
5395
"instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
5396
msgstr ""
5397
5398
#: C/get-involved.page:31(page/p)
5399
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
5400
msgstr ""
5401
5402
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10(info/desc)
5403
msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
5404
msgstr ""
5405
5406
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:21(page/title)
5407
msgid "Media card reader problems"
5408
msgstr ""
5409
5410
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:23(page/p)
5411
msgid ""
5412
"Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC "
5413
"(MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage "
5414
"media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-"
5415
"partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are "
5416
"not:"
5417
msgstr ""
5418
5419
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:30(item/p)
5420
msgid ""
5421
"Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they "
5422
"are “upside down” when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is "
5423
"firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a "
5424
"small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! "
5425
"If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
5426
msgstr ""
5427
5428
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:38(item/p)
5429
msgid ""
5430
"Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>dash</gui>. Does the inserted card "
5431
"appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the "
5432
"card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If "
5433
"the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click "
5434
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
5435
msgstr ""
5436
5437
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:45(item/p)
5438
msgid ""
5439
"If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click "
5440
"<guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is "
5441
"correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is "
5442
"present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture "
5443
"below)."
5444
msgstr ""
5445
5446
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:51(item/p)
5447
msgid ""
5448
"If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the "
5449
"card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if "
5450
"possible."
5451
msgstr ""
5452
5453
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56(page/p)
5454
msgid ""
5455
"If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is "
5456
"possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver "
5457
"issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of "
5458
"sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly "
5459
"connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the "
5460
"computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better "
5461
"supported by Linux."
5462
msgstr ""
5463
5464
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8(info/desc)
5465
msgid ""
5466
"A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are "
5467
"attached to it."
5468
msgstr ""
5469
5470
#: C/hardware-driver.page:19(page/title)
5471
msgid "What is a driver?"
5472
msgstr ""
5473
5474
#: C/hardware-driver.page:21(page/p)
5475
msgid ""
5476
"Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be "
5477
"<em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like "
5478
"graphics and audio cards."
5479
msgstr ""
5480
5481
#: C/hardware-driver.page:23(page/p)
5482
msgid ""
5483
"In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know "
5484
"how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a "
5485
"<em>device driver</em>."
5486
msgstr ""
5487
5488
#: C/hardware-driver.page:25(page/p)
5489
msgid ""
5490
"When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver "
5491
"installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but "
5492
"the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. "
5493
"Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any "
5494
"other model."
5495
msgstr ""
5496
5497
#: C/hardware-driver.page:27(page/p)
5498
msgid ""
5499
"On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so "
5500
"everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to "
5501
"be installed manually or may not be available at all."
5502
msgstr ""
5503
5504
#: C/hardware-driver.page:29(page/p)
5505
msgid ""
5506
"In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-"
5507
"functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-"
5508
"sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
5509
msgstr ""
5510
5511
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8(info/desc)
5512
msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source."
5513
msgstr ""
5514
5515
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:19(page/title)
5516
msgid "What are proprietary drivers?"
5517
msgstr ""
5518
5519
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:21(page/p)
5520
msgid ""
5521
"Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function "
5522
"properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, "
5523
"which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and "
5524
"problems with them can be fixed."
5525
msgstr ""
5526
5527
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:26(page/p)
5528
msgid ""
5529
"Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the "
5530
"hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would "
5531
"make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited "
5532
"functionality or may not work at all."
5533
msgstr ""
5534
5535
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:31(page/p)
5536
msgid ""
5537
"If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install "
5538
"it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new "
5539
"features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics "
5540
"cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects."
5541
msgstr ""
5542
5543
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:36(page/p)
5544
msgid ""
5545
"Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open "
5546
"source drivers fully support the hardware."
5547
msgstr ""
5548
5549
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:40(note/p)
5550
msgid ""
5551
"Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers."
5552
msgstr ""
5553
5554
#: C/hardware.page:14(info/title)
5555
msgctxt "link:trail"
5556
msgid "Hardware"
5557
msgstr ""
5558
5559
#: C/hardware.page:16(info/desc)
5560
msgid ""
5561
"<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link "
5562
"xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power "
5563
"settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link "
5564
"xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>..."
5565
msgstr ""
5566
5567
#: C/hardware.page:27(page/title)
5568
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
5569
msgstr ""
5570
5571
#: C/hardware.page:37(info/title)
5572
msgctxt "link:trail"
5573
msgid "Problems"
5574
msgstr ""
5575
5576
#: C/hardware.page:38(info/title)
5577
msgctxt "link"
5578
msgid "Hardware problems"
5579
msgstr ""
5580
5581
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:14(info/desc)
5582
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
5583
msgstr ""
5584
5585
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:20(page/title)
5586
msgid "Screen problems"
5587
msgstr ""
5588
5589
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:22(page/p)
5590
msgid ""
5591
"Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or "
5592
"configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are "
5593
"experiencing?"
5594
msgstr ""
5595
5596
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5597
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5598
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5599
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5600
#.
5601
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5602
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5603
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5604
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5605
#: C/index.page:11(media)
5606
#: C/index.page:18(media)
5607
msgctxt "_"
5608
msgid ""
5609
"external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'"
5610
msgstr ""
5611
5612
#: C/index.page:6(info/desc)
5613
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5614
msgstr ""
5615
5616
#: C/index.page:8(info/title)
5617
msgctxt "link"
5618
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5619
msgstr ""
5620
5621
#: C/index.page:9(info/title)
5622
msgctxt "text"
5623
msgid "Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5624
msgstr ""
5625
5626
#: C/index.page:10(info/title)
5627
msgctxt "link:trail"
5628
msgid ""
5629
"<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\" "
5630
"src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Help</media> Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5631
msgstr ""
5632
5633
#: C/index.page:18(page/title)
5634
msgid ""
5635
"<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Logo</media> "
5636
"Ubuntu Desktop Guide"
5637
msgstr ""
5638
5639
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:12(info/desc)
5640
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
5641
msgstr ""
5642
5643
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:23(credit/name)
5644
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:16(credit/name)
5645
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:17(credit/name)
5646
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:16(credit/name)
5647
#: C/keyboard.page:23(credit/name)
5648
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20(credit/name)
5649
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:17(credit/name)
5650
msgid "Julita Inca"
5651
msgstr ""
5652
5653
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:29(page/title)
5654
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
5655
msgstr ""
5656
5657
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:31(page/p)
5658
msgid ""
5659
"If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can "
5660
"make it blink to make it easier to locate."
5661
msgstr ""
5662
5663
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:39(item/p)
5664
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:41(item/p)
5665
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
5666
msgstr ""
5667
5668
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:41(item/p)
5669
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
5670
msgstr ""
5671
5672
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:43(item/p)
5673
msgid ""
5674
"Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
5675
msgstr ""
5676
5677
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5678
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5679
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5680
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5681
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:51(media)
5682
msgctxt "_"
5683
msgid ""
5684
"external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' "
5685
"md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'"
5686
msgstr ""
5687
5688
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:19(info/desc)
5689
msgid "Make your keyboard behave like a keyboard for another language."
5690
msgstr ""
5691
5692
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:23(page/title)
5693
msgid "Use alternate keyboard layouts"
5694
msgstr ""
5695
5696
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:25(page/p)
5697
msgid ""
5698
"Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. "
5699
"Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such "
5700
"as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a "
5701
"keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols "
5702
"printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple "
5703
"languages."
5704
msgstr ""
5705
5706
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38(item/p)
5707
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Keyboard Layout</gui>."
5708
msgstr ""
5709
5710
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:41(item/p)
5711
msgid ""
5712
"Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select a layout, and click <gui>Add</gui>. "
5713
"You can add at most four layouts."
5714
msgstr ""
5715
5716
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:50(note/p)
5717
msgid ""
5718
"You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and "
5719
"clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-"
5720
"symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\">preview</media></gui> or by "
5721
"clicking <gui>Preview</gui> in the pop-up window when adding a layout."
5722
msgstr ""
5723
5724
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:55(page/p)
5725
msgid ""
5726
"When you add multiple layouts, you can quickly switch between them using the "
5727
"keyboard layout icon in the menu bar. The menu will display a short "
5728
"identifier for the current layout, such as <gui>en</gui> for the standard "
5729
"English layout. Click the layout indicator and select the layout you want to "
5730
"use from the menu."
5731
msgstr ""
5732
5733
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:61(page/p)
5734
msgid ""
5735
"When you use multiple layouts, you can choose to have all windows use the "
5736
"same layout or to set a different layout for each window. Using a different "
5737
"layout for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article "
5738
"in another language in a word processor window. Your keyboard selection will "
5739
"be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
5740
msgstr ""
5741
5742
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:67(page/p)
5743
msgid ""
5744
"By default, new windows will use the default keyboard layout. You can "
5745
"instead choose to have them use the layout of the window you were last "
5746
"using. The default layout is the layout at the top of the list. Use the "
5747
"<gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move layouts up and down in the "
5748
"list."
5749
msgstr ""
5750
5751
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:85(note/title)
5752
msgid "Custom options"
5753
msgstr ""
5754
5755
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:86(note/p)
5756
msgid ""
5757
"You may want to add certain symbols to specific keys or adjust custom option "
5758
"and behaviors. You can do this by clicking <gui>Options</gui>."
5759
msgstr ""
5760
5761
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:23(credit/years)
5762
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15(credit/years)
5763
msgid "2012"
5764
msgstr ""
5765
5766
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:25(info/desc)
5767
msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
5768
msgstr ""
5769
5770
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:28(page/title)
5771
msgid "Keyboard navigation"
5772
msgstr ""
5773
5774
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:45(page/p)
5775
msgid ""
5776
"This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or "
5777
"other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. "
5778
"For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-"
5779
"keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
5780
msgstr ""
5781
5782
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:51(note/p)
5783
msgid ""
5784
"If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse "
5785
"pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
5786
"mousekeys\"/> for details."
5787
msgstr ""
5788
5789
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:57(table/title)
5790
msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
5791
msgstr ""
5792
5793
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:59(td/p)
5794
msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
5795
msgstr ""
5796
5797
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61(td/p)
5798
msgid ""
5799
"Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> "
5800
"<key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a "
5801
"sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> "
5802
"can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a "
5803
"text area."
5804
msgstr ""
5805
5806
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:65(td/p)
5807
msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
5808
msgstr ""
5809
5810
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:69(td/p)
5811
msgid "Arrow keys"
5812
msgstr ""
5813
5814
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71(td/p)
5815
msgid ""
5816
"Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related "
5817
"controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in "
5818
"a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
5819
msgstr ""
5820
5821
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:74(td/p)
5822
msgid ""
5823
"In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand "
5824
"items with children."
5825
msgstr ""
5826
5827
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:79(td/p)
5828
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
5829
msgstr ""
5830
5831
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:80(td/p)
5832
msgid ""
5833
"In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without "
5834
"changing which item is selected."
5835
msgstr ""
5836
5837
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:84(td/p)
5838
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
5839
msgstr ""
5840
5841
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:85(td/p)
5842
msgid ""
5843
"In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to "
5844
"the newly focused item."
5845
msgstr ""
5846
5847
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:89(td/p)
5848
msgid "<key>Space</key>"
5849
msgstr ""
5850
5851
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:90(td/p)
5852
msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
5853
msgstr ""
5854
5855
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93(td/p)
5856
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
5857
msgstr ""
5858
5859
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:94(td/p)
5860
msgid ""
5861
"In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without "
5862
"deselecting other items."
5863
msgstr ""
5864
5865
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:98(td/p)
5866
msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
5867
msgstr ""
5868
5869
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:99(td/p)
5870
msgid ""
5871
"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined "
5872
"letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> "
5873
"plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked "
5874
"on it."
5875
msgstr ""
5876
5877
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:105(td/p)
5878
msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
5879
msgstr ""
5880
5881
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:106(td/p)
5882
msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
5883
msgstr ""
5884
5885
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109(td/p)
5886
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
5887
msgstr ""
5888
5889
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:110(td/p)
5890
msgid ""
5891
"Open the first menu on the menubar of a window. Use the arrow keys to "
5892
"navigate the menus."
5893
msgstr ""
5894
5895
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:114(td/p)
5896
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
5897
msgstr ""
5898
5899
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:116(td/p)
5900
msgid ""
5901
"Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-"
5902
"clicked."
5903
msgstr ""
5904
5905
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:121(td/p)
5906
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
5907
msgstr ""
5908
5909
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:122(td/p)
5910
msgid ""
5911
"In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if "
5912
"you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
5913
msgstr ""
5914
5915
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:126(td/p)
5916
msgid ""
5917
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and "
5918
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
5919
msgstr ""
5920
5921
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:128(td/p)
5922
msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
5923
msgstr ""
5924
5925
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:133(table/title)
5926
msgid "Navigate the desktop"
5927
msgstr ""
5928
5929
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:146(table/title)
5930
msgid "Navigate windows"
5931
msgstr ""
5932
5933
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:148(td/p)
5934
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30(td/p)
5935
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
5936
msgstr ""
5937
5938
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149(td/p)
5939
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:31(td/p)
5940
msgid "Close the current window."
5941
msgstr ""
5942
5943
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:152(td/p)
5944
msgid ""
5945
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
5946
"key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
5947
msgstr ""
5948
5949
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:153(td/p)
5950
msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size."
5951
msgstr ""
5952
5953
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:156(td/p)
5954
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
5955
msgstr ""
5956
5957
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:157(td/p)
5958
msgid ""
5959
"Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, "
5960
"then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish "
5961
"moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
5962
msgstr ""
5963
5964
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:162(td/p)
5965
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
5966
msgstr ""
5967
5968
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:163(td/p)
5969
msgid ""
5970
"Resize the current window. Press "
5971
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to "
5972
"resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or "
5973
"<key>Esc</key> to return it to its original size."
5974
msgstr ""
5975
5976
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:171(td/p)
5977
msgid ""
5978
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
5979
"key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
5980
msgstr ""
5981
5982
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:172(td/p)
5983
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window."
5984
msgstr ""
5985
5986
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:175(td/p)
5987
msgid ""
5988
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
5989
"key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
5990
msgstr ""
5991
5992
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:176(td/p)
5993
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen."
5994
msgstr ""
5995
5996
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:180(td/p)
5997
msgid ""
5998
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
5999
"key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
6000
msgstr ""
6001
6002
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:181(td/p)
6003
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen."
6004
msgstr ""
6005
6006
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:185(td/p)
6007
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
6008
msgstr ""
6009
6010
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:186(td/p)
6011
msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
6012
msgstr ""
6013
6014
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:12(credit/name)
6015
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:14(credit/name)
6016
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6017
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:13(credit/name)
6018
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
6019
msgstr ""
6020
6021
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19(info/desc)
6022
msgid ""
6023
"Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
6024
msgstr ""
6025
6026
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:25(page/title)
6027
msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
6028
msgstr ""
6029
6030
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:27(page/p)
6031
msgid ""
6032
"If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use "
6033
"it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
6034
msgstr ""
6035
6036
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:35(item/p)
6037
msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
6038
msgstr ""
6039
6040
#: C/keyboard.page:12(info/desc)
6041
msgid ""
6042
"<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Keyboard layouts</link>, <link "
6043
"xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link "
6044
"xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>..."
6045
msgstr ""
6046
6047
#: C/keyboard.page:29(page/title)
6048
msgid "Keyboard"
6049
msgstr ""
6050
6051
#: C/keyboard.page:32(links/title)
6052
#: C/prefs-language.page:23(page/title)
6053
msgid "Language & region"
6054
msgstr ""
6055
6056
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:23(info/desc)
6057
msgid ""
6058
"Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the "
6059
"delay and speed of repeat keys."
6060
msgstr ""
6061
6062
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:28(page/title)
6063
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
6064
msgstr ""
6065
6066
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:30(page/p)
6067
msgid ""
6068
"By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol "
6069
"will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking "
6070
"your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change "
6071
"how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
6072
msgstr ""
6073
6074
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:44(item/p)
6075
msgid ""
6076
"Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable "
6077
"repeated keys entirely."
6078
msgstr ""
6079
6080
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:46(item/p)
6081
msgid ""
6082
"Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you "
6083
"have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the "
6084
"<gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
6085
msgstr ""
6086
6087
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:20(info/desc)
6088
msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
6089
msgstr ""
6090
6091
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:23(page/title)
6092
msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
6093
msgstr ""
6094
6095
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:38(page/p)
6096
msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
6097
msgstr ""
6098
6099
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:42(item/p)
6100
msgid ""
6101
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6102
"Settings </gui>."
6103
msgstr ""
6104
6105
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:44(item/p)
6106
msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
6107
msgstr ""
6108
6109
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:47(item/p)
6110
msgid ""
6111
"Select a category on the left side of the window, and the desired action on "
6112
"the right."
6113
msgstr ""
6114
6115
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:51(item/p)
6116
msgid "Click the current shortcut definition on the far right."
6117
msgstr ""
6118
6119
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:54(item/p)
6120
msgid ""
6121
"Hold down the desired key combination or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
6122
msgstr ""
6123
6124
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:59(section/title)
6125
msgid "Custom shortcuts"
6126
msgstr ""
6127
6128
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:61(section/p)
6129
msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
6130
msgstr ""
6131
6132
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:65(item/p)
6133
msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> on the left side of the window."
6134
msgstr ""
6135
6136
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:68(item/p)
6137
msgid ""
6138
"Click the <gui>+</gui> button. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will "
6139
"appear."
6140
msgstr ""
6141
6142
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:72(item/p)
6143
msgid ""
6144
"Write a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> "
6145
"to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you "
6146
"wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it "
6147
"<input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
6148
msgstr ""
6149
6150
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:78(item/p)
6151
msgid ""
6152
"Double click where it says <gui>Disabled</gui> on the far right, and then "
6153
"hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
6154
msgstr ""
6155
6156
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:82(section/p)
6157
msgid ""
6158
"The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can "
6159
"check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. "
6160
"The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as "
6161
"the application itself."
6162
msgstr ""
6163
6164
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:87(section/p)
6165
msgid ""
6166
"If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard "
6167
"shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom "
6168
"Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
6169
msgstr ""
6170
6171
#: C/look-background.page:12(info/desc)
6172
msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
6173
msgstr ""
6174
6175
#: C/look-background.page:19(credit/name)
6176
msgid "April Gonzales"
6177
msgstr ""
6178
6179
#: C/look-background.page:33(page/title)
6180
msgid "Change the desktop background"
6181
msgstr ""
6182
6183
#: C/look-background.page:35(page/p)
6184
msgid ""
6185
"You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a "
6186
"simple color or gradient."
6187
msgstr ""
6188
6189
#: C/look-background.page:39(item/p)
6190
msgid ""
6191
"Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
6192
msgstr ""
6193
6194
#: C/look-background.page:40(item/p)
6195
msgid ""
6196
"Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link "
6197
"xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view "
6198
"your entire desktop."
6199
msgstr ""
6200
6201
#: C/look-background.page:45(page/p)
6202
msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right."
6203
msgstr ""
6204
6205
#: C/look-background.page:48(item/p)
6206
msgid ""
6207
"Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background "
6208
"images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, "
6209
"all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community "
6210
"Wallpaper Contest."
6211
msgstr ""
6212
6213
#: C/look-background.page:52(item/p)
6214
msgid ""
6215
"Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to "
6216
"show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in "
6217
"the bottom-right corner."
6218
msgstr ""
6219
6220
#: C/look-background.page:56(item/p)
6221
msgid ""
6222
"Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your "
6223
"Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
6224
msgstr ""
6225
6226
#: C/look-background.page:59(item/p)
6227
msgid ""
6228
"Select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a "
6229
"linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right "
6230
"corner."
6231
msgstr ""
6232
6233
#: C/look-background.page:64(page/p)
6234
msgid ""
6235
"You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the "
6236
"<gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under "
6237
"<gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it "
6238
"and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list will "
6239
"not delete the original file."
6240
msgstr ""
6241
6242
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8(info/desc)
6243
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
6244
msgstr ""
6245
6246
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:25(page/title)
6247
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
6248
msgstr ""
6249
6250
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:27(page/p)
6251
msgid ""
6252
"This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not "
6253
"the right one for your screen."
6254
msgstr ""
6255
6256
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:29(page/p)
6257
msgid ""
6258
"To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to "
6259
"<gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose "
6260
"<gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set "
6261
"the one that makes the screen look better."
6262
msgstr ""
6263
6264
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:39(section/title)
6265
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
6266
msgstr ""
6267
6268
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:41(section/p)
6269
msgid ""
6270
"If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal "
6271
"monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. "
6272
"However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one "
6273
"resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
6274
msgstr ""
6275
6276
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:43(section/p)
6277
msgid ""
6278
"You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you "
6279
"won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In "
6280
"effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. "
6281
"You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same "
6282
"window on both screens at once."
6283
msgstr ""
6284
6285
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:45(section/p)
6286
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
6287
msgstr ""
6288
6289
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:49(item/p)
6290
msgid ""
6291
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6292
"Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
6293
msgstr ""
6294
6295
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:53(item/p)
6296
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
6297
msgstr ""
6298
6299
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:57(item/p)
6300
msgid ""
6301
"Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the "
6302
"<gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that "
6303
"display looks right."
6304
msgstr ""
6305
6306
#: C/look-resolution.page:11(info/desc)
6307
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
6308
msgstr ""
6309
6310
#: C/look-resolution.page:23(page/title)
6311
msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
6312
msgstr ""
6313
6314
#: C/look-resolution.page:25(page/p)
6315
msgid ""
6316
"You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by "
6317
"changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things "
6318
"appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the "
6319
"<em>rotation</em>."
6320
msgstr ""
6321
6322
#: C/look-resolution.page:33(item/p)
6323
msgid ""
6324
"Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
6325
"Settings</gui>."
6326
msgstr ""
6327
6328
#: C/look-resolution.page:34(item/p)
6329
msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
6330
msgstr ""
6331
6332
#: C/look-resolution.page:35(item/p)
6333
msgid ""
6334
"If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have "
6335
"different settings on display. Select a display in the preview area."
6336
msgstr ""
6337
6338
#: C/look-resolution.page:37(item/p)
6339
msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
6340
msgstr ""
6341
6342
#: C/look-resolution.page:38(item/p)
6343
msgid ""
6344
"Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds "
6345
"before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new "
6346
"settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy "
6347
"with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
6348
msgstr ""
6349
6350
#: C/look-resolution.page:45(note/p)
6351
msgid ""
6352
"When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected "
6353
"automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual "
6354
"display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
6355
msgstr ""
6356
6357
#: C/look-resolution.page:49(section/title)
6358
msgid "Resolution"
6359
msgstr ""
6360
6361
#: C/look-resolution.page:50(section/p)
6362
msgid ""
6363
"The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each "
6364
"direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect "
6365
"ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a "
6366
"16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a "
6367
"resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen "
6368
"will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
6369
msgstr ""
6370
6371
#: C/look-resolution.page:55(section/p)
6372
msgid ""
6373
"You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-"
6374
"down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link "
6375
"xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
6376
msgstr ""
6377
6378
#: C/look-resolution.page:61(section/title)
6379
msgid "Rotation"
6380
msgstr ""
6381
6382
#: C/look-resolution.page:62(section/p)
6383
msgid ""
6384
"On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It "
6385
"is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the "
6386
"rotation you want for your display from <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
6387
msgstr ""
6388
6389
#: C/media.page:14(info/desc)
6390
msgid ""
6391
"<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link "
6392
"xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#photos\">editing "
6393
"photos</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>..."
6394
msgstr ""
6395
6396
#: C/media.page:23(page/title)
6397
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
6398
msgstr ""
6399
6400
#: C/media.page:27(info/title)
6401
msgctxt "sort"
6402
msgid "Sound"
6403
msgstr ""
6404
6405
#: C/media.page:28(info/title)
6406
msgctxt "link:trail"
6407
msgid "Sound"
6408
msgstr ""
6409
6410
#: C/media.page:29(info/title)
6411
msgctxt "link:topic"
6412
msgid "Sound"
6413
msgstr ""
6414
6415
#: C/media.page:30(info/desc)
6416
msgid ""
6417
"<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
6418
"usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-"
6419
"usemic\">microphones</link>..."
6420
msgstr ""
6421
6422
#: C/media.page:37(section/title)
6423
msgid "Basic sound"
6424
msgstr ""
6425
6426
#: C/media.page:41(info/title)
6427
msgctxt "link"
6428
msgid "Music and players"
6429
msgstr ""
6430
6431
#: C/media.page:42(section/title)
6432
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
6433
msgstr ""
6434
6435
#: C/media.page:46(info/title)
6436
msgctxt "link"
6437
msgid "Photos"
6438
msgstr ""
6439
6440
#: C/media.page:47(section/title)
6441
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
6442
msgstr ""
6443
6444
#: C/media.page:51(info/title)
6445
msgctxt "link"
6446
msgid "Videos"
6447
msgstr ""
6448
6449
#: C/media.page:52(section/title)
6450
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
6451
msgstr ""
6452
6453
#: C/more-help.page:19(info/desc)
6454
msgid ""
6455
"<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link "
6456
"xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>..."
6457
msgstr ""
6458
6459
#: C/more-help.page:25(page/title)
6460
msgid "Get more help"
6461
msgstr ""
6462
6463
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:12(info/desc)
6464
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
6465
msgstr ""
6466
6467
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:21(page/title)
6468
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
6469
msgstr ""
6470
6471
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:23(page/p)
6472
msgid ""
6473
"Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while "
6474
"typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can "
6475
"disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time "
6476
"after your last key stroke."
6477
msgstr ""
6478
6479
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:31(item/p)
6480
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:27(item/p)
6481
msgid ""
6482
"Open <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui> and select the <gui>Touchpad</gui> tab. "
6483
"The touchpad tab will only be available if your computer has a touchpad."
6484
msgstr ""
6485
6486
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34(item/p)
6487
msgid "Select <gui>Disable touchpad while typing</gui>."
6488
msgstr ""
6489
6490
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:12(info/desc)
6491
msgid ""
6492
"Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to "
6493
"double-click."
6494
msgstr ""
6495
6496
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:26(page/title)
6497
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
6498
msgstr ""
6499
6500
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:28(page/p)
6501
msgid ""
6502
"Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly "
6503
"enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two "
6504
"separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the "
6505
"mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
6506
msgstr ""
6507
6508
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:35(item/p)
6509
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:32(item/p)
6510
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30(item/p)
6511
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:37(item/p)
6512
msgid "Click <gui>Mouse and Touchpad</gui>."
6513
msgstr ""
6514
6515
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:36(item/p)
6516
msgid ""
6517
"Under <gui>Double-Click Timeout</gui>, adjust the <gui>Timeout</gui> slider "
6518
"to a value you find comfortable. Use the smiley face under the slider to "
6519
"test your settings. A single click will make it smile. A double-click will "
6520
"give it an ear-to-ear grin."
6521
msgstr ""
6522
6523
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42(page/p)
6524
msgid ""
6525
"If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you "
6526
"have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try "
6527
"plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works "
6528
"properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see "
6529
"if it still has the same problem."
6530
msgstr ""
6531
6532
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:49(note/p)
6533
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:38(note/p)
6534
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34(note/p)
6535
msgid ""
6536
"This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other "
6537
"pointing device."
6538
msgstr ""
6539
6540
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:16(info/desc)
6541
msgid "Change how far you have to move your mouse pointer to start dragging."
6542
msgstr ""
6543
6544
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:21(page/title)
6545
msgid "Adjust the mouse drag threshold"
6546
msgstr ""
6547
6548
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:23(page/p)
6549
msgid ""
6550
"When you click something, it's not uncommon for your hand to move a little "
6551
"between the time you press the mouse button and the time you release it. For "
6552
"this reason, dragging only starts if you move the pointer past a certain "
6553
"threshold, so that you don't accidentally start dragging every time you "
6554
"click. You can control the minimum distance required to start dragging."
6555
msgstr ""
6556
6557
#: C/mouse-drag-threshold.page:33(item/p)
6558
msgid ""
6559
"Under <gui>Drag and Drop</gui>, adjust the <gui>Threshold</gui> slider to a "
6560
"value you find comfortable. Try moving the settings window by dragging the "
6561
"titlebar to test the current value."
6562
msgstr ""
6563
6564
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:10(info/desc)
6565
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
6566
msgstr ""
6567
6568
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:23(page/title)
6569
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
6570
msgstr ""
6571
6572
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:25(page/p)
6573
msgid ""
6574
"You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or "
6575
"touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
6576
msgstr ""
6577
6578
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:31(item/p)
6579
msgid "Select <gui>Left-handed</gui>."
6580
msgstr ""
6581
6582
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6(info/desc)
6583
msgid ""
6584
"Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and "
6585
"more."
6586
msgstr ""
6587
6588
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:26(page/title)
6589
msgid "Middle-click"
6590
msgstr "Vidurinysis spustelėjimas"
6591
6592
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:28(page/p)
6593
msgid ""
6594
"Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a "
6595
"scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to "
6596
"middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the "
6597
"left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find "
6598
"you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following <link "
6599
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Quirks#A2-button_Mice\"> these "
6600
"instructions</link>."
6601
msgstr ""
6602
"Daugelis kompiuterinių pelių bei kai kurios paliesties lentelės (touchpad) "
6603
"turi vidurinįjį klavišą. Pelėse su ratuku viduriniojo klavišo funkciją "
6604
"atlieka ratuko paspaudimas. Jei jūsų pelė turi tik 2 klavišus ir neturi "
6605
"ratuko, tuomet vidurinio klavišo funkciją atliks abiejų pelės klavišų "
6606
"paspaudimas vienu metu. Jei jums vistiek nepavyksta „vidurinysis "
6607
"spustelėjimas“ paskaitykite <link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Quirks#A2-"
6608
"button_Mice\"> šiuos patarimus</link>."
6609
6610
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:36(page/p)
6611
msgid ""
6612
"On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers "
6613
"at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
6614
"click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
6615
msgstr ""
6616
6617
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:41(page/p)
6618
msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
6619
msgstr ""
6620
6621
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:44(item/p)
6622
msgid ""
6623
"One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called "
6624
"primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to "
6625
"where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at "
6626
"the mouse position."
6627
msgstr ""
6628
6629
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48(item/p)
6630
msgid ""
6631
"Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the "
6632
"normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This "
6633
"quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
6634
msgstr ""
6635
6636
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:53(item/p)
6637
msgid ""
6638
"On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set "
6639
"amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-"
6640
"click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
6641
msgstr ""
6642
6643
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:59(item/p)
6644
msgid ""
6645
"You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. "
6646
"Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the "
6647
"<gui>launcher</gui> on the left, or in the <gui>dash</gui>."
6648
msgstr ""
6649
6650
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:66(item/p)
6651
msgid ""
6652
"Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle "
6653
"mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will "
6654
"open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> "
6655
"web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere "
6656
"except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you "
6657
"used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed "
6658
"<key>Enter</key>."
6659
msgstr ""
6660
6661
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:74(item/p)
6662
msgid ""
6663
"In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a "
6664
"folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web "
6665
"browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you "
6666
"had double-clicked."
6667
msgstr ""
6668
6669
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:80(page/p)
6670
msgid ""
6671
"Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for "
6672
"other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or "
6673
"<em>middle mouse button</em>."
6674
msgstr ""
6675
6676
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12(info/desc)
6677
msgid ""
6678
"How to enable <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> to click and move the mouse pointer with "
6679
"a keypad."
6680
msgstr ""
6681
6682
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:25(page/title)
6683
msgid "Click and move the mouse pointer without a mouse"
6684
msgstr ""
6685
6686
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:27(page/p)
6687
msgid ""
6688
"If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can "
6689
"control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This "
6690
"feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
6691
msgstr ""
6692
6693
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38(item/p)
6694
msgid "Click <gui>Universal Access</gui>."
6695
msgstr ""
6696
6697
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39(item/p)
6698
msgid "Select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
6699
msgstr ""
6700
6701
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40(item/p)
6702
msgid "Switch <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> on."
6703
msgstr ""
6704
6705
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42(item/p)
6706
msgid ""
6707
"Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to "
6708
"move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
6709
msgstr ""
6710
6711
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:50(note/p)
6712
msgid ""
6713
"These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only "
6714
"the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more "
6715
"accessibility options."
6716
msgstr ""
6717
6718
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:55(page/p)
6719
msgid ""
6720
"The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged "
6721
"into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a "
6722
"laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key "
6723
"and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this "
6724
"feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
6725
msgstr ""
6726
6727
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:63(page/p)
6728
msgid ""
6729
"Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing "
6730
"<key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will "
6731
"move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, "
6732
"or quickly press it twice to double-click."
6733
msgstr ""
6734
6735
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:70(page/p)
6736
msgid ""
6737
"Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is "
6738
"often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where "
6739
"your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link "
6740
"xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding "
6741
"down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
6742
msgstr ""
6743
6744
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:78(page/p)
6745
msgid ""
6746
"If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, "
6747
"turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad "
6748
"when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
6749
msgstr ""
6750
6751
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:85(note/p)
6752
msgid ""
6753
"The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not "
6754
"control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
6755
msgstr ""
6756
6757
#: C/mouse.page:7(info/desc)
6758
msgid ""
6759
"<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-"
6760
"sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-"
6761
"click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>..."
6762
msgstr ""
6763
6764
#: C/mouse.page:22(page/title)
6765
msgid "Mouse"
6766
msgstr ""
6767
6768
#: C/mouse.page:33(info/title)
6769
msgctxt "link"
6770
msgid "Common mouse problems"
6771
msgstr ""
6772
6773
#: C/mouse.page:34(info/title)
6774
msgctxt "link:trail"
6775
msgid "Common problems"
6776
msgstr ""
6777
6778
#: C/mouse.page:41(info/title)
6779
msgctxt "link"
6780
msgid "Mouse tips"
6781
msgstr ""
6782
6783
#: C/mouse.page:42(info/title)
6784
msgctxt "link:trail"
6785
msgid "Tips"
6786
msgstr ""
6787
6788
#: C/mouse.page:44(section/title)
6789
msgid "Tips"
6790
msgstr ""
6791
6792
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:7(info/desc)
6793
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
6794
msgstr ""
6795
6796
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24(page/title)
6797
msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
6798
msgstr ""
6799
6800
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29(section/title)
6801
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
6802
msgstr ""
6803
6804
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30(section/p)
6805
msgid ""
6806
"If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your "
6807
"computer."
6808
msgstr ""
6809
6810
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34(section/p)
6811
msgid ""
6812
"If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a "
6813
"different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector "
6814
"with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port "
6815
"rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer "
6816
"if it was not plugged in."
6817
msgstr ""
6818
6819
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:44(section/title)
6820
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
6821
msgstr ""
6822
6823
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46(item/p)
6824
msgid ""
6825
"Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> to open the "
6826
"<app>Terminal</app>."
6827
msgstr ""
6828
6829
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48(item/p)
6830
msgid ""
6831
"In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, "
6832
"exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
6833
msgstr ""
6834
6835
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55(item/p)
6836
msgid ""
6837
"A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the "
6838
"items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the "
6839
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left "
6840
"of it."
6841
msgstr ""
6842
6843
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61(item/p)
6844
msgid ""
6845
"If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by "
6846
"<sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your "
6847
"computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. "
6848
"In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
6849
"notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-"
6850
"notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
6851
msgstr ""
6852
6853
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76(section/p)
6854
msgid ""
6855
"If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some "
6856
"extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model "
6857
"of your mouse."
6858
msgstr ""
6859
6860
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82(section/p)
6861
msgid ""
6862
"It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support "
6863
"from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been "
6864
"detected properly."
6865
msgstr ""
6866
6867
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96(section/title)
6868
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
6869
msgstr ""
6870
6871
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97(section/p)
6872
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
6873
msgstr ""
6874
6875
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99(section/p)
6876
msgid ""
6877
"If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of "
6878
"the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that "
6879
"it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be "
6880
"broken."
6881
msgstr ""
6882
6883
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106(section/title)
6884
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
6885
msgstr ""
6886
6887
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109(item/p)
6888
msgid ""
6889
"Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of "
6890
"the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to "
6891
"place without it constantly waking up."
6892
msgstr ""
6893
6894
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112(item/p)
6895
msgid ""
6896
"If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the "
6897
"mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
6898
msgstr ""
6899
6900
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115(item/p)
6901
msgid ""
6902
"Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go "
6903
"to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See "
6904
"<link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
6905
msgstr ""
6906
"Paspauskite pelės klavišą ir tuomet patikrinkite ar galite pajudinti "
6907
"kursorių su pele. Kai kurios belaidės pelės taupydamos energiją „užmiega“, "
6908
"todėl jos pradės veikti tik paspaudus pelės klavišą, žr. <link xref=\"mouse-"
6909
"wakeup\"/>."
6910
6911
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122(item/p)
6912
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
6913
msgstr ""
6914
6915
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127(item/p)
6916
msgid ""
6917
"Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
6918
msgstr ""
6919
6920
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132(item/p)
6921
msgid ""
6922
"If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make "
6923
"sure that they are both set to the same channel."
6924
msgstr ""
6925
6926
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138(item/p)
6927
msgid ""
6928
"You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a "
6929
"connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if "
6930
"this is the case."
6931
msgstr ""
6932
6933
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146(section/p)
6934
msgid ""
6935
"Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them "
6936
"into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, "
6937
"you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might "
6938
"depend on the make or model of your mouse."
6939
msgstr ""
6940
6941
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:11(info/desc)
6942
msgid ""
6943
"Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
6944
msgstr ""
6945
6946
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:29(page/title)
6947
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
6948
msgstr ""
6949
6950
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:31(page/p)
6951
msgid ""
6952
"If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your "
6953
"touchpad, you can adjust the pointer sensitivity and acceleration for these "
6954
"devices."
6955
msgstr ""
6956
6957
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:38(item/p)
6958
msgid ""
6959
"Under <gui>Pointer Speed</gui>, adjust the <gui>Acceleration</gui> and "
6960
"<gui>Sensitivity</gui> sliders until the pointer motion is comfortable for "
6961
"you."
6962
msgstr ""
6963
6964
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:43(page/p)
6965
msgid ""
6966
"Sensitivity is how much your pointer initially moves when you move your "
6967
"mouse."
6968
msgstr ""
6969
6970
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:45(page/p)
6971
msgid ""
6972
"The farther you move your mouse, the faster and faster the pointer moves "
6973
"relative to your movement. This helps you get the pointer across the screen "
6974
"without lifting your hand, while still letting you point and click "
6975
"accurately. Acceleration controls this behavior."
6976
msgstr ""
6977
6978
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:51(note/p)
6979
msgid ""
6980
"You can set the sensitivity and acceleration differently for your mouse and "
6981
"touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device "
6982
"aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the "
6983
"<gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> tabs."
6984
msgstr ""
6985
6986
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7(info/desc)
6987
msgid "Click or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
6988
msgstr ""
6989
6990
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:19(page/title)
6991
msgid "Click or scroll with the touchpad"
6992
msgstr ""
6993
6994
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:21(page/p)
6995
msgid ""
6996
"You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, "
6997
"without separate hardware buttons."
6998
msgstr ""
6999
7000
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33(page/p)
7001
msgid ""
7002
"To click, double-click, and drag with your touchpad, select <gui>Enable "
7003
"mouse clicks with the touchpad</gui>."
7004
msgstr ""
7005
7006
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:37(item/p)
7007
msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
7008
msgstr ""
7009
7010
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:38(item/p)
7011
msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
7012
msgstr ""
7013
7014
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:39(item/p)
7015
msgid ""
7016
"To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. "
7017
"Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
7018
msgstr ""
7019
7020
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41(item/p)
7021
msgid ""
7022
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two "
7023
"fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-"
7024
"click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking "
7025
"without a second mouse button."
7026
msgstr ""
7027
7028
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:45(item/p)
7029
msgid ""
7030
"If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-"
7031
"middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
7032
msgstr ""
7033
7034
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:50(note/p)
7035
msgid ""
7036
"When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are "
7037
"spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may "
7038
"think they're a single finger."
7039
msgstr ""
7040
7041
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:54(page/p)
7042
msgid ""
7043
"You can scroll using your touchpad using either the edges of the touchpad or "
7044
"using two fingers."
7045
msgstr ""
7046
7047
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:57(page/p)
7048
msgid ""
7049
"Select <gui>Edge scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll using "
7050
"the edge of your touchpad. When this is selected, dragging your finger up "
7051
"and down along the right side of your touchpad will scroll vertically. If "
7052
"you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, dragging your finger "
7053
"left and right along the bottom of your touchpad will scroll horizontally."
7054
msgstr ""
7055
7056
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64(page/p)
7057
msgid ""
7058
"Select <gui>Two-finger scrolling</gui> under <gui>Scrolling</gui> to scroll "
7059
"with two fingers. When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one "
7060
"finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of "
7061
"the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable "
7062
"horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to "
7063
"scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your "
7064
"fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your "
7065
"touchpad."
7066
msgstr ""
7067
7068
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:74(note/p)
7069
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
7070
msgstr ""
7071
7072
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:9(info/desc)
7073
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
7074
msgstr ""
7075
7076
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:18(page/title)
7077
msgid "Mouse has a delay before it will work"
7078
msgstr ""
7079
7080
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20(page/p)
7081
msgid ""
7082
"Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to "
7083
"\"wake up\" before they will work. They automatically go to sleep when not "
7084
"in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad you can "
7085
"click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
7086
msgstr ""
7087
7088
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:24(page/p)
7089
msgid ""
7090
"Laptop touchpads sometimes have a delay after you stop typing before they "
7091
"will start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the "
7092
"touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-"
7093
"disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
7094
msgstr ""
7095
7096
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14(info/desc)
7097
msgid ""
7098
"Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be "
7099
"\"copy protected\"."
7100
msgstr ""
7101
7102
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:18(page/title)
7103
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
7104
msgstr ""
7105
7106
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:20(page/p)
7107
msgid ""
7108
"If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't "
7109
"play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X "
7110
"computer and then copied it over."
7111
msgstr ""
7112
7113
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:22(page/p)
7114
msgid ""
7115
"This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by "
7116
"your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the "
7117
"right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, "
7118
"you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio "
7119
"format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. "
7120
"The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for "
7121
"that format so that you can play it."
7122
msgstr ""
7123
7124
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:24(page/p)
7125
msgid ""
7126
"If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't "
7127
"play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being "
7128
"<em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song "
7129
"and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you "
7130
"is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you "
7131
"will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software "
7132
"from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not "
7133
"supported on Linux."
7134
msgstr ""
7135
7136
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:26(page/p)
7137
msgid ""
7138
"You can learn more about DRM from the <link "
7139
"href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
7140
msgstr ""
7141
7142
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14(info/desc)
7143
msgid ""
7144
"Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
7145
msgstr ""
7146
7147
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:18(page/title)
7148
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
7149
msgstr ""
7150
7151
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:20(page/p)
7152
msgid ""
7153
"When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music "
7154
"player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> "
7155
"application in the <gui>launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod "
7156
"using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it "
7157
"won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods "
7158
"have a special location for storing songs that music player applications "
7159
"know how to get to but the file manager does not."
7160
msgstr ""
7161
7162
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:22(page/p)
7163
msgid ""
7164
"You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you "
7165
"unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link "
7166
"xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that "
7167
"all of the songs have been copied across properly."
7168
msgstr ""
7169
7170
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:24(page/p)
7171
msgid ""
7172
"A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the "
7173
"music player application you're using does not support converting the songs "
7174
"from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an "
7175
"audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis "
7176
"(.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the "
7177
"iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software "
7178
"(also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not "
7179
"be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song."
7180
msgstr ""
7181
7182
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:14(info/desc)
7183
msgid ""
7184
"Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can "
7185
"use them."
7186
msgstr ""
7187
7188
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:18(page/title)
7189
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
7190
msgstr ""
7191
7192
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:20(page/p)
7193
msgid ""
7194
"If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, "
7195
"it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. "
7196
"This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the "
7197
"<app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
7198
msgstr ""
7199
7200
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:22(page/p)
7201
msgid ""
7202
"To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it "
7203
"in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the "
7204
"<gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> "
7205
"or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
7206
msgstr ""
7207
7208
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:24(page/p)
7209
msgid ""
7210
"Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it "
7211
"into a Linux computer."
7212
msgstr ""
7213
7214
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15(info/desc)
7215
msgid ""
7216
"Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's "
7217
"an audio player."
7218
msgstr ""
7219
7220
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:19(page/title)
7221
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
7222
msgstr ""
7223
7224
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:21(page/p)
7225
msgid ""
7226
"If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you "
7227
"can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been "
7228
"properly recognized as an audio player."
7229
msgstr ""
7230
7231
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:23(page/p)
7232
msgid ""
7233
"Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't "
7234
"help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should "
7235
"see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to "
7236
"open the folder for the audio player. Now, click "
7237
"<guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty "
7238
"Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press "
7239
"<key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be "
7240
"all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an "
7241
"audio player."
7242
msgstr ""
7243
7244
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:25(page/p)
7245
msgid ""
7246
"Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-"
7247
"click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This "
7248
"time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music "
7249
"organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
7250
msgstr ""
7251
7252
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:28(note/p)
7253
msgid ""
7254
"These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They "
7255
"should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it "
7256
"should say in its manual if it is."
7257
msgstr ""
7258
7259
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:32(note/p)
7260
msgid ""
7261
"When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the "
7262
"<input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the "
7263
"file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it "
7264
"is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden "
7265
"Files</gui></guiseq>."
7266
msgstr ""
7267
7268
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8(info/desc)
7269
msgid ""
7270
"Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify "
7271
"trash behavior."
7272
msgstr ""
7273
7274
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23(page/title)
7275
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
7276
msgstr ""
7277
7278
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:24(page/p)
7279
msgid ""
7280
"You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, whether "
7281
"folders are opened in new windows, how executable text files are handled, "
7282
"and the trash behavior. In any file manager window, click "
7283
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
7284
"<gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
7285
msgstr ""
7286
7287
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:31(section/title)
7288
msgid "Behavior"
7289
msgstr ""
7290
7291
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34(item/title)
7292
msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
7293
msgstr ""
7294
7295
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:35(item/title)
7296
msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
7297
msgstr ""
7298
7299
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:36(item/p)
7300
msgid ""
7301
"By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can "
7302
"instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. "
7303
"When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key "
7304
"while clicking to select one or more files."
7305
msgstr ""
7306
7307
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42(item/title)
7308
msgid "<gui>Open each folder in its own window</gui>"
7309
msgstr ""
7310
7311
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43(item/p)
7312
msgid ""
7313
"When you open a folder in the file manager, it will normally open in the "
7314
"same window. You can right-click a folder and select <gui>Open in New "
7315
"Window</gui> to open any single folder in a new window. If you often do "
7316
"this, select this option if you would rather have each folder open in its "
7317
"own window by default."
7318
msgstr ""
7319
7320
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53(section/title)
7321
msgid "Executable text files"
7322
msgstr ""
7323
7324
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54(section/p)
7325
msgid ""
7326
"An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run "
7327
"(execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file "
7328
"permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The "
7329
"most common are Shell, Python, and Perl scripts. These have extensions .sh, "
7330
".py and .pl, respectively."
7331
msgstr ""
7332
7333
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:55(section/p)
7334
msgid ""
7335
"You can select to <gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>, "
7336
"<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui> or <gui>Ask each "
7337
"time</gui>. If the last option is selected, a window will appear asking if "
7338
"you wish to run or view the selected text file."
7339
msgstr ""
7340
7341
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:62(info/title)
7342
msgctxt "link"
7343
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
7344
msgstr ""
7345
7346
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:64(section/title)
7347
msgid "Trash"
7348
msgstr ""
7349
7350
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68(item/title)
7351
msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
7352
msgstr ""
7353
7354
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:69(item/p)
7355
msgid ""
7356
"This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will "
7357
"be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete "
7358
"files."
7359
msgstr ""
7360
7361
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:72(item/title)
7362
msgid "<gui>Include a delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
7363
msgstr ""
7364
7365
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:73(item/p)
7366
msgid ""
7367
"Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> menu item to the "
7368
"<gui>Edit</gui> menu as well as the menu that pops up when you right-click "
7369
"on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
7370
msgstr ""
7371
7372
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:75(note/p)
7373
msgid ""
7374
"Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash "
7375
"altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way "
7376
"to recover the deleted item."
7377
msgstr ""
7378
7379
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:7(info/desc)
7380
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
7381
msgstr ""
7382
7383
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:17(page/title)
7384
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
7385
msgstr ""
7386
7387
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18(page/p)
7388
msgid ""
7389
"Your bookmarks are listed in the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu of the file "
7390
"manager."
7391
msgstr ""
7392
7393
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:20(steps/title)
7394
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
7395
msgstr ""
7396
7397
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:21(item/p)
7398
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:34(item/p)
7399
msgid ""
7400
"Click on <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui></guiseq>."
7401
msgstr ""
7402
7403
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:22(item/p)
7404
msgid ""
7405
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
7406
"delete and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
7407
msgstr ""
7408
7409
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:23(item/p)
7410
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
7411
msgstr ""
7412
7413
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:27(steps/title)
7414
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
7415
msgstr ""
7416
7417
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28(item/p)
7418
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
7419
msgstr ""
7420
7421
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29(item/p)
7422
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>Bookmarks</gui><gui>Add Bookmark</gui></guiseq>."
7423
msgstr ""
7424
7425
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:33(steps/title)
7426
msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
7427
msgstr ""
7428
7429
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35(item/p)
7430
msgid ""
7431
"In the <gui>Edit Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to "
7432
"rename."
7433
msgstr ""
7434
7435
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36(item/p)
7436
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
7437
msgstr ""
7438
7439
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38(note/p)
7440
msgid ""
7441
"Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two "
7442
"different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same "
7443
"name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell "
7444
"them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other "
7445
"than the name of the folder it points to."
7446
msgstr ""
7447
7448
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:13(info/desc)
7449
msgid ""
7450
"View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or "
7451
"WebDAV."
7452
msgstr ""
7453
7454
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:23(page/title)
7455
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
7456
msgstr ""
7457
7458
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:25(page/p)
7459
msgid ""
7460
"You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on "
7461
"that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a "
7462
"convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share "
7463
"files with other people on your local network."
7464
msgstr ""
7465
7466
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:31(page/p)
7467
msgid ""
7468
"To browse files over the network, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file "
7469
"manager</link>. Then, click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar, or "
7470
"select <gui>Network</gui> from the <gui>Go</gui> menu. The file manager will "
7471
"find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability "
7472
"to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if "
7473
"you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to "
7474
"a server by typing in its internet/network address."
7475
msgstr ""
7476
7477
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:42(steps/title)
7478
msgid "Connect to a file server"
7479
msgstr ""
7480
7481
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:43(item/p)
7482
msgid ""
7483
"In the file manager, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui> <gui>Connect to "
7484
"Server</gui></guiseq>."
7485
msgstr ""
7486
7487
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45(item/p)
7488
msgid ""
7489
"Enter the server address, select the type of server, and enter any "
7490
"additional information as required. Then click <gui>Connect</gui>. Details "
7491
"on server types are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
7492
msgstr ""
7493
7494
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:48(item/p)
7495
msgid ""
7496
"For servers on the internet, you can usually use the domain name (e.g. "
7497
"<sys>ftp.example.com</sys>). For computers on your local network, however, "
7498
"you may have to use the computer's <link xref=\"net-findip\">numeric IP "
7499
"address</link>."
7500
msgstr ""
7501
7502
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:53(item/p)
7503
msgid ""
7504
"A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse "
7505
"the files just as you would for those on your own computer."
7506
msgstr ""
7507
7508
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55(item/p)
7509
msgid ""
7510
"The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in "
7511
"the future"
7512
msgstr ""
7513
7514
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:61(section/title)
7515
msgid "Different types of servers"
7516
msgstr ""
7517
7518
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:63(section/p)
7519
msgid ""
7520
"You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and "
7521
"allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a user "
7522
"name and password."
7523
msgstr ""
7524
7525
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:66(section/p)
7526
msgid ""
7527
"You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a "
7528
"server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to "
7529
"delete files."
7530
msgstr ""
7531
7532
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:71(terms/title)
7533
msgid "Types of servers"
7534
msgstr ""
7535
7536
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:73(item/title)
7537
msgid "SSH"
7538
msgstr ""
7539
7540
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74(item/p)
7541
msgid ""
7542
"If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect "
7543
"using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they "
7544
"can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in. If you "
7545
"use a secure shell key to log in, leave the password field blank."
7546
msgstr ""
7547
7548
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84(item/p)
7549
msgid ""
7550
"When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted "
7551
"so that other users on your network can't see it."
7552
msgstr ""
7553
7554
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:88(item/title)
7555
msgid "FTP (with login)"
7556
msgstr ""
7557
7558
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89(item/p)
7559
msgid ""
7560
"FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not "
7561
"encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some "
7562
"servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or "
7563
"download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and "
7564
"upload files."
7565
msgstr ""
7566
7567
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96(item/title)
7568
msgid "Public FTP"
7569
msgstr ""
7570
7571
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97(item/p)
7572
msgid ""
7573
"Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or "
7574
"anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a user name and password, "
7575
"and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
7576
msgstr ""
7577
7578
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:101(item/p)
7579
msgid ""
7580
"Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public user name and "
7581
"password, or with a public user name using your email address as the "
7582
"password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and "
7583
"use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
7584
msgstr ""
7585
7586
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:108(item/title)
7587
msgid "Windows share"
7588
msgstr ""
7589
7590
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:109(item/p)
7591
msgid ""
7592
"Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local "
7593
"area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into "
7594
"<em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have "
7595
"the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows "
7596
"share from the file manager."
7597
msgstr ""
7598
7599
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:116(item/title)
7600
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
7601
msgstr ""
7602
7603
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:117(item/p)
7604
msgid ""
7605
"Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to "
7606
"share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the "
7607
"server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose "
7608
"this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users "
7609
"can't see your password."
7610
msgstr ""
7611
7612
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
7613
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
7614
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
7615
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
7616
#: C/nautilus-display.page:32(media)
7617
msgctxt "_"
7618
msgid ""
7619
"external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' "
7620
"md5='c23665786e41e7bcb87fa0f8d355d74e'"
7621
msgstr ""
7622
7623
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8(info/desc)
7624
msgid "Control icon captions and the date format used in the file manager."
7625
msgstr ""
7626
7627
#: C/nautilus-display.page:22(page/title)
7628
msgid "File manager display preferences"
7629
msgstr ""
7630
7631
#: C/nautilus-display.page:24(page/p)
7632
msgid ""
7633
"You can control various aspects of how the file manager displays files, "
7634
"including captions under icons and how dates are formatted. In any file "
7635
"manager window, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> "
7636
"and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
7637
msgstr ""
7638
7639
#: C/nautilus-display.page:30(section/title)
7640
msgid "Icon captions"
7641
msgstr ""
7642
7643
#: C/nautilus-display.page:33(media/p)
7644
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
7645
msgstr ""
7646
7647
#: C/nautilus-display.page:35(section/p)
7648
msgid ""
7649
"When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files "
7650
"and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for "
7651
"example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last "
7652
"modified."
7653
msgstr ""
7654
7655
#: C/nautilus-display.page:39(section/p)
7656
msgid ""
7657
"As you zoom in on a folder (under the <gui>View</gui> menu), the file "
7658
"manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose "
7659
"up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most "
7660
"zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
7661
msgstr ""
7662
7663
#: C/nautilus-display.page:43(section/p)
7664
msgid ""
7665
"The information you can show in icon captions is the same as the columns you "
7666
"can use in list view. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for more "
7667
"information."
7668
msgstr ""
7669
7670
#: C/nautilus-display.page:46(note/p)
7671
msgid ""
7672
"If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon "
7673
"caption changes to take effect. Click "
7674
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press "
7675
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
7676
msgstr ""
7677
7678
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52(section/title)
7679
msgid "Date format"
7680
msgstr ""
7681
7682
#: C/nautilus-display.page:53(section/p)
7683
msgid ""
7684
"Access and modification times for files can be displayed in icon captions or "
7685
"in list view columns. You can choose the date format that is easiest for you "
7686
"from the <gui>Format</gui> drop-down list. Available formats include a "
7687
"verbose format like you might write by hand, an international standard "
7688
"format, and a format that uses relative phrases like <em>today</em> and "
7689
"<em>yesterday</em>. The drop-down list shows the formats by example, by "
7690
"showing the current date and time in that format."
7691
msgstr ""
7692
7693
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8(info/desc)
7694
msgid ""
7695
"View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default "
7696
"applications."
7697
msgstr ""
7698
7699
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:26(page/title)
7700
msgid "File properties"
7701
msgstr ""
7702
7703
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:28(page/p)
7704
msgid ""
7705
"To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select "
7706
"<gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press "
7707
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
7708
msgstr ""
7709
7710
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:32(page/p)
7711
msgid ""
7712
"The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the "
7713
"size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this "
7714
"information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-"
7715
"list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-"
7716
"captions\">icon captions</link>."
7717
msgstr ""
7718
7719
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:38(page/p)
7720
msgid ""
7721
"The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There "
7722
"are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-"
7723
"permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-"
7724
"open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such "
7725
"as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information "
7726
"like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
7727
msgstr ""
7728
7729
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:46(section/title)
7730
msgid "Basic properties"
7731
msgstr ""
7732
7733
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:49(title/gui)
7734
#: C/nautilus-list.page:31(title/gui)
7735
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:29(td/p)
7736
msgid "Name"
7737
msgstr ""
7738
7739
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50(item/p)
7740
msgid ""
7741
"You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file "
7742
"outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
7743
msgstr ""
7744
7745
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:55(title/gui)
7746
#: C/nautilus-list.page:40(title/gui)
7747
msgid "Type"
7748
msgstr ""
7749
7750
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56(item/p)
7751
msgid ""
7752
"This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, "
7753
"OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which "
7754
"applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't "
7755
"open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more "
7756
"information on this."
7757
msgstr ""
7758
7759
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:61(item/p)
7760
msgid ""
7761
"The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a "
7762
"standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
7763
msgstr ""
7764
7765
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:66(item/title)
7766
msgid "Contents"
7767
msgstr ""
7768
7769
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67(item/p)
7770
msgid ""
7771
"This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder "
7772
"rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If "
7773
"the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, "
7774
"even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If "
7775
"the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
7776
msgstr ""
7777
7778
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:71(item/title)
7779
#: C/nautilus-list.page:35(title/gui)
7780
msgid "Size"
7781
msgstr ""
7782
7783
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72(item/p)
7784
msgid ""
7785
"This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The "
7786
"size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an "
7787
"indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email "
7788
"(big files take longer to send/receive)."
7789
msgstr ""
7790
7791
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73(item/p)
7792
msgid ""
7793
"Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, "
7794
"the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is "
7795
"1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
7796
msgstr ""
7797
7798
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:77(item/title)
7799
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59(title/gui)
7800
msgid "Location"
7801
msgstr ""
7802
7803
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78(item/p)
7804
msgid ""
7805
"The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute "
7806
"path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made "
7807
"up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. "
7808
"For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home "
7809
"folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
7810
msgstr ""
7811
7812
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:82(item/title)
7813
msgid "Volume"
7814
msgstr ""
7815
7816
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83(item/p)
7817
msgid ""
7818
"The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where "
7819
"the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a "
7820
"CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file "
7821
"server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-"
7822
"partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under "
7823
"<gui>Volume</gui> too."
7824
msgstr ""
7825
7826
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:93(item/title)
7827
msgid "Free Space"
7828
msgstr ""
7829
7830
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94(item/p)
7831
msgid ""
7832
"This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which "
7833
"is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking "
7834
"if the hard disk is full."
7835
msgstr ""
7836
7837
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:101(item/title)
7838
msgid "Accessed"
7839
msgstr ""
7840
7841
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102(item/p)
7842
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
7843
msgstr ""
7844
7845
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:106(item/title)
7846
msgid "Modified"
7847
msgstr ""
7848
7849
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107(item/p)
7850
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
7851
msgstr ""
7852
7853
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9(info/desc)
7854
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
7855
msgstr ""
7856
7857
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:26(page/title)
7858
msgid "Set file permissions"
7859
msgstr ""
7860
7861
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:28(page/p)
7862
msgid ""
7863
"You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you "
7864
"own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select "
7865
"<gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
7866
msgstr ""
7867
7868
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:32(page/p)
7869
msgid ""
7870
"See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details "
7871
"on the types of permissions you can set."
7872
msgstr ""
7873
7874
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:36(section/title)
7875
msgid "Files"
7876
msgstr ""
7877
7878
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:38(section/p)
7879
msgid ""
7880
"You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all "
7881
"other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can "
7882
"give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-"
7883
"only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
7884
msgstr ""
7885
7886
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43(section/p)
7887
msgid ""
7888
"Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is "
7889
"common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not "
7890
"often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for "
7891
"departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a "
7892
"group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all "
7893
"users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong "
7894
"to."
7895
msgstr ""
7896
7897
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:51(section/p)
7898
msgid ""
7899
"You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in "
7900
"the file's group."
7901
msgstr ""
7902
7903
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:54(section/p)
7904
msgid ""
7905
"If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow "
7906
"executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, "
7907
"the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what "
7908
"to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more "
7909
"information."
7910
msgstr ""
7911
7912
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:62(section/title)
7913
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:56(title/gui)
7914
msgid "Folders"
7915
msgstr ""
7916
7917
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:63(section/p)
7918
msgid ""
7919
"You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. "
7920
"See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, "
7921
"groups, and other users."
7922
msgstr ""
7923
7924
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:66(section/p)
7925
msgid ""
7926
"The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can "
7927
"set for a file."
7928
msgstr ""
7929
7930
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:70(title/gui)
7931
#: C/net-proxy.page:55(item/title)
7932
msgid "None"
7933
msgstr ""
7934
7935
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71(item/p)
7936
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
7937
msgstr ""
7938
7939
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75(title/gui)
7940
msgid "List files only"
7941
msgstr ""
7942
7943
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76(item/p)
7944
msgid ""
7945
"The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be "
7946
"able to open, create, or delete files."
7947
msgstr ""
7948
7949
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80(title/gui)
7950
msgid "Access files"
7951
msgstr ""
7952
7953
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81(item/p)
7954
msgid ""
7955
"The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have "
7956
"permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create "
7957
"new files or delete files."
7958
msgstr ""
7959
7960
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86(title/gui)
7961
msgid "Create and delete files"
7962
msgstr ""
7963
7964
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:87(item/p)
7965
msgid ""
7966
"The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, "
7967
"and deleting files."
7968
msgstr ""
7969
7970
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92(section/p)
7971
msgid ""
7972
"You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the "
7973
"folder by using the <gui>File access</gui> drop-down lists and the "
7974
"<gui>Execute</gui> option. Leave the drop-down lists as <gui>---</gui> for "
7975
"no change, or the <gui>Execute</gui> check box in the indeterminate state (a "
7976
"horizontal line across it)."
7977
msgstr ""
7978
7979
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97(section/p)
7980
msgid ""
7981
"If you click <gui>Apply Permissions to Enclosed Files</gui>, the file "
7982
"manager will adjust the read, write, and execute permissions of contained "
7983
"files based on the <gui>File access</gui> and <gui>Execute</gui> options you "
7984
"set. It will also change the permissions of contained folders to match the "
7985
"permissions of that folder. Permissions for enclosed files are applied to "
7986
"files in subfolders as well, to any depth."
7987
msgstr ""
7988
7989
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7(info/desc)
7990
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
7991
msgstr ""
7992
7993
#: C/nautilus-list.page:20(page/title)
7994
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
7995
msgstr ""
7996
7997
#: C/nautilus-list.page:22(page/p)
7998
msgid ""
7999
"There are 12 columns of information that you can display in the file "
8000
"manager's list view. Click "
8001
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8002
"<gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
8003
msgstr ""
8004
8005
#: C/nautilus-list.page:25(note/p)
8006
msgid ""
8007
"Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the "
8008
"order in which the selected columns will appear."
8009
msgstr ""
8010
8011
#: C/nautilus-list.page:32(item/p)
8012
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
8013
msgstr ""
8014
8015
#: C/nautilus-list.page:36(item/p)
8016
msgid ""
8017
"The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the "
8018
"folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
8019
msgstr ""
8020
8021
#: C/nautilus-list.page:41(item/p)
8022
msgid ""
8023
"Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 "
8024
"audio, and more."
8025
msgstr ""
8026
8027
#: C/nautilus-list.page:44(title/gui)
8028
msgid "Date Modified"
8029
msgstr ""
8030
8031
#: C/nautilus-list.page:45(item/p)
8032
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
8033
msgstr ""
8034
8035
#: C/nautilus-list.page:49(title/gui)
8036
msgid "Date Accessed"
8037
msgstr ""
8038
8039
#: C/nautilus-list.page:50(item/p)
8040
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was accessed."
8041
msgstr ""
8042
8043
#: C/nautilus-list.page:53(title/gui)
8044
msgid "Group"
8045
msgstr ""
8046
8047
#: C/nautilus-list.page:54(item/p)
8048
msgid ""
8049
"The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their "
8050
"own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users "
8051
"might be in groups according to department or project."
8052
msgstr ""
8053
8054
#: C/nautilus-list.page:60(item/p)
8055
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
8056
msgstr ""
8057
8058
#: C/nautilus-list.page:63(title/gui)
8059
msgid "MIME Type"
8060
msgstr ""
8061
8062
#: C/nautilus-list.page:64(item/p)
8063
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
8064
msgstr ""
8065
8066
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68(title/gui)
8067
msgid "Permissions"
8068
msgstr ""
8069
8070
#: C/nautilus-list.page:69(item/p)
8071
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
8072
msgstr ""
8073
8074
#: C/nautilus-list.page:72(item/p)
8075
msgid ""
8076
"The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means "
8077
"regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
8078
msgstr ""
8079
8080
#: C/nautilus-list.page:75(item/p)
8081
msgid ""
8082
"The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user "
8083
"who owns the file."
8084
msgstr ""
8085
8086
#: C/nautilus-list.page:78(item/p)
8087
msgid ""
8088
"The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the "
8089
"group that owns the file."
8090
msgstr ""
8091
8092
#: C/nautilus-list.page:81(item/p)
8093
msgid ""
8094
"The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions "
8095
"for all other users on the system."
8096
msgstr ""
8097
8098
#: C/nautilus-list.page:84(item/p)
8099
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
8100
msgstr ""
8101
8102
#: C/nautilus-list.page:88(item/p)
8103
msgid "r : Read permission."
8104
msgstr ""
8105
8106
#: C/nautilus-list.page:89(item/p)
8107
msgid "w : Write permission."
8108
msgstr ""
8109
8110
#: C/nautilus-list.page:90(item/p)
8111
msgid "x : Execute permission."
8112
msgstr ""
8113
8114
#: C/nautilus-list.page:91(item/p)
8115
msgid "- : No permission."
8116
msgstr ""
8117
8118
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96(title/gui)
8119
msgid "Octal Permissions"
8120
msgstr ""
8121
8122
#: C/nautilus-list.page:97(item/p)
8123
msgid ""
8124
"Displays the file permissions in octal notation prefixed with '40' for "
8125
"folders and '100' for files. In the last three digits, each digit represents "
8126
"user class, group class and other users respectively."
8127
msgstr ""
8128
8129
#: C/nautilus-list.page:99(item/p)
8130
msgid "Read adds 4 to the total of each of the last three digits."
8131
msgstr ""
8132
8133
#: C/nautilus-list.page:100(item/p)
8134
msgid "Write adds 2 to the total."
8135
msgstr ""
8136
8137
#: C/nautilus-list.page:101(item/p)
8138
msgid "Execute adds 1 to the total."
8139
msgstr ""
8140
8141
#: C/nautilus-list.page:105(title/gui)
8142
msgid "Owner"
8143
msgstr ""
8144
8145
#: C/nautilus-list.page:106(item/p)
8146
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
8147
msgstr ""
8148
8149
#: C/nautilus-list.page:110(title/gui)
8150
msgid "SELinux Context"
8151
msgstr ""
8152
8153
#: C/nautilus-list.page:111(item/p)
8154
msgid "Displays the SELinux Context of the file, if applicable."
8155
msgstr ""
8156
8157
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:16(page/title)
8158
msgid "File manager preferences"
8159
msgstr ""
8160
8161
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8(info/desc)
8162
msgid "Control when thumbnails and previews are used for files."
8163
msgstr ""
8164
8165
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:22(page/title)
8166
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
8167
msgstr ""
8168
8169
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:24(page/p)
8170
msgid ""
8171
"The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. "
8172
"Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can "
8173
"control when previews are made. In any file manager window, click "
8174
"<guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8175
"<gui>Preview</gui> tab."
8176
msgstr ""
8177
8178
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:30(page/p)
8179
msgid ""
8180
"By default, all previews are only done for local files on your computer or "
8181
"connected external drives. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-"
8182
"connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network "
8183
"or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and "
8184
"the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set some or all of the "
8185
"preview options to <gui>Always</gui>."
8186
msgstr ""
8187
8188
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:39(title/gui)
8189
msgid "Text Files"
8190
msgstr ""
8191
8192
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:40(item/p)
8193
msgid ""
8194
"The icon for plain text files looks like a piece of paper with text inside. "
8195
"The file manager automatically extracts the first few lines of text from the "
8196
"file and shows it in the icon. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn "
8197
"it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8198
msgstr ""
8199
8200
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:47(title/gui)
8201
msgid "Other Previewable Files"
8202
msgstr ""
8203
8204
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48(item/p)
8205
msgid ""
8206
"The file manager can automatically create thumbnails for images, videos, PDF "
8207
"files, and various other file types. Applications with custom file types can "
8208
"even provide thumbnail support for files they create. You can turn this "
8209
"feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local "
8210
"external drives. You can also only allow thumbnails to be created for files "
8211
"below a certain file size."
8212
msgstr ""
8213
8214
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:57(item/p)
8215
msgid ""
8216
"If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view "
8217
"columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon "
8218
"captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and "
8219
"folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for "
8220
"very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, "
8221
"or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8222
msgstr ""
8223
8224
#: C/nautilus-views.page:8(info/desc)
8225
msgid ""
8226
"Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
8227
msgstr ""
8228
8229
#: C/nautilus-views.page:26(page/title)
8230
msgid "File manager views preferences"
8231
msgstr ""
8232
8233
#: C/nautilus-views.page:27(page/p)
8234
msgid ""
8235
"You can control the default view for new folders, how files and folders are "
8236
"sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and "
8237
"whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. In any file manager window, "
8238
"click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui><gui>Preferences</gui></guiseq> and select the "
8239
"<gui>Views</gui> tab."
8240
msgstr ""
8241
8242
#: C/nautilus-views.page:34(section/title)
8243
msgid "Default view"
8244
msgstr ""
8245
8246
#: C/nautilus-views.page:37(title/gui)
8247
msgid "View new folders using"
8248
msgstr ""
8249
8250
#: C/nautilus-views.page:38(item/p)
8251
msgid ""
8252
"By default, new folders are shown in icon view. You can select a view for "
8253
"each folder as you browse, and the file manager will remember which view you "
8254
"prefer for each folder. But if you often use the list or compact views, you "
8255
"can use these views by default."
8256
msgstr ""
8257
8258
#: C/nautilus-views.page:42(item/p)
8259
msgid ""
8260
"Change the view for an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu by "
8261
"clicking <gui>Icons</gui>, <gui>List</gui>, or <gui>Compact</gui>."
8262
msgstr ""
8263
8264
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46(title/gui)
8265
msgid "Arrange items"
8266
msgstr ""
8267
8268
#: C/nautilus-views.page:47(item/p)
8269
msgid ""
8270
"You can arrange the items in your folder by name, file size, file type, when "
8271
"they were last modified, when they were last accessed, or when they were "
8272
"trashed. You can change how files are sorted in an individual folder using "
8273
"the <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Arrange Items</gui></guiseq> menu, or by "
8274
"clicking the list column headers in list view. See <link xref=\"files-"
8275
"sort\"/> for details. This menu only affects the current folder, and the "
8276
"file manager will remember your preferred sorting technique for each folder."
8277
msgstr ""
8278
8279
#: C/nautilus-views.page:54(item/p)
8280
msgid ""
8281
"Use the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to change "
8282
"the default order used in new folders."
8283
msgstr ""
8284
8285
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58(title/gui)
8286
msgid "Sort folders before files"
8287
msgstr ""
8288
8289
#: C/nautilus-views.page:59(item/p)
8290
msgid ""
8291
"By default, the file manager will show all folders before files. Folders and "
8292
"files will each be arranged according to the selected sort order. If you "
8293
"would rather not treat folders specially and have them mixed with files "
8294
"according to the sort order, deselect this option."
8295
msgstr ""
8296
8297
#: C/nautilus-views.page:65(title/gui)
8298
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
8299
msgstr ""
8300
8301
#: C/nautilus-views.page:66(item/p)
8302
msgid ""
8303
"The file manager does not display hidden files or folders by default. See "
8304
"<link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for information on hidden files. You can show "
8305
"hidden files in an individual window from the <gui>View</gui> menu. If you "
8306
"prefer to always show hidden files, or want to see hidden files in every "
8307
"open file manager window, select this option."
8308
msgstr ""
8309
8310
#: C/nautilus-views.page:77(section/title)
8311
msgid "Icon view defaults"
8312
msgstr ""
8313
8314
#: C/nautilus-views.page:80(title/gui)
8315
#: C/nautilus-views.page:103(title/gui)
8316
#: C/nautilus-views.page:125(title/gui)
8317
msgid "Default zoom level"
8318
msgstr ""
8319
8320
#: C/nautilus-views.page:81(item/p)
8321
msgid ""
8322
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in icon view. You can do "
8323
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8324
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8325
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8326
msgstr ""
8327
8328
#: C/nautilus-views.page:85(item/p)
8329
msgid ""
8330
"In icon view, more or fewer captions are shown based on your zoom level. See "
8331
"<link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\"/> for more information."
8332
msgstr ""
8333
8334
#: C/nautilus-views.page:89(title/gui)
8335
msgid "Text beside icons"
8336
msgstr ""
8337
8338
#: C/nautilus-views.page:90(item/p)
8339
msgid ""
8340
"Selecting this option will place folder and file names to the right of "
8341
"icons, rather than below them. This is a more compact layout that allows you "
8342
"to see more information at once."
8343
msgstr ""
8344
8345
#: C/nautilus-views.page:99(section/title)
8346
msgid "Compact view defaults"
8347
msgstr ""
8348
8349
#: C/nautilus-views.page:104(item/p)
8350
msgid ""
8351
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in compact view. You can "
8352
"do this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8353
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8354
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8355
msgstr ""
8356
8357
#: C/nautilus-views.page:110(title/gui)
8358
msgid "All columns have the same width"
8359
msgstr ""
8360
8361
#: C/nautilus-views.page:111(item/p)
8362
msgid ""
8363
"By default, each column in compact view is as wide as it needs to be to fit "
8364
"the names of the items in that column. Selecting this option will make all "
8365
"the columns have the same width. This will make files and folders that have "
8366
"names longer than the column width be displayed with an ellipsis (...) at "
8367
"the end."
8368
msgstr ""
8369
8370
#: C/nautilus-views.page:122(section/title)
8371
msgid "List view defaults"
8372
msgstr ""
8373
8374
#: C/nautilus-views.page:126(item/p)
8375
msgid ""
8376
"You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view. You can do "
8377
"this in an individual folder from the <gui>View</gui> menu, and the file "
8378
"manager will remember your zoom choice for each folder. If you frequently "
8379
"use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
8380
msgstr ""
8381
8382
#: C/nautilus-views.page:136(section/title)
8383
msgid "Tree view defaults"
8384
msgstr ""
8385
8386
#: C/nautilus-views.page:137(section/p)
8387
msgid ""
8388
"You can show a full folder tree in your file manager sidebar by selecting "
8389
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Sidebar</gui><gui>Tree</gui></guiseq>. By "
8390
"default, the tree sidebar only shows folders. If you want to show files in "
8391
"the sidebar as well, turn <gui>Show only folders</gui> off."
8392
msgstr ""
8393
8394
#: C/net-antivirus.page:11(info/desc)
8395
msgid ""
8396
"There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
8397
msgstr ""
8398
8399
#: C/net-antivirus.page:25(page/title)
8400
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
8401
msgstr ""
8402
8403
#: C/net-antivirus.page:27(page/p)
8404
msgid ""
8405
"If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having "
8406
"anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the "
8407
"background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their "
8408
"way onto your computer and cause problems."
8409
msgstr ""
8410
8411
#: C/net-antivirus.page:29(page/p)
8412
msgid ""
8413
"Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use "
8414
"it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is "
8415
"because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one "
8416
"writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, "
8417
"and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
8418
msgstr ""
8419
8420
#: C/net-antivirus.page:31(page/p)
8421
msgid ""
8422
"Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to "
8423
"worry about them at the moment."
8424
msgstr ""
8425
8426
#: C/net-antivirus.page:33(page/p)
8427
msgid ""
8428
"If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files "
8429
"that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, "
8430
"you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software "
8431
"Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
8432
msgstr ""
8433
8434
#: C/net-browser.page:11(info/desc)
8435
msgid ""
8436
"<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link "
8437
"xref=\"net-install-flash\">install flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-"
8438
"java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>..."
8439
msgstr ""
8440
8441
#: C/net-browser.page:18(credit/name)
8442
#: C/net-chat.page:19(credit/name)
8443
#: C/net-email.page:16(credit/name)
8444
#: C/net-general.page:19(credit/name)
8445
#: C/net-problem.page:17(credit/name)
8446
#: C/net-security.page:17(credit/name)
8447
#: C/net-wired.page:17(credit/name)
8448
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:19(credit/name)
8449
#: C/net-wireless.page:21(credit/name)
8450
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
8451
msgstr ""
8452
8453
#: C/net-browser.page:23(page/title)
8454
msgid "Web Browsers"
8455
msgstr ""
8456
8457
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15(info/desc)
8458
msgid ""
8459
"With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and "
8460
"colleagues on a variety of networks"
8461
msgstr ""
8462
8463
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20(page/title)
8464
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
8465
msgstr ""
8466
8467
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22(page/p)
8468
msgid ""
8469
"With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and "
8470
"with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many "
8471
"other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio "
8472
"or video calls."
8473
msgstr ""
8474
8475
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29(page/p)
8476
msgid ""
8477
"Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant "
8478
"Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link>, the "
8479
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or choose "
8480
"<gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging "
8481
"menu</link>."
8482
msgstr ""
8483
8484
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37(note/p)
8485
msgid ""
8486
"You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy etc) "
8487
"from the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging menu</link>."
8488
msgstr ""
8489
8490
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43(page/p)
8491
msgid ""
8492
"For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"help:empathy\">Empathy "
8493
"manual</link>."
8494
msgstr ""
8495
8496
#: C/net-chat.page:11(info/desc)
8497
msgid ""
8498
"<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using "
8499
"<app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video "
8500
"calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link "
8501
"xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
8502
msgstr ""
8503
8504
#: C/net-chat.page:24(page/title)
8505
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
8506
msgstr ""
8507
8508
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14(info/desc)
8509
msgid ""
8510
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on "
8511
"Ubuntu"
8512
msgstr ""
8513
8514
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19(page/title)
8515
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
8516
msgstr ""
8517
8518
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21(page/p)
8519
msgid ""
8520
"<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over "
8521
"the Internet using your computer."
8522
msgstr ""
8523
8524
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26(page/p)
8525
msgid ""
8526
"Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go "
8527
"through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
8528
msgstr ""
8529
8530
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31(page/p)
8531
msgid ""
8532
"The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source "
8533
"code is proprietary and not available for modification."
8534
msgstr ""
8535
8536
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36(page/p)
8537
msgid ""
8538
"Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link "
8539
"href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
8540
msgstr ""
8541
8542
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41(note/p)
8543
msgid ""
8544
"You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the "
8545
"Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
8546
msgstr ""
8547
8548
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55(list/title)
8549
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
8550
msgstr ""
8551
8552
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57(item/p)
8553
msgid ""
8554
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeRecordingHowto\"> How to "
8555
"record Skype conversations </link>"
8556
msgstr ""
8557
8558
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63(item/p)
8559
msgid ""
8560
"<link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/SkypeWebCams\"> A list of webcams which "
8561
"are compatible with Skype </link>"
8562
msgstr ""
8563
8564
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69(item/p)
8565
msgid ""
8566
"<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeTroubleshooting\"> "
8567
"Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users </link>"
8568
msgstr ""
8569
8570
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13(info/desc)
8571
msgid ""
8572
"Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking "
8573
"sites directly from your desktop"
8574
msgstr ""
8575
8576
#: C/net-chat-social.page:18(page/title)
8577
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
8578
msgstr ""
8579
8580
#: C/net-chat-social.page:20(page/p)
8581
msgid ""
8582
"With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your "
8583
"desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Gwibber</app> application to allow you to "
8584
"organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from "
8585
"the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
8586
msgstr ""
8587
8588
#: C/net-chat-social.page:27(page/p)
8589
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
8590
msgstr ""
8591
8592
#: C/net-chat-social.page:32(item/p)
8593
msgid ""
8594
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">Messaging menu</link> on the "
8595
"right hand side of the menu bar."
8596
msgstr ""
8597
8598
#: C/net-chat-social.page:36(item/p)
8599
msgid "Choose <gui>Set Up Broadcast Account...</gui>"
8600
msgstr ""
8601
8602
#: C/net-chat-social.page:40(item/p)
8603
msgid ""
8604
"Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add</gui>"
8605
msgstr ""
8606
8607
#: C/net-chat-social.page:44(item/p)
8608
msgid ""
8609
"Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, "
8610
"and follow the instructions"
8611
msgstr ""
8612
8613
#: C/net-chat-social.page:51(page/p)
8614
msgid ""
8615
"You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-"
8616
"appmenu-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the menu "
8617
"bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that "
8618
"section to open <gui>Gwibber</gui> and to read or post messages to your "
8619
"social network."
8620
msgstr ""
8621
8622
#: C/net-chat-social.page:59(note/p)
8623
msgid ""
8624
"You can download a PDF guide to using <app>Gwibber</app> <link href=\" "
8625
"http://gwibber.com/docs/user-"
8626
"guide/current/master_social_networking_with_gwibber.pdf\"> from the Gwibber "
8627
"website</link>."
8628
msgstr ""
8629
8630
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13(info/desc)
8631
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
8632
msgstr ""
8633
8634
#: C/net-chat-video.page:17(page/title)
8635
msgid "Video calls"
8636
msgstr ""
8637
8638
#: C/net-chat-video.page:19(page/p)
8639
msgid ""
8640
"You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional "
8641
"software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN "
8642
"</em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link "
8643
"href=\"help:empathy/audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on "
8644
"making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
8645
msgstr ""
8646
8647
#: C/net-chat-video.page:28(list/title)
8648
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
8649
msgstr ""
8650
8651
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30(item/p)
8652
msgid "<app>Skype</app>"
8653
msgstr ""
8654
8655
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34(item/p)
8656
msgid "<app>Ekiga</app>"
8657
msgstr ""
8658
8659
#: C/net-default-browser.page:15(info/desc)
8660
msgid ""
8661
"Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
8662
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8663
msgstr ""
8664
8665
#: C/net-default-browser.page:19(page/title)
8666
msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
8667
msgstr ""
8668
8669
#: C/net-default-browser.page:21(page/p)
8670
msgid ""
8671
"When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will "
8672
"automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser "
8673
"installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to "
8674
"open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
8675
msgstr ""
8676
8677
#: C/net-default-browser.page:29(item/p)
8678
#: C/net-default-email.page:29(item/p)
8679
msgid ""
8680
"Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the "
8681
"list on the left side of the window."
8682
msgstr ""
8683
8684
#: C/net-default-browser.page:33(item/p)
8685
msgid ""
8686
"Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing "
8687
"the <gui>Web</gui> option."
8688
msgstr ""
8689
8690
#: C/net-default-browser.page:37(page/p)
8691
msgid ""
8692
"When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not "
8693
"the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> "
8694
"button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default "
8695
"browser again."
8696
msgstr ""
8697
8698
#: C/net-default-email.page:15(info/desc)
8699
msgid ""
8700
"Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the "
8701
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
8702
msgstr ""
8703
8704
#: C/net-default-email.page:19(page/title)
8705
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
8706
msgstr ""
8707
8708
#: C/net-default-email.page:21(page/p)
8709
msgid ""
8710
"When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your "
8711
"word processing application), your default mail application will open up "
8712
"with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail "
8713
"application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. "
8714
"You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
8715
msgstr ""
8716
8717
#: C/net-default-email.page:33(item/p)
8718
msgid ""
8719
"Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing "
8720
"the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
8721
msgstr ""
8722
8723
#: C/net-email.page:11(info/desc)
8724
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
8725
msgstr ""
8726
8727
#: C/net-email.page:20(credit/name)
8728
#: C/net-general.page:23(credit/name)
8729
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
8730
msgstr ""
8731
8732
#: C/net-email.page:24(page/title)
8733
msgid "Email & email software"
8734
msgstr ""
8735
8736
#: C/net-email-virus.page:17(info/desc)
8737
msgid ""
8738
"Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers "
8739
"of people you email."
8740
msgstr ""
8741
8742
#: C/net-email-virus.page:21(page/title)
8743
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
8744
msgstr ""
8745
8746
#: C/net-email-virus.page:23(page/p)
8747
msgid ""
8748
"Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way "
8749
"onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is "
8750
"through email messages."
8751
msgstr ""
8752
8753
#: C/net-email-virus.page:25(page/p)
8754
msgid ""
8755
"Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are "
8756
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or "
8757
"otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will "
8758
"probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need "
8759
"to scan your email for viruses."
8760
msgstr ""
8761
8762
#: C/net-email-virus.page:27(page/p)
8763
msgid ""
8764
"You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to "
8765
"forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your "
8766
"friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected "
8767
"email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows "
8768
"computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install "
8769
"an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's "
8770
"unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus "
8771
"software of their own anyway."
8772
msgstr ""
8773
8774
#: C/net-findip.page:20(info/desc)
8775
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
8776
msgstr ""
8777
8778
#: C/net-findip.page:24(page/title)
8779
msgid "Find your IP address"
8780
msgstr ""
8781
8782
#: C/net-findip.page:26(page/p)
8783
msgid ""
8784
"Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your "
8785
"internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have "
8786
"<em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal "
8787
"network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
8788
msgstr ""
8789
8790
#: C/net-findip.page:29(steps/title)
8791
msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
8792
msgstr ""
8793
8794
#: C/net-findip.page:30(item/p)
8795
#: C/net-macaddress.page:31(item/p)
8796
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar."
8797
msgstr ""
8798
8799
#: C/net-findip.page:31(item/p)
8800
msgid "Select <gui>Connection information</gui>."
8801
msgstr ""
8802
8803
#: C/net-findip.page:32(item/p)
8804
msgid ""
8805
"Your internal IP address will be displayed as the <gui>IP Address</gui>."
8806
msgstr ""
8807
8808
#: C/net-findip.page:35(page/p)
8809
msgid ""
8810
"Click <gui>Close</gui> to close the <gui>Connection Information</gui> window."
8811
msgstr ""
8812
8813
#: C/net-findip.page:38(steps/title)
8814
msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
8815
msgstr ""
8816
8817
#: C/net-findip.page:39(item/p)
8818
msgid ""
8819
"Visit <link "
8820
"href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
8821
msgstr ""
8822
8823
#: C/net-findip.page:40(item/p)
8824
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
8825
msgstr ""
8826
8827
#: C/net-findip.page:43(page/p)
8828
msgid ""
8829
"Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may "
8830
"be the same."
8831
msgstr ""
8832
8833
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7(info/desc)
8834
msgid ""
8835
"You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep "
8836
"your computer secure."
8837
msgstr ""
8838
8839
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:21(page/title)
8840
msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
8841
msgstr ""
8842
8843
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:23(page/p)
8844
msgid ""
8845
"Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> "
8846
"(<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu "
8847
"does not have any open network services (except for basic network "
8848
"infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to "
8849
"block incoming attempted malicious connections."
8850
msgstr ""
8851
8852
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:25(page/p)
8853
msgid ""
8854
"For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link "
8855
"href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online "
8856
"documentation</link>."
8857
msgstr ""
8858
8859
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28(section/title)
8860
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
8861
msgstr ""
8862
8863
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:29(section/p)
8864
msgid ""
8865
"To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To "
8866
"turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
8867
msgstr ""
8868
8869
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:33(section/title)
8870
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
8871
msgstr ""
8872
8873
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:34(section/p)
8874
msgid ""
8875
"Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can "
8876
"share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which "
8877
"additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to "
8878
"allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules "
8879
"already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, "
8880
"enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter "
8881
"<cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
8882
msgstr ""
8883
8884
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:35(section/p)
8885
msgid ""
8886
"Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. "
8887
"To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to "
8888
"its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter "
8889
"<cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter "
8890
"<cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
8891
msgstr ""
8892
8893
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36(section/p)
8894
msgid ""
8895
"To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a "
8896
"terminal."
8897
msgstr ""
8898
8899
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:40(section/title)
8900
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
8901
msgstr ""
8902
8903
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:41(section/p)
8904
msgid ""
8905
"You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall "
8906
"without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this "
8907
"link</link>."
8908
msgstr ""
8909
8910
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:42(section/p)
8911
msgid ""
8912
"You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall "
8913
"Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be "
8914
"kept open for the firewall to work."
8915
msgstr ""
8916
8917
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:10(info/desc)
8918
msgid ""
8919
"You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access "
8920
"for a program with your firewall."
8921
msgstr ""
8922
8923
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:19(page/title)
8924
msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
8925
msgstr ""
8926
8927
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20(page/p)
8928
msgid ""
8929
"This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide "
8930
"network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can "
8931
"change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or "
8932
"allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in "
8933
"use, so this table isn't complete."
8934
msgstr ""
8935
8936
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:26(td/p)
8937
msgid "Port"
8938
msgstr ""
8939
8940
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:32(td/p)
8941
msgid "Description"
8942
msgstr ""
8943
8944
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:39(td/p)
8945
msgid "5353/udp"
8946
msgstr ""
8947
8948
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:42(td/p)
8949
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
8950
msgstr ""
8951
8952
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:45(td/p)
8953
msgid ""
8954
"Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, "
8955
"without you having to specify the details manually."
8956
msgstr ""
8957
8958
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:50(td/p)
8959
msgid "631/udp"
8960
msgstr ""
8961
8962
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:53(td/p)
8963
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:64(td/p)
8964
#: C/printing.page:28(page/title)
8965
msgid "Printing"
8966
msgstr ""
8967
8968
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:56(td/p)
8969
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
8970
msgstr ""
8971
8972
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:61(td/p)
8973
msgid "631/tcp"
8974
msgstr ""
8975
8976
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:67(td/p)
8977
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
8978
msgstr ""
8979
8980
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:72(td/p)
8981
msgid "5298/tcp"
8982
msgstr ""
8983
8984
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:75(td/p)
8985
msgid "Presence"
8986
msgstr ""
8987
8988
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:78(td/p)
8989
msgid ""
8990
"Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the "
8991
"network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
8992
msgstr ""
8993
8994
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:83(td/p)
8995
msgid "5900/tcp"
8996
msgstr ""
8997
8998
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:86(td/p)
8999
msgid "Remote desktop"
9000
msgstr ""
9001
9002
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:89(td/p)
9003
msgid ""
9004
"Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide "
9005
"remote assistance."
9006
msgstr ""
9007
9008
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:94(td/p)
9009
msgid "3689/tcp"
9010
msgstr ""
9011
9012
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:97(td/p)
9013
msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
9014
msgstr ""
9015
9016
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:100(td/p)
9017
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
9018
msgstr ""
9019
9020
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:16(info/desc)
9021
msgid ""
9022
"Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network "
9023
"services from your computer."
9024
msgstr ""
9025
9026
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20(page/title)
9027
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
9028
msgstr ""
9029
9030
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22(page/p)
9031
msgid ""
9032
"Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-"
9033
"address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you "
9034
"connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might "
9035
"want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its "
9036
"address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
9037
msgstr ""
9038
9039
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23(page/p)
9040
msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
9041
msgstr ""
9042
9043
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26(item/p)
9044
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29(item/p)
9045
msgid ""
9046
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Edit "
9047
"Connections</gui>."
9048
msgstr ""
9049
9050
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27(item/p)
9051
msgid ""
9052
"Select the Auto eth connection on the <gui>Wired</gui> tab or your WiFi "
9053
"network on the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9054
msgstr ""
9055
9056
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28(item/p)
9057
msgid ""
9058
"Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> "
9059
"to <em>Manual</em>."
9060
msgstr ""
9061
9062
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29(item/p)
9063
msgid ""
9064
"If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or "
9065
"if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
9066
msgstr ""
9067
9068
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30(item/p)
9069
msgid ""
9070
"Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> "
9071
"information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on "
9072
"your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses "
9073
"and netmasks are valid for a given network."
9074
msgstr ""
9075
9076
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31(item/p)
9077
msgid ""
9078
"If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS "
9079
"servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain "
9080
"names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS "
9081
"servers."
9082
msgstr ""
9083
9084
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32(item/p)
9085
msgid ""
9086
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP "
9087
"address."
9088
msgstr ""
9089
9090
#: C/net-general.page:11(info/desc)
9091
msgid ""
9092
"<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9093
"wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9094
"macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>..."
9095
msgstr ""
9096
9097
#: C/net-general.page:29(page/title)
9098
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
9099
msgstr ""
9100
9101
#: C/net-install-flash.page:15(info/desc)
9102
msgid ""
9103
"You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, "
9104
"which display videos and interactive web pages."
9105
msgstr ""
9106
9107
#: C/net-install-flash.page:19(page/title)
9108
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
9109
msgstr ""
9110
9111
#: C/net-install-flash.page:21(page/p)
9112
msgid ""
9113
"<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you "
9114
"to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some "
9115
"websites won't work without Flash."
9116
msgstr ""
9117
9118
#: C/net-install-flash.page:28(page/p)
9119
msgid ""
9120
"If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling "
9121
"you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free "
9122
"(but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
9123
msgstr ""
9124
9125
#: C/net-install-flash.page:31(steps/title)
9126
msgid "How to install Flash"
9127
msgstr ""
9128
9129
#: C/net-install-flash.page:33(item/p)
9130
msgid ""
9131
"Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch "
9132
"the <app>Software Center</app>."
9133
msgstr ""
9134
9135
#: C/net-install-flash.page:36(item/p)
9136
msgid ""
9137
"Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
9138
msgstr ""
9139
9140
#: C/net-install-flash.page:39(item/p)
9141
msgid ""
9142
"If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software "
9143
"Center window."
9144
msgstr ""
9145
9146
#: C/net-install-flash.page:42(item/p)
9147
msgid ""
9148
"If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. "
9149
"The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it "
9150
"again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
9151
msgstr ""
9152
9153
#: C/net-install-flash.page:47(section/title)
9154
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
9155
msgstr ""
9156
9157
#: C/net-install-flash.page:48(section/p)
9158
msgid ""
9159
"A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These "
9160
"tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by "
9161
"handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not "
9162
"being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
9163
msgstr ""
9164
9165
#: C/net-install-flash.page:49(section/p)
9166
msgid ""
9167
"You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash "
9168
"player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible "
9169
"on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
9170
msgstr ""
9171
9172
#: C/net-install-flash.page:51(item/p)
9173
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-gnash\">Gnash</link>"
9174
msgstr ""
9175
9176
#: C/net-install-flash.page:52(item/p)
9177
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-lightspark\">LightSpark</link>"
9178
msgstr ""
9179
9180
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13(info/desc)
9181
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
9182
msgstr ""
9183
9184
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17(page/title)
9185
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
9186
msgstr ""
9187
9188
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18(page/p)
9189
msgid ""
9190
"Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin "
9191
"to be installed in order to run."
9192
msgstr ""
9193
9194
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20(page/p)
9195
msgid ""
9196
"<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin "
9197
"package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
9198
msgstr ""
9199
9200
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:15(info/desc)
9201
msgid ""
9202
"Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in "
9203
"lets you view these pages."
9204
msgstr ""
9205
9206
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:19(page/title)
9207
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
9208
msgstr ""
9209
9210
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:26(page/p)
9211
msgid ""
9212
"<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which "
9213
"allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. "
9214
"Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
9215
msgstr ""
9216
9217
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:28(page/p)
9218
msgid ""
9219
"If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in "
9220
"installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message "
9221
"should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these "
9222
"instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
9223
msgstr ""
9224
9225
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:30(page/p)
9226
msgid ""
9227
"If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the "
9228
"<em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of "
9229
"Silverlight which runs on Linux."
9230
msgstr ""
9231
9232
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33(page/p)
9233
msgid ""
9234
"Please see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight "
9235
"website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
9236
msgstr ""
9237
9238
#: C/net-macaddress.page:19(info/desc)
9239
msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
9240
msgstr ""
9241
9242
#: C/net-macaddress.page:23(page/title)
9243
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
9244
msgstr ""
9245
9246
#: C/net-macaddress.page:25(page/p)
9247
msgid ""
9248
"A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the "
9249
"manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an "
9250
"ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each "
9251
"identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
9252
msgstr ""
9253
9254
#: C/net-macaddress.page:27(page/p)
9255
msgid ""
9256
"A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a "
9257
"colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
9258
msgstr ""
9259
9260
#: C/net-macaddress.page:29(page/p)
9261
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
9262
msgstr ""
9263
9264
#: C/net-macaddress.page:32(item/p)
9265
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
9266
msgstr ""
9267
9268
#: C/net-macaddress.page:33(item/p)
9269
msgid ""
9270
"Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
9271
msgstr ""
9272
9273
#: C/net-macaddress.page:36(page/p)
9274
msgid ""
9275
"In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-editcon\">modify or \"spoof\" "
9276
"a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may "
9277
"require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the "
9278
"network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service "
9279
"won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
9280
msgstr ""
9281
9282
#: C/net-manual.page:16(info/desc)
9283
msgid ""
9284
"If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter "
9285
"them yourself."
9286
msgstr ""
9287
9288
#: C/net-manual.page:20(page/title)
9289
msgid "Manually set network settings"
9290
msgstr ""
9291
9292
#: C/net-manual.page:22(page/p)
9293
msgid ""
9294
"If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your "
9295
"computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic "
9296
"assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may "
9297
"need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your "
9298
"router or network switch."
9299
msgstr ""
9300
9301
#: C/net-manual.page:25(steps/title)
9302
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
9303
msgstr ""
9304
9305
#: C/net-manual.page:27(item/p)
9306
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:34(item/p)
9307
#: C/net-othersedit.page:37(item/p)
9308
msgid ""
9309
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and click <gui>Edit "
9310
"Connections</gui>."
9311
msgstr ""
9312
9313
#: C/net-manual.page:31(item/p)
9314
msgid ""
9315
"Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, "
9316
"if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
9317
msgstr ""
9318
9319
#: C/net-manual.page:35(item/p)
9320
msgid ""
9321
"Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click "
9322
"<gui>Edit</gui>."
9323
msgstr ""
9324
9325
#: C/net-manual.page:39(item/p)
9326
msgid ""
9327
"Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to "
9328
"<gui>Manual</gui>."
9329
msgstr ""
9330
9331
#: C/net-manual.page:43(item/p)
9332
msgid ""
9333
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> "
9334
"and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of "
9335
"the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> "
9336
"after typing each address."
9337
msgstr ""
9338
9339
#: C/net-manual.page:44(item/p)
9340
msgid ""
9341
"These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four "
9342
"numbers separated by periods (e.g. 123.45.6.78)."
9343
msgstr ""
9344
9345
#: C/net-manual.page:48(item/p)
9346
msgid ""
9347
"Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by "
9348
"commas."
9349
msgstr ""
9350
9351
#: C/net-manual.page:52(item/p)
9352
msgid ""
9353
"Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the "
9354
"network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by "
9355
"trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for "
9356
"example."
9357
msgstr ""
9358
9359
#: C/net-mobile.page:13(info/desc)
9360
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
9361
msgstr ""
9362
9363
#: C/net-mobile.page:17(page/title)
9364
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
9365
msgstr ""
9366
9367
#: C/net-mobile.page:19(page/p)
9368
msgid ""
9369
"<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet "
9370
"connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or "
9371
"mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have "
9372
"recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
9373
msgstr ""
9374
9375
#: C/net-mobile.page:26(page/p)
9376
msgid ""
9377
"Most mobile broadband devices should be recognised automatically when you "
9378
"connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the "
9379
"device."
9380
msgstr ""
9381
9382
#: C/net-mobile.page:33(item/p)
9383
msgid ""
9384
"The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open "
9385
"automatically when you connect the device."
9386
msgstr ""
9387
9388
#: C/net-mobile.page:39(item/p)
9389
msgid ""
9390
"Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where "
9391
"your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of "
9392
"connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
9393
msgstr ""
9394
9395
#: C/net-mobile.page:47(item/p)
9396
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
9397
msgstr ""
9398
9399
#: C/net-mobile.page:52(item/p)
9400
msgid ""
9401
"Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network "
9402
"menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select your new connection."
9403
msgstr ""
9404
9405
#: C/net-mobile.page:58(item/p)
9406
msgid ""
9407
"To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the menu bar and click "
9408
"<gui>Disconnect</gui>."
9409
msgstr ""
9410
9411
#: C/net-mobile.page:64(page/p)
9412
msgid ""
9413
"If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may "
9414
"still be recognised by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection "
9415
"manually."
9416
msgstr ""
9417
9418
#: C/net-mobile.page:71(item/p)
9419
msgid ""
9420
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">network menu</link> in the menu "
9421
"bar and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
9422
msgstr ""
9423
9424
#: C/net-mobile.page:77(item/p)
9425
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
9426
msgstr ""
9427
9428
#: C/net-mobile.page:82(item/p)
9429
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
9430
msgstr ""
9431
9432
#: C/net-mobile.page:87(item/p)
9433
msgid ""
9434
"This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. "
9435
"Enter your details as described above."
9436
msgstr ""
9437
9438
#: C/net-nonm.page:13(info/desc)
9439
msgid ""
9440
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-"
9441
"applet</input>"
9442
msgstr ""
9443
9444
#: C/net-nonm.page:17(page/title)
9445
msgid "There's no network menu in the menu bar"
9446
msgstr ""
9447
9448
#: C/net-nonm.page:19(page/p)
9449
msgid ""
9450
"If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your <app>Network "
9451
"Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
9452
msgstr ""
9453
9454
#: C/net-nonm.page:22(item/p)
9455
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
9456
msgstr ""
9457
9458
#: C/net-nonm.page:23(item/p)
9459
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
9460
msgstr ""
9461
9462
#: C/net-nonm.page:24(item/p)
9463
msgid ""
9464
"The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your "
9465
"password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
9466
msgstr ""
9467
9468
#: C/net-nonm.page:27(page/p)
9469
msgid ""
9470
"If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To "
9471
"see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-"
9472
"intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and "
9473
"press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, "
9474
"you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell "
9475
"you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, "
9476
"ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
9477
msgstr ""
9478
9479
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:16(info/desc)
9480
msgid ""
9481
"You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that "
9482
"everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
9483
msgstr ""
9484
9485
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:20(page/title)
9486
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
9487
msgstr ""
9488
9489
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:28(page/p)
9490
msgid ""
9491
"If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer "
9492
"can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when "
9493
"they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they "
9494
"may not be entering the right wireless security password."
9495
msgstr ""
9496
9497
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:30(page/p)
9498
msgid ""
9499
"You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network "
9500
"connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it "
9501
"up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it "
9502
"without being asked any questions. To do this:"
9503
msgstr ""
9504
9505
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:38(item/p)
9506
msgid ""
9507
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably "
9508
"need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and "
9509
"then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9510
msgstr ""
9511
9512
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:42(item/p)
9513
msgid ""
9514
"Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will "
9515
"have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can "
9516
"do this."
9517
msgstr ""
9518
9519
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:46(item/p)
9520
msgid ""
9521
"Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without "
9522
"entering any further details."
9523
msgstr ""
9524
9525
#: C/net-othersedit.page:16(info/desc)
9526
msgid ""
9527
"You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the "
9528
"network connection settings."
9529
msgstr ""
9530
9531
#: C/net-othersedit.page:20(page/title)
9532
msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
9533
msgstr ""
9534
9535
#: C/net-othersedit.page:28(page/p)
9536
msgid ""
9537
"If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, "
9538
"you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. "
9539
"This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using "
9540
"that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with "
9541
"administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
9542
msgstr ""
9543
9544
#: C/net-othersedit.page:30(page/p)
9545
msgid ""
9546
"The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are "
9547
"changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the "
9548
"connection."
9549
msgstr ""
9550
9551
#: C/net-othersedit.page:32(page/p)
9552
msgid ""
9553
"If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, "
9554
"make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on "
9555
"the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection "
9556
"settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for "
9557
"the connection."
9558
msgstr ""
9559
9560
#: C/net-othersedit.page:35(steps/title)
9561
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
9562
msgstr ""
9563
9564
#: C/net-othersedit.page:41(item/p)
9565
msgid ""
9566
"Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. "
9567
"Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9568
msgstr ""
9569
9570
#: C/net-othersedit.page:45(item/p)
9571
msgid ""
9572
"You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only "
9573
"admin users can do this."
9574
msgstr ""
9575
9576
#: C/net-othersedit.page:49(item/p)
9577
msgid ""
9578
"Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other "
9579
"users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
9580
msgstr ""
9581
9582
#: C/net.page:17(info/desc)
9583
msgid ""
9584
"<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9585
"wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, "
9586
"<link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9587
"email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant "
9588
"messaging</link>..."
9589
msgstr ""
9590
9591
#: C/net.page:43(page/title)
9592
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
9593
msgstr ""
9594
9595
#: C/net-problem.page:11(info/desc)
9596
msgid ""
9597
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless "
9598
"connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi "
9599
"network</link>..."
9600
msgstr ""
9601
9602
#: C/net-problem.page:22(page/title)
9603
msgid "Network problems"
9604
msgstr ""
9605
9606
#: C/net-proxy.page:15(credit/name)
9607
msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
9608
msgstr ""
9609
9610
#: C/net-proxy.page:19(info/desc)
9611
msgid ""
9612
"A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security "
9613
"purposes."
9614
msgstr ""
9615
9616
#: C/net-proxy.page:23(page/title)
9617
msgid "Define proxy settings"
9618
msgstr ""
9619
9620
#: C/net-proxy.page:26(section/title)
9621
msgid "What is a proxy?"
9622
msgstr ""
9623
9624
#: C/net-proxy.page:28(section/p)
9625
msgid ""
9626
"A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests "
9627
"from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and "
9628
"following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used "
9629
"in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you "
9630
"can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or "
9631
"to do security checks on websites."
9632
msgstr ""
9633
9634
#: C/net-proxy.page:37(section/title)
9635
msgid "Change proxy method"
9636
msgstr ""
9637
9638
#: C/net-proxy.page:49(item/p)
9639
msgid ""
9640
"Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on "
9641
"the left side of the window."
9642
msgstr ""
9643
9644
#: C/net-proxy.page:52(item/p)
9645
msgid ""
9646
"Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
9647
msgstr ""
9648
9649
#: C/net-proxy.page:56(item/p)
9650
msgid ""
9651
"The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the "
9652
"web."
9653
msgstr ""
9654
9655
#: C/net-proxy.page:59(item/title)
9656
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131(title/gui)
9657
msgid "Manual"
9658
msgstr ""
9659
9660
#: C/net-proxy.page:60(item/p)
9661
msgid ""
9662
"For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the "
9663
"protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, "
9664
"<gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
9665
msgstr ""
9666
9667
#: C/net-proxy.page:64(item/title)
9668
msgid "Automatic"
9669
msgstr ""
9670
9671
#: C/net-proxy.page:65(item/p)
9672
msgid ""
9673
"An url points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration "
9674
"for your system."
9675
msgstr ""
9676
9677
#: C/net-proxy.page:70(section/p)
9678
msgid ""
9679
"The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network "
9680
"connection to use the choosen configuration."
9681
msgstr ""
9682
9683
#: C/net-security.page:11(info/desc)
9684
msgid ""
9685
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
9686
"firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>..."
9687
msgstr ""
9688
9689
#: C/net-security.page:22(page/title)
9690
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
9691
msgstr ""
9692
9693
#: C/net-security-tips.page:11(info/desc)
9694
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
9695
msgstr ""
9696
9697
#: C/net-security-tips.page:16(credit/name)
9698
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:22(credit/name)
9699
#: C/printing-setup.page:30(credit/name)
9700
msgid "Steven Richards"
9701
msgstr ""
9702
9703
#: C/net-security-tips.page:22(page/title)
9704
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
9705
msgstr ""
9706
9707
#: C/net-security-tips.page:24(page/p)
9708
msgid ""
9709
"A possible reason for why you are using Linux is the robust security that it "
9710
"is known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and "
9711
"viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are "
9712
"targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely "
9713
"large user base. Linux is also very secure due to its open source nature, "
9714
"which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included "
9715
"with each distribution."
9716
msgstr ""
9717
9718
#: C/net-security-tips.page:31(page/p)
9719
msgid ""
9720
"Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Linux is "
9721
"secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet "
9722
"you can still be susceptible to:"
9723
msgstr ""
9724
9725
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35(item/p)
9726
msgid ""
9727
"Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information "
9728
"through deception)"
9729
msgstr ""
9730
9731
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36(item/p)
9732
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
9733
msgstr ""
9734
9735
#: C/net-security-tips.page:37(item/p)
9736
msgid ""
9737
"<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent "
9738
"(viruses)</link>"
9739
msgstr ""
9740
9741
#: C/net-security-tips.page:38(item/p)
9742
msgid ""
9743
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorised remote/local network "
9744
"access</link>"
9745
msgstr ""
9746
9747
#: C/net-security-tips.page:41(page/p)
9748
msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
9749
msgstr ""
9750
9751
#: C/net-security-tips.page:44(item/p)
9752
msgid ""
9753
"Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do "
9754
"not know."
9755
msgstr ""
9756
9757
#: C/net-security-tips.page:45(item/p)
9758
msgid ""
9759
"If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive "
9760
"information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information "
9761
"you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is "
9762
"compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
9763
msgstr ""
9764
9765
#: C/net-security-tips.page:48(item/p)
9766
msgid ""
9767
"Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-"
9768
"explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not "
9769
"used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with "
9770
"root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
9771
msgstr ""
9772
9773
#: C/net-security-tips.page:51(item/p)
9774
msgid ""
9775
"Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH "
9776
"or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to "
9777
"intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-"
9778
"firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from "
9779
"intrusion."
9780
msgstr ""
9781
9782
#: C/net-slow.page:15(info/desc)
9783
msgid ""
9784
"Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it "
9785
"could be a busy time of day."
9786
msgstr ""
9787
9788
#: C/net-slow.page:19(page/title)
9789
msgid "The internet seems slow"
9790
msgstr ""
9791
9792
#: C/net-slow.page:21(page/p)
9793
msgid ""
9794
"If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of "
9795
"things that could be causing the slow down."
9796
msgstr ""
9797
9798
#: C/net-slow.page:23(page/p)
9799
msgid ""
9800
"Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from "
9801
"the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things "
9802
"that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
9803
msgstr ""
9804
9805
#: C/net-slow.page:27(item/p)
9806
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
9807
msgstr ""
9808
9809
#: C/net-slow.page:28(item/p)
9810
msgid ""
9811
"Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they "
9812
"are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, "
9813
"through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest "
9814
"of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this "
9815
"is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same "
9816
"time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience "
9817
"this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the "
9818
"evenings, for example)."
9819
msgstr ""
9820
9821
#: C/net-slow.page:32(item/p)
9822
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
9823
msgstr ""
9824
9825
#: C/net-slow.page:33(item/p)
9826
msgid ""
9827
"If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading "
9828
"several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not "
9829
"be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
9830
msgstr ""
9831
9832
#: C/net-slow.page:37(item/p)
9833
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
9834
msgstr ""
9835
9836
#: C/net-slow.page:38(item/p)
9837
msgid ""
9838
"Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or "
9839
"those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference "
9840
"center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
9841
msgstr ""
9842
9843
#: C/net-slow.page:42(item/p)
9844
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
9845
msgstr ""
9846
9847
#: C/net-slow.page:43(item/p)
9848
msgid ""
9849
"If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network "
9850
"menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the "
9851
"internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
9852
msgstr ""
9853
9854
#: C/net-slow.page:47(item/p)
9855
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
9856
msgstr ""
9857
9858
#: C/net-slow.page:48(item/p)
9859
msgid ""
9860
"If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may "
9861
"have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, "
9862
"the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile "
9863
"broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection "
9864
"like GPRS."
9865
msgstr ""
9866
9867
#: C/net-slow.page:52(item/p)
9868
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
9869
msgstr ""
9870
9871
#: C/net-slow.page:53(item/p)
9872
msgid ""
9873
"Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This "
9874
"could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that "
9875
"the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a "
9876
"long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then "
9877
"opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
9878
msgstr ""
9879
9880
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16(info/desc)
9881
msgid ""
9882
"VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to "
9883
"set up a VPN connection."
9884
msgstr ""
9885
9886
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20(page/title)
9887
msgid "Connect to a VPN"
9888
msgstr ""
9889
9890
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22(page/p)
9891
msgid ""
9892
"A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a "
9893
"local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the "
9894
"local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would "
9895
"find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to "
9896
"your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the "
9897
"network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the "
9898
"hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> "
9899
"to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to "
9900
"without logging in."
9901
msgstr ""
9902
9903
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24(page/p)
9904
msgid ""
9905
"There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some "
9906
"extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out "
9907
"the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which "
9908
"<em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software "
9909
"Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which "
9910
"works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click "
9911
"the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu "
9912
"Software Center</app>."
9913
msgstr ""
9914
9915
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:27(note/p)
9916
msgid ""
9917
"If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will "
9918
"probably have to download and install some client software from the company "
9919
"that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some "
9920
"different instructions to get that working."
9921
msgstr ""
9922
9923
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:30(page/p)
9924
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
9925
msgstr ""
9926
9927
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34(item/p)
9928
msgid ""
9929
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and, under <gui>VPN "
9930
"Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
9931
msgstr ""
9932
9933
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:38(item/p)
9934
msgid ""
9935
"Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
9936
msgstr ""
9937
9938
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42(item/p)
9939
msgid ""
9940
"Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering "
9941
"details like your username and password as you go."
9942
msgstr ""
9943
9944
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46(item/p)
9945
msgid ""
9946
"When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> "
9947
"on the menu bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the "
9948
"connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the "
9949
"network icon will change as it tries to connect."
9950
msgstr ""
9951
9952
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50(item/p)
9953
msgid ""
9954
"Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to "
9955
"double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the "
9956
"network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the "
9957
"<gui>VPN</gui> tab."
9958
msgstr ""
9959
9960
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54(item/p)
9961
msgid ""
9962
"To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select "
9963
"<gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
9964
msgstr ""
9965
9966
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:15(info/desc)
9967
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
9968
msgstr ""
9969
9970
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:19(page/title)
9971
msgid "What is an IP address?"
9972
msgstr ""
9973
9974
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:21(page/p)
9975
msgid ""
9976
"\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each "
9977
"device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
9978
msgstr ""
9979
9980
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:23(page/p)
9981
msgid ""
9982
"An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique "
9983
"set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. "
9984
"Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your "
9985
"computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
9986
msgstr ""
9987
9988
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25(page/p)
9989
msgid ""
9990
"Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated "
9991
"by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
9992
msgstr ""
9993
9994
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27(note/p)
9995
msgid ""
9996
"An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP "
9997
"addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a "
9998
"network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP "
9999
"addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are "
10000
"typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as "
10001
"administering a server."
10002
msgstr ""
10003
10004
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:15(info/desc)
10005
msgid ""
10006
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10007
"network cable."
10008
msgstr ""
10009
10010
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:19(page/title)
10011
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
10012
msgstr ""
10013
10014
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:21(page/p)
10015
msgid ""
10016
"To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a "
10017
"network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few "
10018
"seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
10019
msgstr ""
10020
10021
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:23(page/p)
10022
msgid ""
10023
"If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network "
10024
"cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the "
10025
"rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end "
10026
"should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar "
10027
"(depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the "
10028
"Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
10029
msgstr ""
10030
10031
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:26(note/p)
10032
msgid ""
10033
"You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable "
10034
"(at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you "
10035
"should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
10036
msgstr ""
10037
10038
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29(page/p)
10039
msgid ""
10040
"If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup "
10041
"(DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it "
10042
"manually</link>."
10043
msgstr ""
10044
10045
#: C/net-wired.page:11(info/desc)
10046
msgid ""
10047
"<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link "
10048
"xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>..."
10049
msgstr ""
10050
10051
#: C/net-wired.page:22(page/title)
10052
msgid "Wired Networking"
10053
msgstr ""
10054
10055
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19(info/desc)
10056
msgid ""
10057
"Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and "
10058
"its network connections."
10059
msgstr ""
10060
10061
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:25(page/title)
10062
msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
10063
msgstr ""
10064
10065
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27(page/p)
10066
msgid ""
10067
"You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices "
10068
"to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an "
10069
"internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired "
10070
"network or over the cellular network."
10071
msgstr ""
10072
10073
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44(item/p)
10074
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
10075
msgstr ""
10076
10077
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45(item/p)
10078
msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
10079
msgstr ""
10080
10081
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46(item/p)
10082
msgid ""
10083
"If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you "
10084
"want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only "
10085
"connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> "
10086
"to confirm."
10087
msgstr ""
10088
10089
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52(page/p)
10090
msgid ""
10091
"A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The "
10092
"network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will "
10093
"need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
10094
msgstr ""
10095
10096
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20(info/desc)
10097
msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless."
10098
msgstr ""
10099
10100
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24(page/title)
10101
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
10102
msgstr ""
10103
10104
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26(page/p)
10105
msgid ""
10106
"If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless "
10107
"connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may "
10108
"also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery "
10109
"power, for example). To do this:"
10110
msgstr ""
10111
10112
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28(page/p)
10113
msgid ""
10114
"To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and uncheck "
10115
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection "
10116
"until you switch it back on again."
10117
msgstr ""
10118
10119
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30(page/p)
10120
msgid ""
10121
"To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar "
10122
"and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of "
10123
"it."
10124
msgstr ""
10125
10126
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32(note/p)
10127
msgid ""
10128
"Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link "
10129
"xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
10130
msgstr ""
10131
10132
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22(info/desc)
10133
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
10134
msgstr ""
10135
10136
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26(page/title)
10137
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
10138
msgstr ""
10139
10140
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28(page/p)
10141
msgid ""
10142
"If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless "
10143
"network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared "
10144
"files on the network, and so on."
10145
msgstr ""
10146
10147
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32(item/p)
10148
msgid ""
10149
"If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it "
10150
"is turned on."
10151
msgstr ""
10152
10153
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35(item/p)
10154
msgid ""
10155
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui>, and click the "
10156
"name of the network you want to connect to."
10157
msgstr ""
10158
10159
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36(item/p)
10160
msgid ""
10161
"If the name of the network isn't in the list, select <gui>More "
10162
"Networks</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still "
10163
"don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link "
10164
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
10165
msgstr ""
10166
10167
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38(item/p)
10168
msgid ""
10169
"If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10170
"wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click "
10171
"<gui>Connect</gui>."
10172
msgstr ""
10173
10174
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39(item/p)
10175
msgid ""
10176
"If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the "
10177
"wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have "
10178
"to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
10179
msgstr ""
10180
10181
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40(item/p)
10182
msgid ""
10183
"The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect "
10184
"to the network."
10185
msgstr ""
10186
10187
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42(item/p)
10188
msgid ""
10189
"If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several "
10190
"bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If "
10191
"there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very "
10192
"reliable."
10193
msgstr ""
10194
10195
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46(page/p)
10196
msgid ""
10197
"If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-passwordok-"
10198
"noconnect\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just "
10199
"tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of "
10200
"things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the "
10201
"wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's "
10202
"wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-"
10203
"wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
10204
msgstr ""
10205
10206
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48(page/p)
10207
msgid ""
10208
"A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that "
10209
"you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download "
10210
"speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device "
10211
"which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but "
10212
"the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different "
10213
"speeds."
10214
msgstr ""
10215
10216
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:21(info/desc)
10217
msgid ""
10218
"You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect "
10219
"properly."
10220
msgstr ""
10221
10222
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:25(page/title)
10223
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
10224
msgstr ""
10225
10226
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:27(page/p)
10227
msgid ""
10228
"You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even "
10229
"though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to "
10230
"reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the "
10231
"menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, "
10232
"especially if you were using the internet at the time."
10233
msgstr ""
10234
10235
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:30(section/title)
10236
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
10237
msgstr ""
10238
10239
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:32(section/p)
10240
msgid ""
10241
"A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you "
10242
"have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too "
10243
"far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong "
10244
"enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you "
10245
"and the base station can also weaken the signal."
10246
msgstr ""
10247
10248
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:34(section/p)
10249
msgid ""
10250
"The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal "
10251
"is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
10252
msgstr ""
10253
10254
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:39(section/title)
10255
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
10256
msgstr ""
10257
10258
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:41(section/p)
10259
msgid ""
10260
"Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you "
10261
"have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon "
10262
"after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially "
10263
"successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a "
10264
"connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so "
10265
"was disconnected."
10266
msgstr ""
10267
10268
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:43(section/p)
10269
msgid ""
10270
"A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless "
10271
"passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because "
10272
"the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
10273
msgstr ""
10274
10275
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:48(section/title)
10276
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
10277
msgstr ""
10278
10279
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:50(section/p)
10280
msgid ""
10281
"Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks "
10282
"are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into "
10283
"minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens "
10284
"quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless "
10285
"connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens "
10286
"very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
10287
msgstr ""
10288
10289
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:55(section/title)
10290
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
10291
msgstr ""
10292
10293
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:57(section/p)
10294
msgid ""
10295
"Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for "
10296
"example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. "
10297
"Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of "
10298
"the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
10299
msgstr ""
10300
10301
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20(info/desc)
10302
msgid ""
10303
"Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
10304
msgstr ""
10305
10306
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27(page/title)
10307
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
10308
msgstr ""
10309
10310
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33(page/p)
10311
msgid ""
10312
"This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a "
10313
"wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network "
10314
"menu</gui> in the menu bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
10315
msgstr ""
10316
10317
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38(note/p)
10318
msgid ""
10319
"Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, "
10320
"so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here "
10321
"are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
10322
msgstr ""
10323
10324
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42(section/title)
10325
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
10326
msgstr ""
10327
10328
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45(title/gui)
10329
msgid "Connect automatically"
10330
msgstr ""
10331
10332
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46(item/p)
10333
msgid ""
10334
"Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this "
10335
"wireless network whenever it is in range."
10336
msgstr ""
10337
10338
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47(item/p)
10339
msgid ""
10340
"If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the "
10341
"computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab "
10342
"in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one "
10343
"available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
10344
msgstr ""
10345
10346
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51(title/gui)
10347
msgid "Available to all users"
10348
msgstr ""
10349
10350
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52(item/p)
10351
msgid ""
10352
"Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access "
10353
"to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10354
"wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will "
10355
"only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your "
10356
"computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the "
10357
"password themselves."
10358
msgstr ""
10359
10360
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53(item/p)
10361
msgid ""
10362
"If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-"
10363
"explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this "
10364
"network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
10365
msgstr ""
10366
10367
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59(section/title)
10368
msgid "Wireless"
10369
msgstr ""
10370
10371
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62(title/gui)
10372
msgid "SSID"
10373
msgstr ""
10374
10375
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63(item/p)
10376
msgid ""
10377
"This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise "
10378
"known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you "
10379
"have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the "
10380
"settings of your wireless router or base station)."
10381
msgstr ""
10382
10383
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67(title/gui)
10384
msgid "Mode"
10385
msgstr ""
10386
10387
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68(item/p)
10388
msgid ""
10389
"Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an "
10390
"<gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to "
10391
"a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where "
10392
"there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one "
10393
"another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link "
10394
"xref=\"net-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
10395
msgstr ""
10396
10397
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69(item/p)
10398
msgid ""
10399
"If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, "
10400
"<gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless "
10401
"frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers "
10402
"are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or "
10403
"only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the "
10404
"computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be "
10405
"several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down "
10406
"your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
10407
msgstr ""
10408
10409
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73(title/gui)
10410
msgid "BSSID"
10411
msgstr ""
10412
10413
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74(item/p)
10414
msgid ""
10415
"This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is "
10416
"the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a "
10417
"name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers "
10418
"that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link "
10419
"xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an "
10420
"SSID but it will have a BSSID."
10421
msgstr ""
10422
10423
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78(title/gui)
10424
msgid "Device MAC address"
10425
msgstr ""
10426
10427
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79(item/p)
10428
msgid ""
10429
"A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which "
10430
"identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an "
10431
"Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a "
10432
"network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
10433
msgstr ""
10434
10435
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80(item/p)
10436
msgid ""
10437
"This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
10438
msgstr ""
10439
10440
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84(title/gui)
10441
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
10442
msgstr ""
10443
10444
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85(item/p)
10445
msgid ""
10446
"Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC "
10447
"address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only "
10448
"communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband "
10449
"modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> "
10450
"box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC "
10451
"address rather than its real one."
10452
msgstr ""
10453
10454
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89(title/gui)
10455
msgid "MTU"
10456
msgstr ""
10457
10458
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90(item/p)
10459
msgid ""
10460
"This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the "
10461
"maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When "
10462
"files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or "
10463
"packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is "
10464
"for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the "
10465
"connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
10466
msgstr ""
10467
10468
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97(section/title)
10469
msgid "Wireless Security"
10470
msgstr ""
10471
10472
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100(title/gui)
10473
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:45(section/title)
10474
msgid "Security"
10475
msgstr ""
10476
10477
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101(item/p)
10478
msgid ""
10479
"This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. "
10480
"Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being "
10481
"intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites "
10482
"you're visiting and so on."
10483
msgstr ""
10484
10485
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102(item/p)
10486
msgid ""
10487
"Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported "
10488
"by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a "
10489
"password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also "
10490
"require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-"
10491
"wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless "
10492
"encryption."
10493
msgstr ""
10494
10495
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108(section/title)
10496
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
10497
msgstr ""
10498
10499
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117(section/p)
10500
msgid ""
10501
"Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and "
10502
"which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see "
10503
"different ways of getting/setting that information."
10504
msgstr ""
10505
10506
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118(section/p)
10507
msgid "The following methods are available:"
10508
msgstr ""
10509
10510
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121(title/gui)
10511
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
10512
msgstr ""
10513
10514
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122(item/p)
10515
msgid ""
10516
"Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP "
10517
"server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) "
10518
"connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer "
10519
"should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically "
10520
"be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
10521
msgstr ""
10522
10523
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126(title/gui)
10524
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
10525
msgstr ""
10526
10527
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127(item/p)
10528
msgid ""
10529
"If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a "
10530
"DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which "
10531
"DNS server to use)."
10532
msgstr ""
10533
10534
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132(item/p)
10535
msgid ""
10536
"Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings "
10537
"yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
10538
msgstr ""
10539
10540
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136(title/gui)
10541
msgid "Link-Local Only"
10542
msgstr ""
10543
10544
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137(item/p)
10545
msgid ""
10546
"<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network "
10547
"without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other "
10548
"information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the "
10549
"network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. "
10550
"This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together "
10551
"so they communicate with each other."
10552
msgstr ""
10553
10554
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141(title/gui)
10555
msgid "Disabled"
10556
msgstr ""
10557
10558
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142(item/p)
10559
msgid ""
10560
"This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from "
10561
"connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated "
10562
"as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If "
10563
"you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
10564
msgstr ""
10565
10566
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149(section/title)
10567
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
10568
msgstr ""
10569
10570
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154(section/p)
10571
msgid ""
10572
"This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer "
10573
"IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular "
10574
"at the moment."
10575
msgstr ""
10576
10577
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:17(info/desc)
10578
msgid ""
10579
"The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless "
10580
"networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
10581
msgstr ""
10582
10583
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:21(page/title)
10584
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
10585
msgstr ""
10586
10587
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23(page/p)
10588
msgid ""
10589
"There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless "
10590
"network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network "
10591
"icon on the menu bar."
10592
msgstr ""
10593
10594
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27(item/p)
10595
msgid ""
10596
"If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned "
10597
"off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working "
10598
"properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
10599
msgstr ""
10600
10601
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:31(item/p)
10602
msgid ""
10603
"If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking "
10604
"for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at "
10605
"the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover "
10606
"your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
10607
msgstr ""
10608
10609
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:35(item/p)
10610
msgid ""
10611
"You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless "
10612
"base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
10613
msgstr ""
10614
10615
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:39(item/p)
10616
msgid ""
10617
"The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned "
10618
"on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so "
10619
"and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
10620
msgstr ""
10621
10622
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:43(item/p)
10623
msgid ""
10624
"The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10625
"hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
10626
msgstr ""
10627
10628
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20(info/desc)
10629
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30(item/p)
10630
msgid ""
10631
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Connect to "
10632
"Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
10633
msgstr ""
10634
10635
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24(page/title)
10636
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
10637
msgstr ""
10638
10639
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26(page/p)
10640
msgid ""
10641
"It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden "
10642
"networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you "
10643
"click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on "
10644
"any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
10645
msgstr ""
10646
10647
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33(item/p)
10648
msgid ""
10649
"In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of "
10650
"wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10651
msgstr ""
10652
10653
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37(page/p)
10654
msgid ""
10655
"You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to "
10656
"see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> "
10657
"(Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: "
10658
"<gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
10659
msgstr ""
10660
10661
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39(page/p)
10662
msgid ""
10663
"You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look "
10664
"for terms like WEP and WPA."
10665
msgstr ""
10666
10667
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42(note/p)
10668
msgid ""
10669
"You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by "
10670
"preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this "
10671
"is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still "
10672
"detectable."
10673
msgstr ""
10674
10675
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:15(info/desc)
10676
msgid ""
10677
"Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, "
10678
"turn the wireless card off and on again..."
10679
msgstr ""
10680
10681
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:19(page/title)
10682
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
10683
msgstr ""
10684
10685
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:21(page/p)
10686
msgid ""
10687
"If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10688
"wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect "
10689
"to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
10690
msgstr ""
10691
10692
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25(item/p)
10693
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
10694
msgstr ""
10695
10696
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:26(item/p)
10697
msgid ""
10698
"Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-"
10699
"case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters "
10700
"wrong."
10701
msgstr ""
10702
10703
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30(item/p)
10704
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
10705
msgstr ""
10706
10707
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:31(item/p)
10708
msgid ""
10709
"The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a "
10710
"string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a "
10711
"pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to "
10712
"the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key "
10713
"instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> "
10714
"option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit "
10715
"Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted "
10716
"connection)."
10717
msgstr ""
10718
10719
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35(item/p)
10720
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
10721
msgstr ""
10722
10723
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:36(item/p)
10724
msgid ""
10725
"Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means "
10726
"they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - "
10727
"see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
10728
msgstr ""
10729
10730
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40(item/p)
10731
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
10732
msgstr ""
10733
10734
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:41(item/p)
10735
msgid ""
10736
"When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type "
10737
"of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by "
10738
"the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but "
10739
"sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, "
10740
"use trial and error to go through the different options."
10741
msgstr ""
10742
10743
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45(item/p)
10744
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
10745
msgstr ""
10746
10747
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:46(item/p)
10748
msgid ""
10749
"Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless "
10750
"connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack "
10751
"the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, "
10752
"or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different "
10753
"<em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for "
10754
"more information."
10755
msgstr ""
10756
10757
#: C/net-wireless.page:13(info/desc)
10758
msgid ""
10759
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
10760
"wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-editcon\">Edit "
10761
"connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10762
"disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>..."
10763
msgstr ""
10764
10765
#: C/net-wireless.page:26(page/title)
10766
msgid "Wireless Networking"
10767
msgstr ""
10768
10769
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:10(credit/name)
10770
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:11(credit/name)
10771
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11(credit/name)
10772
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:11(credit/name)
10773
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:12(credit/name)
10774
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
10775
msgstr ""
10776
10777
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18(info/desc)
10778
msgid ""
10779
"Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so "
10780
"you may need to find a better one."
10781
msgstr ""
10782
10783
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22(page/title)
10784
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23(page/title)
10785
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23(page/title)
10786
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24(page/title)
10787
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
10788
msgstr ""
10789
10790
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23(page/subtitle)
10791
msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
10792
msgstr ""
10793
10794
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:27(page/p)
10795
msgid ""
10796
"In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for "
10797
"your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which "
10798
"tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though "
10799
"the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have "
10800
"drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for "
10801
"the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
10802
msgstr ""
10803
10804
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31(item/p)
10805
msgid ""
10806
"Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
10807
msgstr ""
10808
10809
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:32(item/p)
10810
msgid ""
10811
"Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have "
10812
"support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get "
10813
"the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your "
10814
"distribution (for example, <link "
10815
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ub"
10816
"untu</link>, <link "
10817
"href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link "
10818
"href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and "
10819
"see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to "
10820
"use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
10821
msgstr ""
10822
10823
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36(item/p)
10824
msgid "Look for additional open or proprietary drivers"
10825
msgstr ""
10826
10827
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37(item/p)
10828
msgid ""
10829
"Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers "
10830
"need to be installed separately. Use the <gui>Additional Drivers</gui> tool "
10831
"to check for these extra open or <link xref=\"hardware-driver-"
10832
"proprietary\">proprietary</link> drivers."
10833
msgstr ""
10834
10835
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43(item/p)
10836
msgid ""
10837
"Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select "
10838
"<gui>System Settings</gui>."
10839
msgstr ""
10840
10841
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46(item/p)
10842
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Additional Drivers</gui>."
10843
msgstr ""
10844
10845
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:54(item/p)
10846
msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
10847
msgstr ""
10848
10849
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:55(item/p)
10850
msgid ""
10851
"In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system "
10852
"(like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because "
10853
"they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, "
10854
"however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> "
10855
"which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful "
10856
"because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for "
10857
"them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more "
10858
"about how to use NDISwrapper <link "
10859
"href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main"
10860
"_Page\">here</link>. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through "
10861
"NDISwrapper."
10862
msgstr ""
10863
10864
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:56(item/p)
10865
msgid ""
10866
"Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link "
10867
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this "
10868
"page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
10869
msgstr ""
10870
10871
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19(info/desc)
10872
msgid ""
10873
"Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been "
10874
"recognized properly by the computer."
10875
msgstr ""
10876
10877
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23(page/title)
10878
msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
10879
msgstr ""
10880
10881
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24(page/subtitle)
10882
msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
10883
msgstr ""
10884
10885
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26(page/p)
10886
msgid ""
10887
"Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not "
10888
"have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you "
10889
"will check whether the device was recognized properly."
10890
msgstr ""
10891
10892
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:30(item/p)
10893
msgid ""
10894
"Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd> and press "
10895
"<key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you can install the "
10896
"<app>lshw</app> program on your computer by typing <cmd>sudo apt-get install "
10897
"lshw</cmd> into the terminal."
10898
msgstr ""
10899
10900
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33(item/p)
10901
msgid ""
10902
"Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless "
10903
"interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you "
10904
"should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
10905
msgstr ""
10906
10907
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:34(item/code)
10908
#, no-wrap
10909
msgid ""
10910
"*-network\n"
10911
" description: Wireless interface\n"
10912
" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
10913
" vendor: Intel Corporation"
10914
msgstr ""
10915
10916
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40(item/p)
10917
msgid ""
10918
"If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-"
10919
"troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
10920
msgstr ""
10921
10922
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:41(item/p)
10923
msgid ""
10924
"If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will "
10925
"depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that "
10926
"is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link "
10927
"xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link "
10928
"xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
10929
msgstr ""
10930
10931
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46(section/title)
10932
msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
10933
msgstr ""
10934
10935
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:47(section/p)
10936
msgid ""
10937
"Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops "
10938
"made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was "
10939
"recognized:"
10940
msgstr ""
10941
10942
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:49(item/p)
10943
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
10944
msgstr ""
10945
10946
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51(item/p)
10947
msgid ""
10948
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked "
10949
"<code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several "
10950
"devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless "
10951
"adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, "
10952
"<code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the "
10953
"entry might look like:"
10954
msgstr ""
10955
10956
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:52(item/code)
10957
#, no-wrap
10958
msgid ""
10959
"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network "
10960
"Connection"
10961
msgstr ""
10962
10963
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54(item/p)
10964
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:67(item/p)
10965
msgid ""
10966
"If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link "
10967
"xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
10968
"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
10969
"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
10970
msgstr ""
10971
10972
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59(section/title)
10973
msgid "USB wireless adapter"
10974
msgstr ""
10975
10976
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60(section/p)
10977
msgid ""
10978
"Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less "
10979
"common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB "
10980
"cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) "
10981
"adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that "
10982
"it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was "
10983
"recognized:"
10984
msgstr ""
10985
10986
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62(item/p)
10987
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
10988
msgstr ""
10989
10990
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64(item/p)
10991
msgid ""
10992
"Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to "
10993
"refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your "
10994
"wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, "
10995
"<code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an "
10996
"example of what the entry might look like:"
10997
msgstr ""
10998
10999
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65(item/code)
11000
#, no-wrap
11001
msgid ""
11002
"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 "
11003
"Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
11004
msgstr ""
11005
11006
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72(section/title)
11007
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
11008
msgstr ""
11009
11010
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73(section/p)
11011
msgid ""
11012
"PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the "
11013
"side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To "
11014
"check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
11015
msgstr ""
11016
11017
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75(item/p)
11018
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
11019
msgstr ""
11020
11021
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77(item/p)
11022
msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
11023
msgstr ""
11024
11025
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78(item/code)
11026
#, no-wrap
11027
msgid "tail -f /var/log/dmesg"
11028
msgstr ""
11029
11030
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79(item/p)
11031
msgid ""
11032
"This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, "
11033
"and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
11034
msgstr ""
11035
11036
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81(item/p)
11037
msgid ""
11038
"Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in "
11039
"the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your "
11040
"wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
11041
msgstr ""
11042
11043
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82(item/p)
11044
msgid ""
11045
"To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press "
11046
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you "
11047
"can close the Terminal if you like."
11048
msgstr ""
11049
11050
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83(item/p)
11051
msgid ""
11052
"If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the "
11053
"<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers "
11054
"step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, "
11055
"see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
11056
msgstr ""
11057
11058
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88(section/title)
11059
msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
11060
msgstr ""
11061
11062
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89(section/p)
11063
msgid ""
11064
"If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working "
11065
"properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it."
11066
msgstr ""
11067
11068
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90(section/p)
11069
msgid ""
11070
"To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's "
11071
"website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask "
11072
"about your wireless adapter, for example."
11073
msgstr ""
11074
11075
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19(info/desc)
11076
msgid ""
11077
"You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in "
11078
"subsequent troubleshooting steps."
11079
msgstr ""
11080
11081
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24(page/subtitle)
11082
msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
11083
msgstr ""
11084
11085
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:26(page/p)
11086
msgid ""
11087
"In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network "
11088
"device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model "
11089
"number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these "
11090
"details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with "
11091
"your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the "
11092
"following items, if you still have them:"
11093
msgstr ""
11094
11095
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30(item/p)
11096
msgid ""
11097
"The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the "
11098
"user guide for your router)"
11099
msgstr ""
11100
11101
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33(item/p)
11102
msgid ""
11103
"The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only "
11104
"contains Windows drivers)"
11105
msgstr ""
11106
11107
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36(item/p)
11108
msgid ""
11109
"The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and "
11110
"router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of "
11111
"the device."
11112
msgstr ""
11113
11114
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39(item/p)
11115
msgid ""
11116
"Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network "
11117
"devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look "
11118
"carefully."
11119
msgstr ""
11120
11121
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:42(item/p)
11122
msgid ""
11123
"Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its "
11124
"\"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
11125
msgstr ""
11126
11127
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:46(page/p)
11128
msgid ""
11129
"If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection "
11130
"so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your "
11131
"computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way "
11132
"of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
11133
msgstr ""
11134
11135
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48(page/p)
11136
msgid ""
11137
"Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
11138
msgstr ""
11139
11140
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19(info/desc)
11141
msgid ""
11142
"Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next "
11143
"few troubleshooting steps."
11144
msgstr ""
11145
11146
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24(page/subtitle)
11147
msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
11148
msgstr ""
11149
11150
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:26(page/p)
11151
msgid ""
11152
"In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless "
11153
"network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't "
11154
"caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being "
11155
"turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
11156
msgstr ""
11157
11158
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30(item/p)
11159
msgid ""
11160
"Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet "
11161
"connection."
11162
msgstr ""
11163
11164
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33(item/p)
11165
msgid ""
11166
"If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA "
11167
"card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into "
11168
"the proper slot on your computer."
11169
msgstr ""
11170
11171
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:36(item/p)
11172
msgid ""
11173
"If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the "
11174
"wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless "
11175
"switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
11176
msgstr ""
11177
11178
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39(item/p)
11179
msgid ""
11180
"Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and make sure that the "
11181
"<gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
11182
msgstr ""
11183
11184
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42(item/p)
11185
msgid ""
11186
"Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11187
msgstr ""
11188
11189
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43(item/p)
11190
msgid ""
11191
"This will display information about your network hardware and connection "
11192
"status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section "
11193
"related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network "
11194
"device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: "
11195
"Connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it "
11196
"is working and connected to your wireless router."
11197
msgstr ""
11198
11199
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:47(page/p)
11200
msgid ""
11201
"If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access "
11202
"the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet "
11203
"Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review "
11204
"your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or "
11205
"contact your ISP for support."
11206
msgstr ""
11207
11208
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:49(page/p)
11209
msgid ""
11210
"If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were "
11211
"connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next "
11212
"portion of the troubleshooting guide."
11213
msgstr ""
11214
11215
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:20(info/desc)
11216
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
11217
msgstr ""
11218
11219
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26(page/p)
11220
msgid ""
11221
"This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix "
11222
"wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some "
11223
"reason, try following the instructions here."
11224
msgstr ""
11225
11226
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28(page/p)
11227
msgid ""
11228
"We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected "
11229
"to the internet:"
11230
msgstr ""
11231
11232
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30(item/p)
11233
msgid "Performing an initial check"
11234
msgstr ""
11235
11236
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31(item/p)
11237
msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
11238
msgstr ""
11239
11240
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32(item/p)
11241
msgid "Checking your hardware"
11242
msgstr ""
11243
11244
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33(item/p)
11245
msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
11246
msgstr ""
11247
11248
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34(item/p)
11249
msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
11250
msgstr ""
11251
11252
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36(page/p)
11253
msgid ""
11254
"To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the "
11255
"page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you "
11256
"through each step in the guide."
11257
msgstr ""
11258
11259
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39(note/title)
11260
msgid "Using the command line"
11261
msgstr ""
11262
11263
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40(note/p)
11264
msgid ""
11265
"Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the "
11266
"<em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in "
11267
"the <gui>dash</gui>."
11268
msgstr ""
11269
11270
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41(note/p)
11271
msgid ""
11272
"If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide "
11273
"will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are "
11274
"case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), "
11275
"and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
11276
msgstr ""
11277
11278
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15(info/desc)
11279
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
11280
msgstr ""
11281
11282
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:19(page/title)
11283
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
11284
msgstr ""
11285
11286
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:21(page/p)
11287
msgid ""
11288
"WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used "
11289
"to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network "
11290
"connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web "
11291
"pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent "
11292
"Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is "
11293
"the second version of the WPA standard."
11294
msgstr ""
11295
11296
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23(page/p)
11297
msgid ""
11298
"Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is "
11299
"the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can "
11300
"avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and "
11301
"router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your "
11302
"wireless network."
11303
msgstr ""
11304
11305
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19(info/desc)
11306
msgid ""
11307
"Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
11308
msgstr ""
11309
11310
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23(page/title)
11311
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
11312
msgstr ""
11313
11314
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25(page/p)
11315
msgid ""
11316
"When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your "
11317
"computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you "
11318
"have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network "
11319
"each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the "
11320
"following:"
11321
msgstr ""
11322
11323
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33(item/p)
11324
msgid ""
11325
"Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you "
11326
"<em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
11327
msgstr ""
11328
11329
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37(item/p)
11330
msgid ""
11331
"Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your "
11332
"computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
11333
msgstr ""
11334
11335
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42(page/p)
11336
msgid ""
11337
"If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select "
11338
"it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the "
11339
"network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other "
11340
"wireless network."
11341
msgstr ""
11342
11343
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10(info/desc)
11344
msgid ""
11345
"Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
11346
msgstr ""
11347
11348
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21(page/title)
11349
msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
11350
msgstr ""
11351
11352
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28(page/p)
11353
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
11354
msgstr ""
11355
11356
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30(quote/p)
11357
msgid ""
11358
"<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means "
11359
"that it may be old or broken.</em>"
11360
msgstr ""
11361
11362
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33(page/p)
11363
msgid ""
11364
"This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not "
11365
"capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your "
11366
"battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
11367
msgstr ""
11368
11369
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35(page/p)
11370
msgid ""
11371
"Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a "
11372
"while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a "
11373
"fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is "
11374
"shown when this happens."
11375
msgstr ""
11376
11377
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37(page/p)
11378
msgid ""
11379
"If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of "
11380
"holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your "
11381
"battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
11382
msgstr ""
11383
11384
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:11(info/desc)
11385
msgid ""
11386
"The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is "
11387
"an estimate."
11388
msgstr ""
11389
11390
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:29(page/title)
11391
msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
11392
msgstr ""
11393
11394
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:31(page/p)
11395
msgid ""
11396
"When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time "
11397
"remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually "
11398
"lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be "
11399
"estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
11400
msgstr ""
11401
11402
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36(page/p)
11403
msgid ""
11404
"In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be "
11405
"taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the "
11406
"computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have "
11407
"open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any "
11408
"intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for "
11409
"example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
11410
msgstr ""
11411
11412
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:43(page/p)
11413
msgid ""
11414
"Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge "
11415
"faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery "
11416
"discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
11417
msgstr ""
11418
11419
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:47(page/p)
11420
msgid ""
11421
"As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge "
11422
"properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They "
11423
"will never be completely accurate, though."
11424
msgstr ""
11425
11426
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52(note/p)
11427
msgid ""
11428
"If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of "
11429
"days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to "
11430
"make a sensible estimate."
11431
msgstr ""
11432
11433
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:55(note/p)
11434
msgid ""
11435
"If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug "
11436
"it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the "
11437
"data it needs."
11438
msgstr ""
11439
11440
#: C/power-batterylife.page:11(info/desc)
11441
msgid "Tips to reduce your computer's power consumption."
11442
msgstr ""
11443
11444
#: C/power-batterylife.page:29(page/title)
11445
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
11446
msgstr ""
11447
11448
#: C/power-batterylife.page:31(page/p)
11449
msgid ""
11450
"Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving "
11451
"strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you "
11452
"have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run "
11453
"on battery power."
11454
msgstr ""
11455
11456
#: C/power-batterylife.page:36(section/title)
11457
msgid "General tips"
11458
msgstr ""
11459
11460
#: C/power-batterylife.page:39(item/p)
11461
msgid ""
11462
"<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are "
11463
"not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it "
11464
"can be woken up very quickly."
11465
msgstr ""
11466
11467
#: C/power-batterylife.page:44(item/p)
11468
msgid ""
11469
"Turn off the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some "
11470
"people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out "
11471
"faster, but this isn't the case."
11472
msgstr ""
11473
11474
#: C/power-batterylife.page:49(item/p)
11475
msgid ""
11476
"Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>System Settings</app> to change "
11477
"your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save "
11478
"power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the "
11479
"display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the "
11480
"display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link "
11481
"xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it "
11482
"for a certain period of time."
11483
msgstr ""
11484
11485
#: C/power-batterylife.page:58(item/p)
11486
msgid ""
11487
"Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you're not "
11488
"using them."
11489
msgstr ""
11490
11491
#: C/power-batterylife.page:65(section/title)
11492
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
11493
msgstr ""
11494
11495
#: C/power-batterylife.page:69(item/p)
11496
msgid ""
11497
"<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; "
11498
"powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power "
11499
"consumption."
11500
msgstr ""
11501
11502
#: C/power-batterylife.page:72(item/p)
11503
msgid ""
11504
"Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you "
11505
"can use to reduce the brightness."
11506
msgstr ""
11507
11508
#: C/power-batterylife.page:76(item/p)
11509
msgid ""
11510
"If you don't need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the "
11511
"wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, "
11512
"which takes quite a bit of power."
11513
msgstr ""
11514
11515
#: C/power-batterylife.page:79(item/p)
11516
msgid ""
11517
"Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, "
11518
"whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can "
11519
"turn it on again when you need it."
11520
msgstr ""
11521
11522
#: C/power-batterylife.page:87(section/title)
11523
msgid "More advanced tips"
11524
msgstr ""
11525
11526
#: C/power-batterylife.page:91(item/p)
11527
msgid ""
11528
"Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use "
11529
"more power when they have more work to do."
11530
msgstr ""
11531
11532
#: C/power-batterylife.page:93(item/p)
11533
msgid ""
11534
"Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively "
11535
"using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the "
11536
"internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
11537
msgstr ""
11538
11539
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11(info/desc)
11540
msgid "Tips such as \"Don't let the battery charge get too low\""
11541
msgstr ""
11542
11543
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29(page/title)
11544
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
11545
msgstr ""
11546
11547
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31(page/p)
11548
msgid ""
11549
"As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity "
11550
"gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong "
11551
"their useful lifetime, although you shouldn't expect a big difference."
11552
msgstr ""
11553
11554
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37(item/p)
11555
msgid ""
11556
"Don't let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> "
11557
"the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards "
11558
"to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially "
11559
"discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly "
11560
"discharged is worse for the battery."
11561
msgstr ""
11562
11563
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44(item/p)
11564
msgid ""
11565
"Heat has a detrimental effect on the battery's charging efficiency. Don't "
11566
"let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
11567
msgstr ""
11568
11569
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48(item/p)
11570
msgid ""
11571
"Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There's little advantage in "
11572
"buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original "
11573
"battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
11574
msgstr ""
11575
11576
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55(note/p)
11577
msgid ""
11578
"This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which "
11579
"are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different "
11580
"treatment."
11581
msgstr ""
11582
11583
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7(info/desc)
11584
msgid ""
11585
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
11586
msgstr ""
11587
11588
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:20(page/title)
11589
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it's on battery?"
11590
msgstr ""
11591
11592
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:22(page/p)
11593
msgid ""
11594
"Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in "
11595
"order to conserve power. The laptop's processor (CPU) switches to a slower "
11596
"speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery "
11597
"should last longer."
11598
msgstr ""
11599
11600
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27(page/p)
11601
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
11602
msgstr ""
11603
11604
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:11(info/desc)
11605
msgid ""
11606
"Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the "
11607
"cause of this problem."
11608
msgstr ""
11609
11610
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:24(page/title)
11611
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
11612
msgstr ""
11613
11614
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:26(page/p)
11615
msgid ""
11616
"Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux "
11617
"than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that "
11618
"computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes "
11619
"various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These "
11620
"tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including "
11621
"them in Linux is difficult."
11622
msgstr ""
11623
11624
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:33(page/p)
11625
msgid ""
11626
"Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself "
11627
"without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link "
11628
"xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If "
11629
"your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed "
11630
"processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
11631
msgstr ""
11632
11633
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:39(page/p)
11634
msgid ""
11635
"Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating "
11636
"battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual "
11637
"battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give "
11638
"different estimates."
11639
msgstr ""
11640
11641
#: C/power-closelid.page:12(info/desc)
11642
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
11643
msgstr ""
11644
11645
#: C/power-closelid.page:25(page/title)
11646
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
11647
msgstr ""
11648
11649
#: C/power-closelid.page:27(page/p)
11650
msgid ""
11651
"When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-"
11652
"suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that "
11653
"the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can "
11654
"resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse "
11655
"or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button."
11656
msgstr ""
11657
11658
#: C/power-closelid.page:33(page/p)
11659
msgid ""
11660
"Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their "
11661
"hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, "
11662
"the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are "
11663
"unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to "
11664
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you "
11665
"can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
11666
msgstr ""
11667
11668
#: C/power-closelid.page:41(section/title)
11669
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
11670
msgstr ""
11671
11672
#: C/power-closelid.page:42(section/p)
11673
msgid ""
11674
"If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can "
11675
"change the settings for that behavior:"
11676
msgstr ""
11677
11678
#: C/power-closelid.page:44(note/p)
11679
msgid ""
11680
"Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if "
11681
"they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a "
11682
"confined place like a backpack."
11683
msgstr ""
11684
11685
#: C/power-closelid.page:51(item/p)
11686
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, click <gui>Power</gui>."
11687
msgstr ""
11688
11689
#: C/power-closelid.page:52(item/p)
11690
msgid ""
11691
"Set the drop-down menus next to <gui>When the lid is closed</gui> to <gui>Do "
11692
"nothing</gui>."
11693
msgstr ""
11694
11695
#: C/power-constantfan.page:10(info/desc)
11696
msgid ""
11697
"Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running "
11698
"hot."
11699
msgstr ""
11700
11701
#: C/power-constantfan.page:20(page/title)
11702
msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
11703
msgstr ""
11704
11705
#: C/power-constantfan.page:22(page/p)
11706
msgid ""
11707
"If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the "
11708
"hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported "
11709
"in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans "
11710
"efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux "
11711
"at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
11712
msgstr ""
11713
11714
#: C/power-constantfan.page:28(page/p)
11715
msgid ""
11716
"If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install "
11717
"extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link "
11718
"href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to "
11719
"control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is "
11720
"quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of "
11721
"your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for "
11722
"your computer."
11723
msgstr ""
11724
11725
#: C/power-constantfan.page:36(page/p)
11726
msgid ""
11727
"It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does "
11728
"not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to "
11729
"run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this "
11730
"is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all "
11731
"of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your "
11732
"laptop which may help."
11733
msgstr ""
11734
11735
#: C/power-hibernate.page:10(info/desc)
11736
msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
11737
msgstr ""
11738
11739
#: C/power-hibernate.page:26(page/title)
11740
msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
11741
msgstr ""
11742
11743
#: C/power-hibernate.page:28(page/p)
11744
msgid ""
11745
"When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and "
11746
"documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not "
11747
"use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when "
11748
"you switch on the computer again."
11749
msgstr ""
11750
11751
#: C/power-hibernate.page:33(page/p)
11752
msgid ""
11753
"Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't "
11754
"work</link> in many cases with Ubuntu, which can cause you to lose data if "
11755
"you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your "
11756
"computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default in Ubuntu "
11757
"12.04."
11758
msgstr ""
11759
11760
#: C/power-hibernate.page:39(section/title)
11761
msgid "Test if hibernate works"
11762
msgstr ""
11763
11764
#: C/power-hibernate.page:42(note/title)
11765
msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
11766
msgstr ""
11767
11768
#: C/power-hibernate.page:43(note/p)
11769
msgid ""
11770
"You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in "
11771
"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
11772
"recovered when you switch on the computer again."
11773
msgstr ""
11774
11775
#: C/power-hibernate.page:48(section/p)
11776
msgid ""
11777
"You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
11778
msgstr ""
11779
11780
#: C/power-hibernate.page:52(item/p)
11781
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:64(item/p)
11782
msgid ""
11783
"Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing "
11784
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching "
11785
"for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>dash</gui>."
11786
msgstr ""
11787
11788
#: C/power-hibernate.page:56(item/p)
11789
msgid ""
11790
"Type <cmd>sudo pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press "
11791
"<key>Enter</key>."
11792
msgstr ""
11793
11794
#: C/power-hibernate.page:57(item/p)
11795
msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
11796
msgstr ""
11797
11798
#: C/power-hibernate.page:60(item/p)
11799
msgid ""
11800
"After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications "
11801
"re-open?"
11802
msgstr ""
11803
11804
#: C/power-hibernate.page:62(item/p)
11805
msgid ""
11806
"If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large "
11807
"as your available RAM."
11808
msgstr ""
11809
11810
#: C/power-hibernate.page:70(section/title)
11811
msgid "Enable hibernate"
11812
msgstr ""
11813
11814
#: C/power-hibernate.page:72(section/p)
11815
msgid ""
11816
"If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>sudo pm-"
11817
"hibernate</cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
11818
msgstr ""
11819
11820
#: C/power-hibernate.page:75(section/p)
11821
msgid ""
11822
"You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your "
11823
"favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-"
11824
"local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the "
11825
"file and save:"
11826
msgstr ""
11827
11828
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:10(info/desc)
11829
msgid ""
11830
"Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which "
11831
"can be damaging."
11832
msgstr ""
11833
11834
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:20(page/title)
11835
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
11836
msgstr ""
11837
11838
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:22(page/p)
11839
msgid ""
11840
"Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is "
11841
"normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, "
11842
"if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, "
11843
"which can potentially cause damage."
11844
msgstr ""
11845
11846
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:27(page/p)
11847
msgid ""
11848
"Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. "
11849
"It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and "
11850
"laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and "
11851
"their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, "
11852
"however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a "
11853
"poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling "
11854
"accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient "
11855
"cooling."
11856
msgstr ""
11857
11858
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:35(page/p)
11859
msgid ""
11860
"If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have "
11861
"insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans "
11862
"or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other "
11863
"blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-"
11864
"ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the "
11865
"computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool "
11866
"air fast enough."
11867
msgstr ""
11868
11869
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:48(page/p)
11870
msgid ""
11871
"Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There "
11872
"are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might "
11873
"possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being "
11874
"suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential "
11875
"problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of "
11876
"course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
11877
msgstr ""
11878
11879
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:55(page/p)
11880
msgid ""
11881
"Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to "
11882
"prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting "
11883
"down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will "
11884
"probably need to get it repaired."
11885
msgstr ""
11886
11887
#: C/power-lowpower.page:9(info/desc)
11888
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
11889
msgstr ""
11890
11891
#: C/power-lowpower.page:22(page/title)
11892
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?"
11893
msgstr ""
11894
11895
#: C/power-lowpower.page:24(page/p)
11896
msgid ""
11897
"When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will "
11898
"automatically <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link>. It does this to "
11899
"make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad "
11900
"for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have "
11901
"time to shut down properly either."
11902
msgstr ""
11903
11904
#: C/power-lowpower.page:30(page/p)
11905
msgid ""
11906
"You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low by clicking "
11907
"the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and selecting "
11908
"<gui>Power Settings</gui>. Look at the <gui>When power is critically "
11909
"low</gui> setting. You can choose for the computer to suspend, <link "
11910
"xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> or shut down. If you choose shut "
11911
"down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved before the "
11912
"computer turns off."
11913
msgstr ""
11914
11915
#: C/power-lowpower.page:36(page/p)
11916
msgid ""
11917
"Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the "
11918
"applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. "
11919
"In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you "
11920
"didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to <link "
11921
"xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with suspend</link> though."
11922
msgstr ""
11923
11924
#: C/power-nowireless.page:13(info/desc)
11925
msgid ""
11926
"Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended "
11927
"and doesn't resume properly."
11928
msgstr ""
11929
11930
#: C/power-nowireless.page:26(page/title)
11931
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
11932
msgstr ""
11933
11934
#: C/power-nowireless.page:28(page/p)
11935
msgid ""
11936
"If you have suspended your computer, you may find that your wireless "
11937
"internet connection doesn't work when you wake it up again. This happens "
11938
"when the wireless device's <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> "
11939
"don't fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless "
11940
"connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
11941
msgstr ""
11942
11943
#: C/power-nowireless.page:34(page/p)
11944
msgid ""
11945
"If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
11946
msgstr ""
11947
11948
#: C/power-nowireless.page:37(item/p)
11949
msgid ""
11950
"Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System "
11951
"Settings</gui>"
11952
msgstr ""
11953
11954
#: C/power-nowireless.page:40(item/p)
11955
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
11956
msgstr ""
11957
11958
#: C/power-nowireless.page:43(item/p)
11959
msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
11960
msgstr ""
11961
11962
#: C/power-nowireless.page:46(item/p)
11963
msgid ""
11964
"If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and "
11965
"then switch it off again"
11966
msgstr ""
11967
11968
#: C/power-nowireless.page:50(page/p)
11969
msgid ""
11970
"If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work "
11971
"again."
11972
msgstr ""
11973
11974
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7(info/desc)
11975
msgid ""
11976
"Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a "
11977
"travel adapter."
11978
msgstr ""
11979
11980
#: C/power-othercountry.page:23(page/title)
11981
msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
11982
msgstr ""
11983
11984
#: C/power-othercountry.page:25(page/p)
11985
msgid ""
11986
"Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V "
11987
"or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer "
11988
"should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have "
11989
"an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
11990
msgstr ""
11991
11992
#: C/power-othercountry.page:30(page/p)
11993
msgid ""
11994
"If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for "
11995
"your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for "
11996
"their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your "
11997
"existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
11998
msgstr ""
11999
12000
#: C/power-othercountry.page:35(page/p)
12001
msgid ""
12002
"If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different "
12003
"plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change "
12004
"the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many "
12005
"computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either "
12006
"voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power "
12007
"cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked "
12008
"\"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
12009
msgstr ""
12010
12011
#: C/power-othercountry.page:44(note/p)
12012
msgid ""
12013
"Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch "
12014
"everything off first if you can."
12015
msgstr ""
12016
12017
#: C/power.page:12(credit/name)
12018
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
12019
msgstr ""
12020
12021
#: C/power.page:17(info/desc)
12022
msgid ""
12023
"<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-"
12024
"batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen "
12025
"dimming</link>…"
12026
msgstr ""
12027
12028
#: C/power.page:25(page/title)
12029
msgid "Power & battery"
12030
msgstr ""
12031
12032
#: C/power.page:33(section/title)
12033
msgid "Battery settings"
12034
msgstr ""
12035
12036
#: C/power.page:38(info/title)
12037
msgctxt "link"
12038
msgid "Power problems"
12039
msgstr ""
12040
12041
#: C/power.page:40(info/desc)
12042
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
12043
msgstr ""
12044
12045
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:11(info/desc)
12046
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
12047
msgstr ""
12048
12049
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:25(page/title)
12050
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?"
12051
msgstr ""
12052
12053
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27(page/p)
12054
msgid ""
12055
"If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-"
12056
"hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it "
12057
"back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be "
12058
"because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware."
12059
msgstr ""
12060
12061
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34(section/title)
12062
msgid "My computer is suspended and isn't resuming"
12063
msgstr ""
12064
12065
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35(section/p)
12066
msgid ""
12067
"If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it "
12068
"should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this "
12069
"doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press "
12070
"it once)."
12071
msgstr ""
12072
12073
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39(section/p)
12074
msgid ""
12075
"If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is "
12076
"switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
12077
msgstr ""
12078
12079
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41(section/p)
12080
msgid ""
12081
"As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-"
12082
"10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You "
12083
"should then be able to turn on the computer again."
12084
msgstr ""
12085
12086
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44(section/p)
12087
msgid ""
12088
"If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature "
12089
"may not work with your hardware."
12090
msgstr ""
12091
12092
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47(note/p)
12093
msgid ""
12094
"If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply "
12095
"(such as a working battery), it will switch off."
12096
msgstr ""
12097
12098
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53(section/title)
12099
msgid ""
12100
"None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
12101
msgstr ""
12102
12103
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55(section/p)
12104
msgid ""
12105
"If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your "
12106
"documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate "
12107
"properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the "
12108
"computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It "
12109
"might also happen because you had installed a software update which required "
12110
"the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down "
12111
"instead of hibernating."
12112
msgstr ""
12113
12114
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:62(section/p)
12115
msgid ""
12116
"It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because "
12117
"the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem "
12118
"with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by "
12119
"hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it "
12120
"is probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
12121
msgstr ""
12122
12123
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:70(section/title)
12124
msgid ""
12125
"My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my "
12126
"computer"
12127
msgstr ""
12128
12129
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:72(section/p)
12130
msgid ""
12131
"If you suspend your computer and then resume it again, you may find that "
12132
"your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. "
12133
"This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend "
12134
"or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the "
12135
"driver</link> and not the device itself."
12136
msgstr ""
12137
12138
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:78(section/p)
12139
msgid ""
12140
"If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In "
12141
"most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB "
12142
"cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it "
12143
"works."
12144
msgstr ""
12145
12146
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:82(section/p)
12147
msgid ""
12148
"If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may "
12149
"need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
12150
msgstr ""
12151
12152
#: C/power-suspend.page:8(info/desc)
12153
msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
12154
msgstr ""
12155
12156
#: C/power-suspend.page:24(page/title)
12157
msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
12158
msgstr ""
12159
12160
#: C/power-suspend.page:32(page/p)
12161
msgid ""
12162
"When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your "
12163
"applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of "
12164
"the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on "
12165
"though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it "
12166
"up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try "
12167
"pressing the power button."
12168
msgstr ""
12169
12170
#: C/power-suspend.page:39(page/p)
12171
msgid ""
12172
"Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they "
12173
"<link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate "
12174
"properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see "
12175
"if it does work before relying on it."
12176
msgstr ""
12177
12178
#: C/power-suspend.page:45(note/title)
12179
msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
12180
msgstr ""
12181
12182
#: C/power-suspend.page:46(note/p)
12183
msgid ""
12184
"You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in "
12185
"case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be "
12186
"recovered when you resume the computer again."
12187
msgstr ""
12188
12189
#: C/power-whydim.page:11(info/desc)
12190
msgid ""
12191
"When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the "
12192
"computer is idle in order to save power."
12193
msgstr ""
12194
12195
#: C/power-whydim.page:20(page/title)
12196
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
12197
msgstr ""
12198
12199
#: C/power-whydim.page:26(page/p)
12200
msgid ""
12201
"When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when "
12202
"the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the "
12203
"computer again, the screen will brighten."
12204
msgstr ""
12205
12206
#: C/power-whydim.page:28(page/p)
12207
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
12208
msgstr ""
12209
12210
#: C/power-whydim.page:35(item/p)
12211
msgid ""
12212
"Open <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save "
12213
"power</gui>."
12214
msgstr ""
12215
12216
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:11(info/desc)
12217
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
12218
msgstr ""
12219
12220
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:20(page/title)
12221
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
12222
msgstr ""
12223
12224
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:22(page/p)
12225
msgid ""
12226
"There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic "
12227
"gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
12228
msgstr ""
12229
12230
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33(section/title)
12231
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
12232
msgstr ""
12233
12234
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34(section/p)
12235
msgid ""
12236
"Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and "
12237
"the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in "
12238
"and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in "
12239
"case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery "
12240
"is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's "
12241
"removable."
12242
msgstr ""
12243
12244
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43(section/title)
12245
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
12246
msgstr ""
12247
12248
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44(section/p)
12249
msgid ""
12250
"A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the "
12251
"case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a "
12252
"broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the "
12253
"memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
12254
msgstr ""
12255
12256
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51(section/title)
12257
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
12258
msgstr ""
12259
12260
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52(section/p)
12261
msgid ""
12262
"If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off "
12263
"(or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. "
12264
"These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the "
12265
"pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer "
12266
"is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to "
12267
"consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in "
12268
"for repairs."
12269
msgstr ""
12270
12271
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62(section/title)
12272
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
12273
msgstr ""
12274
12275
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63(section/p)
12276
msgid ""
12277
"The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
12278
msgstr ""
12279
12280
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:65(section/p)
12281
msgid ""
12282
"This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on "
12283
"when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer "
12284
"might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
12285
msgstr ""
12286
12287
#: C/prefs-display.page:14(info/desc)
12288
msgid ""
12289
"<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-"
12290
"resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-"
12291
"dimscreen\">brightness</link>..."
12292
msgstr ""
12293
12294
#: C/prefs-display.page:23(page/title)
12295
msgid "Display & screen"
12296
msgstr ""
12297
12298
#: C/prefs-language.page:14(info/desc)
12299
msgid ""
12300
"<link xref=\"session-language\">Language</link>, <link xref=\"session-"
12301
"formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-"
12302
"layouts\">keyboard layouts</link>..."
12303
msgstr ""
12304
12305
#: C/prefs.page:8(info/title)
12306
msgctxt "link:trail"
12307
msgid "Settings"
12308
msgstr ""
12309
12310
#: C/prefs.page:15(info/desc)
12311
msgid ""
12312
"<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, "
12313
"<link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-"
12314
"language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user "
12315
"accounts</link>..."
12316
msgstr ""
12317
12318
#: C/prefs.page:25(page/title)
12319
msgid "User & system settings"
12320
msgstr ""
12321
12322
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8(info/desc)
12323
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
12324
msgstr ""
12325
12326
#: C/printing-2sided.page:24(page/title)
12327
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
12328
msgstr ""
12329
12330
#: C/printing-2sided.page:26(page/p)
12331
msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
12332
msgstr ""
12333
12334
#: C/printing-2sided.page:30(item/p)
12335
#: C/printing-order.page:33(item/p)
12336
#: C/printing-order.page:51(item/p)
12337
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
12338
msgstr ""
12339
12340
#: C/printing-2sided.page:33(item/p)
12341
msgid ""
12342
"Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option "
12343
"from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-"
12344
"sided printing is not available for your printer."
12345
msgstr ""
12346
12347
#: C/printing-2sided.page:36(item/p)
12348
msgid ""
12349
"Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to "
12350
"experiment with your printer to see how it works."
12351
msgstr ""
12352
12353
#: C/printing-2sided.page:40(item/p)
12354
msgid ""
12355
"You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper "
12356
"too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
12357
msgstr ""
12358
12359
#: C/printing-2sided.page:45(note/p)
12360
msgid ""
12361
"The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you "
12362
"have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always "
12363
"be available."
12364
msgstr ""
12365
12366
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:8(info/desc)
12367
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
12368
msgstr ""
12369
12370
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24(page/title)
12371
msgid "Cancel a print job"
12372
msgstr ""
12373
12374
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:26(page/p)
12375
msgid ""
12376
"If you accidentally started printing a document, you can quickly cancel the "
12377
"print so you don't need to waste any ink or paper. Click the printer icon in "
12378
"the <gui>menu bar</gui>. In the <gui>Print Status</gui> window, select the "
12379
"print job you want to cancel and click the red <gui>Cancel</gui> button."
12380
msgstr ""
12381
12382
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:30(page/p)
12383
msgid ""
12384
"If this doesn't cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the "
12385
"<gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
12386
msgstr ""
12387
12388
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:33(page/p)
12389
msgid ""
12390
"As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages "
12391
"that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The "
12392
"printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You "
12393
"can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off "
12394
"and then on again."
12395
msgstr ""
12396
12397
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:40(note/p)
12398
msgid ""
12399
"Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though "
12400
"- if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should "
12401
"probably just leave it where it is."
12402
msgstr ""
12403
12404
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7(info/desc)
12405
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
12406
msgstr ""
12407
12408
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:26(page/title)
12409
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
12410
msgstr ""
12411
12412
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:28(page/p)
12413
msgid ""
12414
"If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a "
12415
"US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the "
12416
"document."
12417
msgstr ""
12418
12419
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33(item/p)
12420
#: C/printing-select.page:25(item/p)
12421
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
12422
msgstr ""
12423
12424
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34(item/p)
12425
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
12426
msgstr ""
12427
12428
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:35(item/p)
12429
msgid ""
12430
"Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the "
12431
"drop-down list."
12432
msgstr ""
12433
12434
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:37(item/p)
12435
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
12436
msgstr ""
12437
12438
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:40(page/p)
12439
msgid ""
12440
"You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different "
12441
"orientation:"
12442
msgstr ""
12443
12444
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44(p/gui)
12445
msgid "Portrait"
12446
msgstr ""
12447
12448
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45(p/gui)
12449
msgid "Landscape"
12450
msgstr ""
12451
12452
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46(p/gui)
12453
msgid "Reverse portrait"
12454
msgstr ""
12455
12456
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:47(p/gui)
12457
msgid "Reverse landscape"
12458
msgstr ""
12459
12460
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8(info/desc)
12461
msgid ""
12462
"Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen "
12463
"the correct paper size."
12464
msgstr ""
12465
12466
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:25(page/title)
12467
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
12468
msgstr ""
12469
12470
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27(page/p)
12471
msgid ""
12472
"Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of "
12473
"labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for "
12474
"example."
12475
msgstr ""
12476
12477
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:32(section/title)
12478
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
12479
msgstr ""
12480
12481
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34(section/p)
12482
msgid ""
12483
"There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an "
12484
"envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. "
12485
"After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the "
12486
"<gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as "
12487
"\"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the "
12488
"<gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of "
12489
"envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
12490
msgstr ""
12491
12492
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:42(section/p)
12493
msgid ""
12494
"Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right "
12495
"side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or "
12496
"try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see "
12497
"which way is the right way up."
12498
msgstr ""
12499
12500
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:48(note/p)
12501
msgid ""
12502
"Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially "
12503
"some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts "
12504
"envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
12505
msgstr ""
12506
12507
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8(info/desc)
12508
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
12509
msgstr ""
12510
12511
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20(page/title)
12512
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
12513
msgstr ""
12514
12515
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:22(page/p)
12516
msgid ""
12517
"How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the "
12518
"model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications "
12519
"installed on your computer."
12520
msgstr ""
12521
12522
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:26(page/p)
12523
msgid ""
12524
"Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other "
12525
"information."
12526
msgstr ""
12527
12528
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29(page/p)
12529
msgid ""
12530
"The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP "
12531
"Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply "
12532
"proprietary drivers with similar features."
12533
msgstr ""
12534
12535
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:33(page/p)
12536
msgid ""
12537
"Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink "
12538
"levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon "
12539
"printers. See if your printer is on the <link "
12540
"href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported "
12541
"models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other "
12542
"printers is <app>mktink</app>."
12543
msgstr ""
12544
12545
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40(page/p)
12546
msgid ""
12547
"Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not "
12548
"designed to report their ink levels."
12549
msgstr ""
12550
12551
#: C/printing-order.page:8(info/desc)
12552
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
12553
msgstr ""
12554
12555
#: C/printing-order.page:24(page/title)
12556
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
12557
msgstr ""
12558
12559
#: C/printing-order.page:27(section/title)
12560
msgid "Reverse"
12561
msgstr ""
12562
12563
#: C/printing-order.page:28(section/p)
12564
msgid ""
12565
"Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the "
12566
"pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can "
12567
"reverse this printing order."
12568
msgstr ""
12569
12570
#: C/printing-order.page:31(section/p)
12571
msgid "To reverse the order:"
12572
msgstr ""
12573
12574
#: C/printing-order.page:34(item/p)
12575
msgid ""
12576
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, "
12577
"check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
12578
msgstr ""
12579
12580
#: C/printing-order.page:41(section/title)
12581
msgid "Collate"
12582
msgstr ""
12583
12584
#: C/printing-order.page:44(section/p)
12585
msgid ""
12586
"If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will "
12587
"be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one "
12588
"come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will "
12589
"make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order "
12590
"instead."
12591
msgstr ""
12592
12593
#: C/printing-order.page:49(section/p)
12594
msgid "To Collate:"
12595
msgstr ""
12596
12597
#: C/printing-order.page:52(item/p)
12598
msgid ""
12599
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> "
12600
"check <gui>Collate</gui>."
12601
msgstr ""
12602
12603
#: C/printing.page:16(info/desc)
12604
msgid ""
12605
"<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-"
12606
"order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided "
12607
"and multi-page</link>..."
12608
msgstr ""
12609
12610
#: C/printing.page:37(info/title)
12611
msgctxt "link:trail"
12612
msgid "Setup"
12613
msgstr ""
12614
12615
#: C/printing.page:39(section/title)
12616
msgid "Set up a printer"
12617
msgstr ""
12618
12619
#: C/printing.page:44(info/title)
12620
msgctxt "link:trail"
12621
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
12622
msgstr ""
12623
12624
#: C/printing.page:46(section/title)
12625
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
12626
msgstr ""
12627
12628
#: C/printing.page:52(info/desc)
12629
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong..."
12630
msgstr ""
12631
12632
#: C/printing.page:54(section/title)
12633
msgid "Printer problems"
12634
msgstr ""
12635
12636
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8(info/desc)
12637
msgid ""
12638
"How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that "
12639
"you have."
12640
msgstr ""
12641
12642
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:21(page/title)
12643
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
12644
msgstr ""
12645
12646
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:23(page/p)
12647
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
12648
msgstr ""
12649
12650
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:25(page/p)
12651
msgid ""
12652
"The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on "
12653
"how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's "
12654
"panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the "
12655
"jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
12656
msgstr ""
12657
12658
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:30(page/p)
12659
msgid ""
12660
"Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's "
12661
"<gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you "
12662
"may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the "
12663
"print job again."
12664
msgstr ""
12665
12666
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
12667
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
12668
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
12669
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
12670
#: C/printing-select.page:36(media)
12671
msgctxt "_"
12672
msgid ""
12673
"external ref='figures/printing-select.png' "
12674
"md5='e38a5749ed445a812346602ad58b88b4'"
12675
msgstr ""
12676
12677
#: C/printing-select.page:7(info/desc)
12678
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
12679
msgstr ""
12680
12681
#: C/printing-select.page:19(page/title)
12682
msgid "Print only certain pages"
12683
msgstr ""
12684
12685
#: C/printing-select.page:21(page/p)
12686
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
12687
msgstr ""
12688
12689
#: C/printing-select.page:26(item/p)
12690
msgid ""
12691
"In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose "
12692
"<gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
12693
msgstr ""
12694
12695
#: C/printing-select.page:28(item/p)
12696
msgid ""
12697
"Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated "
12698
"by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
12699
msgstr ""
12700
12701
#: C/printing-select.page:33(note/p)
12702
msgid ""
12703
"For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, "
12704
"pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
12705
msgstr ""
12706
12707
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:8(info/desc)
12708
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
12709
msgstr ""
12710
12711
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:28(page/title)
12712
msgid "Set the default printer"
12713
msgstr ""
12714
12715
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:29(page/p)
12716
msgid ""
12717
"If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be "
12718
"your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
12719
msgstr ""
12720
12721
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:33(item/p)
12722
msgid ""
12723
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12724
"right of the top panel and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12725
msgstr ""
12726
12727
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:37(item/p)
12728
msgid ""
12729
"Right click your desired default printer from the list of available "
12730
"printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
12731
msgstr ""
12732
12733
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41(page/p)
12734
msgid ""
12735
"When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, "
12736
"unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
12737
msgstr ""
12738
12739
#: C/printing-setup.page:8(info/desc)
12740
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
12741
msgstr ""
12742
12743
#: C/printing-setup.page:36(page/title)
12744
msgid "Set up a local printer"
12745
msgstr ""
12746
12747
#: C/printing-setup.page:37(page/p)
12748
msgid ""
12749
"Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're "
12750
"connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to "
12751
"your computer."
12752
msgstr ""
12753
12754
#: C/printing-setup.page:47(item/p)
12755
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
12756
msgstr ""
12757
12758
#: C/printing-setup.page:49(item/p)
12759
msgid ""
12760
"Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see "
12761
"activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be "
12762
"asked to authenticate to install them."
12763
msgstr ""
12764
12765
#: C/printing-setup.page:53(item/p)
12766
msgid ""
12767
"A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. "
12768
"Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or "
12769
"<gui>Configure</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
12770
msgstr ""
12771
12772
#: C/printing-setup.page:59(page/p)
12773
msgid ""
12774
"If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer "
12775
"settings."
12776
msgstr ""
12777
12778
#: C/printing-setup.page:63(item/p)
12779
msgid ""
12780
"Click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-intro\">system menu</link> at the far "
12781
"right of the menu bar and and select <gui>Printers</gui>."
12782
msgstr ""
12783
12784
#: C/printing-setup.page:66(item/p)
12785
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
12786
msgstr ""
12787
12788
#: C/printing-setup.page:67(item/p)
12789
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
12790
msgstr ""
12791
12792
#: C/printing-setup.page:68(item/p)
12793
msgid ""
12794
"You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. "
12795
"When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
12796
msgstr ""
12797
12798
#: C/printing-setup.page:70(item/p)
12799
msgid ""
12800
"You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
12801
msgstr ""
12802
12803
#: C/printing-setup.page:74(note/p)
12804
msgid ""
12805
"If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked "
12806
"to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the "
12807
"make and model screens."
12808
msgstr ""
12809
12810
#: C/printing-setup.page:78(page/p)
12811
msgid ""
12812
"After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-"
12813
"default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
12814
msgstr ""
12815
12816
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8(info/desc)
12817
msgid ""
12818
"If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels "
12819
"or clean the print head."
12820
msgstr ""
12821
12822
#: C/printing-streaks.page:22(page/title)
12823
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
12824
msgstr ""
12825
12826
#: C/printing-streaks.page:30(page/p)
12827
msgid ""
12828
"If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be "
12829
"there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with "
12830
"the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
12831
msgstr ""
12832
12833
#: C/printing-streaks.page:36(item/p)
12834
msgid "Fading text or images"
12835
msgstr ""
12836
12837
#: C/printing-streaks.page:37(item/p)
12838
msgid ""
12839
"You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy "
12840
"a new cartridge if necessary."
12841
msgstr ""
12842
12843
#: C/printing-streaks.page:42(item/p)
12844
msgid "Streaks and lines"
12845
msgstr ""
12846
12847
#: C/printing-streaks.page:43(item/p)
12848
msgid ""
12849
"If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially "
12850
"blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for "
12851
"instructions)."
12852
msgstr ""
12853
12854
#: C/printing-streaks.page:49(item/p)
12855
msgid "Wrong colors"
12856
msgstr ""
12857
12858
#: C/printing-streaks.page:50(item/p)
12859
msgid ""
12860
"The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your "
12861
"ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
12862
msgstr ""
12863
12864
#: C/printing-streaks.page:55(item/p)
12865
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
12866
msgstr ""
12867
12868
#: C/printing-streaks.page:56(item/p)
12869
msgid ""
12870
"If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may "
12871
"need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for "
12872
"details on how to do this."
12873
msgstr ""
12874
12875
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7(info/desc)
12876
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
12877
msgstr ""
12878
12879
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:17(page/title)
12880
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
12881
msgstr ""
12882
12883
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:19(page/p)
12884
msgid ""
12885
"If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
12886
msgstr ""
12887
12888
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:23(item/p)
12889
msgid ""
12890
"For many programs, you can click <gui>Help</gui> and select <gui>Report a "
12891
"Problem</gui>"
12892
msgstr ""
12893
12894
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:24(item/p)
12895
msgid ""
12896
"For other programs, you can press "
12897
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug "
12898
"nameofprogram</input>"
12899
msgstr ""
12900
12901
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26(item/p)
12902
msgid ""
12903
"If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, "
12904
"just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
12905
msgstr ""
12906
12907
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:30(item/p)
12908
msgid ""
12909
"After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information "
12910
"about the bug. Click <gui>Content of the report</gui> to review the "
12911
"collected information if you wish. Click <gui>Send Report</gui> to continue."
12912
msgstr ""
12913
12914
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:35(item/p)
12915
msgid ""
12916
"A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu "
12917
"uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do "
12918
"not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a "
12919
"bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking "
12920
"<gui>Create a new account</gui>."
12921
msgstr ""
12922
12923
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:42(item/p)
12924
msgid ""
12925
"After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the "
12926
"summary field."
12927
msgstr ""
12928
12929
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:45(item/p)
12930
msgid ""
12931
"After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in "
12932
"case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has "
12933
"already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can "
12934
"also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with "
12935
"fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need "
12936
"to report a new bug</gui>."
12937
msgstr ""
12938
12939
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:51(item/p)
12940
msgid ""
12941
"Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's "
12942
"important that you specify three things:"
12943
msgstr ""
12944
12945
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54(item/p)
12946
msgid "What you expected to happen"
12947
msgstr ""
12948
12949
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55(item/p)
12950
msgid "What actually happened"
12951
msgstr ""
12952
12953
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56(item/p)
12954
msgid ""
12955
"If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where "
12956
"step 1 is \"start the program\""
12957
msgstr ""
12958
12959
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59(item/p)
12960
msgid ""
12961
"Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it "
12962
"is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
12963
msgstr ""
12964
12965
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63(note/p)
12966
msgid ""
12967
"If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that "
12968
"the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official "
12969
"Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug "
12970
"reporting tool."
12971
msgstr ""
12972
12973
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67(page/p)
12974
msgid ""
12975
"For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the "
12976
"extensive <link "
12977
"href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online "
12978
"documentation</link>."
12979
msgstr ""
12980
12981
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:10(info/desc)
12982
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
12983
msgstr ""
12984
12985
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:21(page/title)
12986
msgid "Screenshots"
12987
msgstr ""
12988
12989
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:23(page/p)
12990
msgid ""
12991
"You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is "
12992
"useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for "
12993
"example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them "
12994
"and share them on the web."
12995
msgstr ""
12996
12997
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:26(section/title)
12998
msgid "Take a screenshot"
12999
msgstr ""
13000
13001
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:27(section/p)
13002
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
13003
msgstr ""
13004
13005
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30(item/p)
13006
msgid "Go to the <gui>dash</gui> and open the <app>Screenshot</app> tool."
13007
msgstr ""
13008
13009
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34(item/p)
13010
msgid "In the window that appears, choose what to take a picture of."
13011
msgstr ""
13012
13013
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:35(item/p)
13014
msgid ""
13015
"You can take a picture of the whole of the screen (<gui>Grab the whole "
13016
"desktop</gui>), just the window that you're currently using (<gui>Grab the "
13017
"current window</gui>), or you can select an area of the screen by dragging a "
13018
"box around it (<gui>Select the area to grab</gui>)."
13019
msgstr ""
13020
13021
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39(item/p)
13022
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
13023
msgstr ""
13024
13025
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:40(item/p)
13026
msgid ""
13027
"If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the cursor will change into "
13028
"a cross. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
13029
msgstr ""
13030
13031
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:45(item/p)
13032
msgid ""
13033
"The <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window will now appear. Choose where to save "
13034
"the screenshot and click <gui>Save</gui>."
13035
msgstr ""
13036
13037
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:51(note/p)
13038
msgid ""
13039
"You can also drag and drop the screenshot image into another application, to "
13040
"paste it there, or to <app>Files</app> to save it in a folder."
13041
msgstr ""
13042
13043
#: C/session-formats.page:18(info/desc)
13044
msgid ""
13045
"Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
13046
msgstr ""
13047
13048
#: C/session-formats.page:24(page/title)
13049
msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
13050
msgstr ""
13051
13052
#: C/session-formats.page:26(page/p)
13053
msgid ""
13054
"You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, "
13055
"currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
13056
msgstr ""
13057
13058
#: C/session-formats.page:31(item/p)
13059
msgid ""
13060
"Open <gui>Language Support</gui> and select the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> "
13061
"tab."
13062
msgstr ""
13063
13064
#: C/session-formats.page:32(item/p)
13065
msgid ""
13066
"Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. "
13067
"By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the "
13068
"<gui>Language</gui> tab."
13069
msgstr ""
13070
13071
#: C/session-formats.page:35(item/p)
13072
msgid ""
13073
"You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the "
13074
"icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log "
13075
"out."
13076
msgstr ""
13077
13078
#: C/session-formats.page:40(page/p)
13079
msgid ""
13080
"After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various "
13081
"examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the "
13082
"examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in "
13083
"calendars."
13084
msgstr ""
13085
13086
#: C/session-formats.page:50(section/title)
13087
msgid "Change the system formats"
13088
msgstr ""
13089
13090
#: C/session-formats.page:52(section/p)
13091
msgid ""
13092
"When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account "
13093
"after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the "
13094
"formats used in places like the login screen."
13095
msgstr ""
13096
13097
#: C/session-formats.page:57(item/p)
13098
msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
13099
msgstr ""
13100
13101
#: C/session-formats.page:58(item/p)
13102
#: C/session-language.page:66(item/p)
13103
msgid "Click <gui>Apply System-Wide</gui>."
13104
msgstr ""
13105
13106
#: C/session-formats.page:59(item/p)
13107
#: C/session-language.page:67(item/p)
13108
msgid ""
13109
"<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are "
13110
"required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested "
13111
"administrator account."
13112
msgstr ""
13113
13114
#: C/session-language.page:8(info/desc)
13115
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
13116
msgstr ""
13117
13118
#: C/session-language.page:25(page/title)
13119
msgid "Change which language you use"
13120
msgstr ""
13121
13122
#: C/session-language.page:33(page/p)
13123
msgid ""
13124
"You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, "
13125
"provided you have the proper language packs installed on your computer."
13126
msgstr ""
13127
13128
#: C/session-language.page:38(item/p)
13129
msgid "Click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
13130
msgstr ""
13131
13132
#: C/session-language.page:39(item/p)
13133
msgid ""
13134
"Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Drag the "
13135
"language to the top of the list."
13136
msgstr ""
13137
13138
#: C/session-language.page:40(item/p)
13139
msgid ""
13140
"You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click "
13141
"the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to "
13142
"log out."
13143
msgstr ""
13144
13145
#: C/session-language.page:46(note/p)
13146
msgid ""
13147
"Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not "
13148
"support your language at all."
13149
msgstr ""
13150
13151
#: C/session-language.page:50(page/p)
13152
msgid ""
13153
"There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can "
13154
"store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard "
13155
"names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if "
13156
"you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected "
13157
"language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should "
13158
"update the folder names."
13159
msgstr ""
13160
13161
#: C/session-language.page:58(section/title)
13162
msgid "Change the system language"
13163
msgstr ""
13164
13165
#: C/session-language.page:60(section/p)
13166
msgid ""
13167
"When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you "
13168
"log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used "
13169
"in places like the login screen."
13170
msgstr ""
13171
13172
#: C/session-language.page:65(item/p)
13173
msgid "Change your language, as described above."
13174
msgstr ""
13175
13176
#: C/session-language.page:72(page/p)
13177
msgid ""
13178
"You find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in <link "
13179
"href=\"ghelp:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
13180
msgstr ""
13181
13182
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:11(info/desc)
13183
msgid ""
13184
"Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness and "
13185
"Lock</gui> settings."
13186
msgstr ""
13187
13188
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:21(page/title)
13189
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
13190
msgstr ""
13191
13192
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:23(page/p)
13193
msgid ""
13194
"If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically "
13195
"lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This "
13196
"is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave "
13197
"the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself "
13198
"too quickly."
13199
msgstr ""
13200
13201
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:29(page/p)
13202
msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
13203
msgstr ""
13204
13205
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33(item/p)
13206
msgid "Click <gui>Brightness and Lock</gui>."
13207
msgstr ""
13208
13209
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:34(item/p)
13210
msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
13211
msgstr ""
13212
13213
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38(note/p)
13214
msgid ""
13215
"If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch "
13216
"<gui>Lock</gui> off."
13217
msgstr ""
13218
13219
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15(info/desc)
13220
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
13221
msgstr ""
13222
13223
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19(page/title)
13224
msgid "Share your desktop"
13225
msgstr ""
13226
13227
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:21(page/p)
13228
msgid ""
13229
"You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer "
13230
"with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to "
13231
"allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
13232
msgstr ""
13233
13234
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:27(item/p)
13235
msgid "In the <gui>dash</gui>, open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
13236
msgstr ""
13237
13238
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:30(item/p)
13239
msgid ""
13240
"To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your "
13241
"desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to "
13242
"connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
13243
msgstr ""
13244
13245
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:36(item/p)
13246
msgid ""
13247
"To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to "
13248
"control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your "
13249
"mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the "
13250
"security settings which you are currently using."
13251
msgstr ""
13252
13253
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:47(section/p)
13254
msgid ""
13255
"It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security "
13256
"option means before changing it."
13257
msgstr ""
13258
13259
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51(item/title)
13260
msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
13261
msgstr ""
13262
13263
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:52(item/p)
13264
msgid ""
13265
"If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your "
13266
"desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If "
13267
"you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow "
13268
"someone to connect to your computer."
13269
msgstr ""
13270
13271
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:57(note/p)
13272
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
13273
msgstr ""
13274
13275
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61(item/title)
13276
msgid "Enable password"
13277
msgstr ""
13278
13279
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:62(item/p)
13280
msgid ""
13281
"To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, "
13282
"select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use "
13283
"this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
13284
msgstr ""
13285
13286
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66(note/p)
13287
msgid ""
13288
"This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a "
13289
"secure password."
13290
msgstr ""
13291
13292
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:71(item/title)
13293
msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
13294
msgstr ""
13295
13296
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:72(item/p)
13297
msgid ""
13298
"If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is "
13299
"enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to "
13300
"view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP "
13301
"router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure "
13302
"your router manually."
13303
msgstr ""
13304
13305
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:78(note/p)
13306
msgid "This option is disabled by default."
13307
msgstr ""
13308
13309
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:85(section/title)
13310
msgid "Show notification area icon"
13311
msgstr ""
13312
13313
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:86(section/p)
13314
msgid ""
13315
"To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to "
13316
"enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be "
13317
"visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
13318
msgstr ""
13319
13320
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90(note/p)
13321
msgid ""
13322
"If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your "
13323
"desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
13324
msgstr ""
13325
13326
#: C/sharing.page:8(info/desc)
13327
msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>"
13328
msgstr ""
13329
13330
#: C/sharing.page:21(page/title)
13331
msgid "Sharing"
13332
msgstr ""
13333
13334
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:11(info/desc)
13335
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the launcher."
13336
msgstr ""
13337
13338
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:25(page/title)
13339
msgid "Change which applications show in the launcher"
13340
msgstr ""
13341
13342
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:27(page/p)
13343
msgid ""
13344
"To add an application to the <link xref=\"shell-"
13345
"terminology\">launcher</link> for easy access:"
13346
msgstr ""
13347
13348
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:29(item/p)
13349
msgid ""
13350
"Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"shell-"
13351
"terminology\">dash</link> onto the launcher."
13352
msgstr ""
13353
13354
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:31(item/p)
13355
msgid ""
13356
"Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the "
13357
"application icon and select <gui>Lock to Launcher</gui>."
13358
msgstr ""
13359
13360
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:35(page/p)
13361
msgid ""
13362
"The launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the "
13363
"launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
13364
msgstr ""
13365
13366
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37(page/p)
13367
msgid ""
13368
"To remove an application icon from the launcher, right click on the "
13369
"application icon and select <gui>Unlock from Launcher</gui>."
13370
msgstr ""
13371
13372
#: C/shell-exit.page:11(info/desc)
13373
msgid ""
13374
"Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and "
13375
"so on."
13376
msgstr ""
13377
13378
#: C/shell-exit.page:26(page/title)
13379
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
13380
msgstr ""
13381
13382
#: C/shell-exit.page:34(page/p)
13383
msgid ""
13384
"When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it "
13385
"(to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
13386
msgstr ""
13387
13388
#: C/shell-exit.page:38(section/title)
13389
msgid "Log out or switch users"
13390
msgstr ""
13391
13392
#: C/shell-exit.page:39(section/p)
13393
msgid ""
13394
"To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave "
13395
"yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your "
13396
"applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it "
13397
"when you log back in."
13398
msgstr ""
13399
13400
#: C/shell-exit.page:43(section/p)
13401
msgid ""
13402
"To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-appmenu-"
13403
"intro\">system menu</link> at the very right of the menu bar and select the "
13404
"appropriate option."
13405
msgstr ""
13406
13407
#: C/shell-exit.page:51(section/title)
13408
msgid "Lock the screen"
13409
msgstr ""
13410
13411
#: C/shell-exit.page:52(section/p)
13412
msgid ""
13413
"If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your "
13414
"screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running "
13415
"applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If "
13416
"you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain "
13417
"amount of time."
13418
msgstr ""
13419
13420
#: C/shell-exit.page:58(section/p)
13421
msgid ""
13422
"To lock your screen, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the menu bar and "
13423
"select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
13424
msgstr ""
13425
13426
#: C/shell-exit.page:61(section/p)
13427
msgid ""
13428
"When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by "
13429
"clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back "
13430
"to your desktop when they are finished."
13431
msgstr ""
13432
13433
#: C/shell-exit.page:70(section/title)
13434
msgid "Suspend"
13435
msgstr ""
13436
13437
#: C/shell-exit.page:72(section/p)
13438
msgid ""
13439
"To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a "
13440
"laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. "
13441
"This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the "
13442
"computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during "
13443
"suspend."
13444
msgstr ""
13445
13446
#: C/shell-exit.page:78(section/p)
13447
msgid ""
13448
"To suspend your computer manually, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the "
13449
"menu bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
13450
msgstr ""
13451
13452
#: C/shell-exit.page:83(section/title)
13453
msgid "Power off or restart"
13454
msgstr ""
13455
13456
#: C/shell-exit.page:85(section/p)
13457
msgid ""
13458
"If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click "
13459
"the <gui>system menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui>."
13460
msgstr ""
13461
13462
#: C/shell-exit.page:89(section/p)
13463
msgid ""
13464
"If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or "
13465
"restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an "
13466
"administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
13467
msgstr ""
13468
13469
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:9(info/desc)
13470
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
13471
msgstr ""
13472
13473
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:12(credit/name)
13474
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
13475
msgstr ""
13476
13477
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:18(page/title)
13478
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
13479
msgstr ""
13480
13481
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:21(section/title)
13482
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
13483
msgstr ""
13484
13485
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:23(section/p)
13486
msgid ""
13487
"Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow "
13488
"your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a "
13489
"convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to "
13490
"someone else. The feature is available to any regular user when logged in."
13491
msgstr ""
13492
13493
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:28(section/p)
13494
msgid ""
13495
"To launch a guest session, click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and "
13496
"select <gui>Guest Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for your own "
13497
"session and start the guest session. A guest cannot view the home folders of "
13498
"other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be "
13499
"removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh "
13500
"environment, unaffected by what previous guests did."
13501
msgstr ""
13502
13503
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:10(info/desc)
13504
msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
13505
msgstr ""
13506
13507
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:20(page/title)
13508
msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
13509
msgstr ""
13510
13511
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22(page/p)
13512
msgid ""
13513
"This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use "
13514
"your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or "
13515
"pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more "
13516
"information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
13517
msgstr ""
13518
13519
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:28(table/title)
13520
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
13521
msgstr ""
13522
13523
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
13524
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
13525
msgstr ""
13526
13527
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:34(td/p)
13528
msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
13529
msgstr ""
13530
13531
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:38(td/p)
13532
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
13533
msgstr ""
13534
13535
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:39(td/p)
13536
msgid ""
13537
"<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between "
13538
"windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
13539
msgstr ""
13540
13541
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:44(td/p)
13542
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
13543
msgstr ""
13544
13545
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:45(td/p)
13546
msgid ""
13547
"Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected "
13548
"application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13549
msgstr ""
13550
13551
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47(td/p)
13552
msgid ""
13553
"This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key "
13554
"is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is "
13555
"<key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
13556
msgstr ""
13557
13558
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:52(td/p)
13559
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
13560
msgstr ""
13561
13562
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:53(td/p)
13563
msgid ""
13564
"Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-"
13565
"workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
13566
msgstr ""
13567
13568
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:56(td/p)
13569
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
13570
msgstr ""
13571
13572
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:57(td/p)
13573
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:61(td/p)
13574
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
13575
msgstr ""
13576
13577
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:60(td/p)
13578
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
13579
msgstr ""
13580
13581
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:64(td/p)
13582
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
13583
msgstr ""
13584
13585
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:65(td/p)
13586
msgid ""
13587
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
13588
msgstr ""
13589
13590
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:69(td/p)
13591
msgid ""
13592
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Arrow "
13593
"keys</key></keyseq>"
13594
msgstr ""
13595
13596
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:70(td/p)
13597
msgid ""
13598
"<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a "
13599
"different workspace.</link>"
13600
msgstr ""
13601
13602
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:74(td/p)
13603
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
13604
msgstr ""
13605
13606
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:75(td/p)
13607
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
13608
msgstr ""
13609
13610
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:78(td/p)
13611
msgid ""
13612
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-"
13613
"key\">Super</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
13614
msgstr ""
13615
13616
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:79(td/p)
13617
msgid ""
13618
"Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your "
13619
"windows."
13620
msgstr ""
13621
13622
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:82(td/p)
13623
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
13624
msgstr ""
13625
13626
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:83(td/p)
13627
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
13628
msgstr ""
13629
13630
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88(table/title)
13631
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
13632
msgstr ""
13633
13634
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:90(td/p)
13635
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13636
msgstr ""
13637
13638
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:91(td/p)
13639
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
13640
msgstr ""
13641
13642
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:94(td/p)
13643
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
13644
msgstr ""
13645
13646
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:95(td/p)
13647
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
13648
msgstr ""
13649
13650
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:98(td/p)
13651
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
13652
msgstr ""
13653
13654
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:99(td/p)
13655
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
13656
msgstr ""
13657
13658
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:102(td/p)
13659
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
13660
msgstr ""
13661
13662
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:103(td/p)
13663
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
13664
msgstr ""
13665
13666
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:106(td/p)
13667
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
13668
msgstr ""
13669
13670
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:107(td/p)
13671
msgid "Undo the last action."
13672
msgstr ""
13673
13674
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112(table/title)
13675
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
13676
msgstr ""
13677
13678
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:114(td/p)
13679
msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
13680
msgstr ""
13681
13682
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:115(td/p)
13683
msgid ""
13684
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
13685
msgstr ""
13686
13687
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:118(td/p)
13688
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
13689
msgstr ""
13690
13691
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:119(td/p)
13692
msgid ""
13693
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a "
13694
"window.</link>"
13695
msgstr ""
13696
13697
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:123(td/p)
13698
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
13699
msgstr ""
13700
13701
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:124(td/p)
13702
msgid ""
13703
"<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of "
13704
"the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to "
13705
"select an area."
13706
msgstr ""
13707
13708
#: C/shell-overview.page:9(info/title)
13709
msgctxt "link:trail"
13710
msgid "Desktop"
13711
msgstr ""
13712
13713
#: C/shell-overview.page:11(info/desc)
13714
msgid ""
13715
"<link xref=\"unity-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
13716
"keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-"
13717
"windows\">windows</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-install\">install "
13718
"additional software</link>…"
13719
msgstr ""
13720
13721
#: C/shell-overview.page:28(page/title)
13722
msgid "Desktop, apps & windows"
13723
msgstr ""
13724
13725
#: C/shell-overview.page:33(section/title)
13726
msgid "The Desktop"
13727
msgstr ""
13728
13729
#: C/shell-overview.page:37(section/title)
13730
msgid "Applications and windows"
13731
msgstr ""
13732
13733
#: C/shell-overview.page:41(section/title)
13734
msgid "Add and remove software"
13735
msgstr ""
13736
13737
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10(info/desc)
13738
msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
13739
msgstr ""
13740
13741
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23(page/title)
13742
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
13743
msgstr ""
13744
13745
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25(page/p)
13746
msgid ""
13747
"You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and "
13748
"unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize "
13749
"windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can "
13750
"easily look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> "
13751
"for details."
13752
msgstr ""
13753
13754
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31(page/p)
13755
msgid ""
13756
"To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the "
13757
"screen, or just double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the "
13758
"keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> and "
13759
"press <key>↑</key>."
13760
msgstr ""
13761
13762
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:36(page/p)
13763
msgid ""
13764
"To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of "
13765
"the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the "
13766
"titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut <link "
13767
"xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> and <key>↓</key>."
13768
msgstr ""
13769
13770
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:42(note/p)
13771
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:38(note/p)
13772
msgid ""
13773
"Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
13774
msgstr ""
13775
13776
#: C/shell-windows.page:9(info/desc)
13777
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
13778
msgstr ""
13779
13780
#: C/shell-windows.page:22(page/title)
13781
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
13782
msgstr ""
13783
13784
#: C/shell-windows.page:24(page/p)
13785
msgid ""
13786
"Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running "
13787
"applications. Using both the <gui>dash</gui> and the <gui>launcher</gui>, "
13788
"you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
13789
msgstr ""
13790
13791
#: C/shell-windows.page:26(page/p)
13792
msgid ""
13793
"In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within "
13794
"workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn "
13795
"how to use these features."
13796
msgstr ""
13797
13798
#: C/shell-windows.page:50(info/title)
13799
msgctxt "link:trail"
13800
msgid "Windows"
13801
msgstr ""
13802
13803
#: C/shell-windows.page:52(section/title)
13804
msgid "Working with windows"
13805
msgstr ""
13806
13807
#: C/shell-windows.page:57(info/title)
13808
msgctxt "link:trail"
13809
msgid "Workspaces"
13810
msgstr ""
13811
13812
#: C/shell-windows.page:59(section/title)
13813
msgid "Working with workspaces"
13814
msgstr ""
13815
13816
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:9(info/desc)
13817
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
13818
msgstr ""
13819
13820
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:22(page/title)
13821
msgid "Window operations"
13822
msgstr ""
13823
13824
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29(page/p)
13825
msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
13826
msgstr ""
13827
13828
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:37(section/title)
13829
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
13830
msgstr ""
13831
13832
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39(section/p)
13833
msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
13834
msgstr ""
13835
13836
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:42(item/p)
13837
msgid ""
13838
"Click the <gui>-</gui> in the top left hand corner of the application's "
13839
"<gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole "
13840
"screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, "
13841
"the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
13842
msgstr ""
13843
13844
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:47(item/p)
13845
msgid ""
13846
"Or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the "
13847
"window menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the "
13848
"launcher."
13849
msgstr ""
13850
13851
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:53(section/p)
13852
msgid "To restore the window:"
13853
msgstr ""
13854
13855
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:56(item/p)
13856
msgid ""
13857
"Click on it in the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">launcher</link> or "
13858
"retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing "
13859
"<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13860
msgstr ""
13861
13862
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:62(section/p)
13863
msgid "To close the window:"
13864
msgstr ""
13865
13866
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:65(item/p)
13867
msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
13868
msgstr ""
13869
13870
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:68(item/p)
13871
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
13872
msgstr ""
13873
13874
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:71(item/p)
13875
msgid ""
13876
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window "
13877
"menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
13878
msgstr ""
13879
13880
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79(section/title)
13881
msgid "Resize"
13882
msgstr ""
13883
13884
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:82(note/p)
13885
msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
13886
msgstr ""
13887
13888
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:84(section/p)
13889
msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
13890
msgstr ""
13891
13892
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:87(item/p)
13893
msgid ""
13894
"Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a "
13895
"'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
13896
msgstr ""
13897
13898
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:91(section/p)
13899
msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
13900
msgstr ""
13901
13902
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:94(item/p)
13903
msgid ""
13904
"Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a "
13905
"'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
13906
msgstr ""
13907
13908
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:98(section/p)
13909
msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
13910
msgstr ""
13911
13912
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:101(item/p)
13913
msgid ""
13914
"Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes "
13915
"into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to "
13916
"resize the window vertically."
13917
msgstr ""
13918
13919
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:111(section/title)
13920
msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
13921
msgstr ""
13922
13923
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:113(section/p)
13924
msgid "To place two windows side by side:"
13925
msgstr ""
13926
13927
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:116(item/p)
13928
msgid ""
13929
"Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left "
13930
"edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, the "
13931
"left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and "
13932
"the window will fill the left half of the screen."
13933
msgstr ""
13934
13935
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:120(item/p)
13936
msgid ""
13937
"Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is "
13938
"highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen."
13939
msgstr ""
13940
13941
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:126(note/p)
13942
msgid ""
13943
"Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move "
13944
"the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the <gui>title "
13945
"bar</gui> of an application."
13946
msgstr ""
13947
13948
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11(info/desc)
13949
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13950
msgstr ""
13951
13952
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26(page/title)
13953
msgid "Switch between windows"
13954
msgstr ""
13955
13956
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34(section/title)
13957
msgid "From the launcher"
13958
msgstr ""
13959
13960
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36(item/p)
13961
msgid ""
13962
"Show the <gui>launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of "
13963
"your screen."
13964
msgstr ""
13965
13966
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39(item/p)
13967
msgid ""
13968
"Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. "
13969
"Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
13970
msgstr ""
13971
13972
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43(item/p)
13973
msgid ""
13974
"If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple "
13975
"white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show "
13976
"all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to."
13977
msgstr ""
13978
13979
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52(section/title)
13980
msgid "From the keyboard"
13981
msgstr ""
13982
13983
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:56(item/p)
13984
msgid ""
13985
"When you hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and then press <key>Tab</key>, a "
13986
"<em>window switcher</em> appears. This shows a list of the windows you have "
13987
"open, with a preview."
13988
msgstr ""
13989
13990
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:61(item/p)
13991
msgid ""
13992
"You can continue pressing <key>Tab</key> as many times as you need to reach "
13993
"the window you want."
13994
msgstr ""
13995
13996
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64(item/p)
13997
msgid ""
13998
"To switch to the previous window, hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and press "
13999
"<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> instead."
14000
msgstr ""
14001
14002
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68(item/p)
14003
msgid ""
14004
"Only windows from the current <link xref=\"shell-"
14005
"workspaces\">workspace</link> will be shown. To show windows from all "
14006
"workspaces, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys and press "
14007
"<key>Tab</key> or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14008
msgstr ""
14009
14010
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:77(item/p)
14011
msgid ""
14012
"Press <keyseq><key>Windows</key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open "
14013
"windows zoomed out."
14014
msgstr ""
14015
14016
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:81(item/p)
14017
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to."
14018
msgstr ""
14019
14020
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10(info/desc)
14021
msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
14022
msgstr ""
14023
14024
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:23(page/title)
14025
msgid "Tile windows"
14026
msgstr ""
14027
14028
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:25(page/p)
14029
msgid ""
14030
"You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, "
14031
"allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between "
14032
"them."
14033
msgstr ""
14034
14035
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:29(page/p)
14036
msgid ""
14037
"To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag "
14038
"it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using "
14039
"the keyboard, hold down the <link xref=\"windows-key\">windows key</link> "
14040
"and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
14041
msgstr ""
14042
14043
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:34(page/p)
14044
msgid ""
14045
"To restore a window to its original size, drag it away from the side of the "
14046
"screen, or use the same keyboard shortcut you used to maximize."
14047
msgstr ""
14048
14049
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11(info/desc)
14050
msgid ""
14051
"Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
14052
msgstr ""
14053
14054
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:26(page/title)
14055
msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
14056
msgstr ""
14057
14058
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:28(page/p)
14059
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29(item/title)
14060
msgid "Using the mouse:"
14061
msgstr ""
14062
14063
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:32(item/p)
14064
msgid ""
14065
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14066
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
14067
msgstr ""
14068
14069
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:36(item/p)
14070
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
14071
msgstr ""
14072
14073
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:40(page/p)
14074
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:34(item/title)
14075
msgid "Using the keyboard:"
14076
msgstr ""
14077
14078
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:43(item/p)
14079
msgid "Select the window you want to move."
14080
msgstr ""
14081
14082
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:46(item/p)
14083
msgid ""
14084
"Press "
14085
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq> "
14086
"to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current "
14087
"workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14088
msgstr ""
14089
14090
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:52(item/p)
14091
msgid ""
14092
"Press "
14093
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq> "
14094
"to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current "
14095
"workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14096
msgstr ""
14097
14098
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:58(item/p)
14099
msgid ""
14100
"Press "
14101
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> "
14102
"to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on "
14103
"the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14104
msgstr ""
14105
14106
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:64(item/p)
14107
msgid ""
14108
"Press "
14109
"<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> "
14110
"to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on "
14111
"the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14112
msgstr ""
14113
14114
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14115
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14116
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14117
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14118
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26(media)
14119
msgctxt "_"
14120
msgid ""
14121
"external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' "
14122
"md5='b371b822f44d16c540123e27c0892a4b'"
14123
msgstr ""
14124
14125
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:9(info/desc)
14126
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
14127
msgstr ""
14128
14129
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23(page/title)
14130
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
14131
msgstr ""
14132
14133
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27(media/p)
14134
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
14135
msgstr ""
14136
14137
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30(page/p)
14138
msgid ""
14139
"Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual "
14140
"desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to "
14141
"reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
14142
msgstr ""
14143
14144
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33(page/p)
14145
msgid ""
14146
"Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have "
14147
"all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one "
14148
"workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music "
14149
"manager could be on a third workspace."
14150
msgstr ""
14151
14152
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38(page/p)
14153
msgid ""
14154
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14155
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows "
14156
"4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of "
14157
"workspaces:"
14158
msgstr ""
14159
14160
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41(steps/title)
14161
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
14162
msgstr ""
14163
14164
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42(item/p)
14165
msgid ""
14166
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the "
14167
"<app>Terminal</app>."
14168
msgstr ""
14169
14170
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:43(item/p)
14171
msgid ""
14172
"To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final "
14173
"number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14174
msgstr ""
14175
14176
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:44(item/p)
14177
msgid ""
14178
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
14179
"1/general/screen0/options/vsize 2</code>"
14180
msgstr ""
14181
14182
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:45(item/p)
14183
msgid ""
14184
"To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the "
14185
"final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14186
msgstr ""
14187
14188
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46(item/p)
14189
msgid ""
14190
"<code>gconftool-2 --type=int --set /apps/compiz-"
14191
"1/general/screen0/options/hsize 2</code>"
14192
msgstr ""
14193
14194
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14195
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14196
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14197
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14198
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:57(media)
14199
msgctxt "_"
14200
msgid ""
14201
"external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' "
14202
"md5='1f4310e19424bbac96962bb802cb349d'"
14203
msgstr ""
14204
14205
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11(info/desc)
14206
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
14207
msgstr ""
14208
14209
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:25(page/title)
14210
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
14211
msgstr ""
14212
14213
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:30(item/p)
14214
msgid ""
14215
"Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the "
14216
"<gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any "
14217
"window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button "
14218
"again to return to your previous workspace."
14219
msgstr ""
14220
14221
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:38(item/p)
14222
msgid ""
14223
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to "
14224
"a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
14225
msgstr ""
14226
14227
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:41(item/p)
14228
msgid ""
14229
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to "
14230
"a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
14231
msgstr ""
14232
14233
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:46(item/p)
14234
msgid ""
14235
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to "
14236
"a workspace which is below the current workspace."
14237
msgstr ""
14238
14239
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:49(item/p)
14240
msgid ""
14241
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to "
14242
"a workspace which is above the current workspace."
14243
msgstr ""
14244
14245
#: C/sound-alert.page:15(info/desc)
14246
msgid ""
14247
"Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable "
14248
"alert sounds."
14249
msgstr ""
14250
14251
#: C/sound-alert.page:20(page/title)
14252
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
14253
msgstr ""
14254
14255
#: C/sound-alert.page:22(page/p)
14256
msgid ""
14257
"Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages "
14258
"and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert "
14259
"volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
14260
msgstr ""
14261
14262
#: C/sound-alert.page:28(item/p)
14263
#: C/sound-nosound.page:61(item/p)
14264
msgid ""
14265
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click "
14266
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14267
msgstr ""
14268
14269
#: C/sound-alert.page:29(item/p)
14270
msgid ""
14271
"On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will "
14272
"play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
14273
msgstr ""
14274
14275
#: C/sound-alert.page:33(page/p)
14276
msgid ""
14277
"Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume "
14278
"of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or "
14279
"other sound files."
14280
msgstr ""
14281
14282
#: C/sound-alert.page:37(page/p)
14283
msgid ""
14284
"To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui> next to "
14285
"<gui>Alert volume</gui>."
14286
msgstr ""
14287
14288
#: C/sound-broken.page:11(info/desc)
14289
msgid ""
14290
"Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
14291
msgstr ""
14292
14293
#: C/sound-broken.page:21(page/title)
14294
msgid "Sound problems"
14295
msgstr ""
14296
14297
#: C/sound-broken.page:28(page/p)
14298
msgid ""
14299
"There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. "
14300
"Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
14301
msgstr ""
14302
14303
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8(info/desc)
14304
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
14305
msgstr ""
14306
14307
#: C/sound-crackle.page:21(page/title)
14308
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
14309
msgstr ""
14310
14311
#: C/sound-crackle.page:23(page/p)
14312
msgid ""
14313
"If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, "
14314
"you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem "
14315
"with the drivers for the sound card."
14316
msgstr ""
14317
14318
#: C/sound-crackle.page:29(item/p)
14319
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
14320
msgstr ""
14321
14322
#: C/sound-crackle.page:30(item/p)
14323
msgid ""
14324
"If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the "
14325
"wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
14326
msgstr ""
14327
14328
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35(item/p)
14329
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
14330
msgstr ""
14331
14332
#: C/sound-crackle.page:36(item/p)
14333
msgid ""
14334
"Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the "
14335
"cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD "
14336
"player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may "
14337
"need to replace the cable or headphones."
14338
msgstr ""
14339
14340
#: C/sound-crackle.page:43(item/p)
14341
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
14342
msgstr ""
14343
14344
#: C/sound-crackle.page:44(item/p)
14345
msgid ""
14346
"Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very "
14347
"good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for "
14348
"the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term "
14349
"\"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
14350
msgstr ""
14351
14352
#: C/sound-crackle.page:48(item/p)
14353
msgid ""
14354
"You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more "
14355
"information about your sound card."
14356
msgstr ""
14357
14358
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8(info/desc)
14359
msgid ""
14360
"Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the "
14361
"sound card is detected."
14362
msgstr ""
14363
14364
#: C/sound-nosound.page:22(page/title)
14365
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
14366
msgstr ""
14367
14368
#: C/sound-nosound.page:24(page/p)
14369
msgid ""
14370
"If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to "
14371
"play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the "
14372
"problem."
14373
msgstr ""
14374
14375
#: C/sound-nosound.page:28(section/title)
14376
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
14377
msgstr ""
14378
14379
#: C/sound-nosound.page:29(section/p)
14380
msgid ""
14381
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) "
14382
"and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
14383
msgstr ""
14384
14385
#: C/sound-nosound.page:30(section/p)
14386
msgid ""
14387
"Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that "
14388
"key to see if it unmutes the sound."
14389
msgstr ""
14390
14391
#: C/sound-nosound.page:31(section/p)
14392
msgid ""
14393
"You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're "
14394
"using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The "
14395
"application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check "
14396
"that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose <gui>Sound "
14397
"Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the "
14398
"<gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
14399
msgstr ""
14400
14401
#: C/sound-nosound.page:37(section/title)
14402
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
14403
msgstr ""
14404
14405
#: C/sound-nosound.page:38(section/p)
14406
msgid ""
14407
"If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on "
14408
"and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is "
14409
"securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the "
14410
"computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
14411
msgstr ""
14412
14413
#: C/sound-nosound.page:43(section/p)
14414
msgid ""
14415
"Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the "
14416
"speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may "
14417
"be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting "
14418
"the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to "
14419
"see if that works."
14420
msgstr ""
14421
14422
#: C/sound-nosound.page:49(section/p)
14423
msgid ""
14424
"A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the "
14425
"back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
14426
msgstr ""
14427
14428
#: C/sound-nosound.page:54(section/title)
14429
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
14430
msgstr ""
14431
14432
#: C/sound-nosound.page:55(section/p)
14433
msgid ""
14434
"Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are "
14435
"capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you "
14436
"have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to "
14437
"choose the right one."
14438
msgstr ""
14439
14440
#: C/sound-nosound.page:64(item/p)
14441
msgid ""
14442
"In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, try selecting a different "
14443
"output from the <gui>Play sound through</gui> list."
14444
msgstr ""
14445
14446
#: C/sound-nosound.page:67(item/p)
14447
msgid ""
14448
"For the selected device, click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, "
14449
"click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only "
14450
"to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
14451
msgstr ""
14452
14453
#: C/sound-nosound.page:72(item/p)
14454
msgid ""
14455
"If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other "
14456
"devices that are listed."
14457
msgstr ""
14458
14459
#: C/sound-nosound.page:79(section/title)
14460
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
14461
msgstr ""
14462
14463
#: C/sound-nosound.page:80(section/p)
14464
msgid ""
14465
"Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, "
14466
"your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason "
14467
"for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card "
14468
"are not installed."
14469
msgstr ""
14470
14471
#: C/sound-nosound.page:83(item/p)
14472
msgid ""
14473
"Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">dash</link> and open the Terminal."
14474
msgstr ""
14475
14476
#: C/sound-nosound.page:86(item/p)
14477
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
14478
msgstr ""
14479
14480
#: C/sound-nosound.page:89(item/p)
14481
msgid ""
14482
"A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware "
14483
"devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
14484
msgstr ""
14485
14486
#: C/sound-nosound.page:94(section/p)
14487
msgid ""
14488
"If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the "
14489
"drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
14490
msgstr ""
14491
14492
#: C/sound-nosound.page:97(section/p)
14493
msgid ""
14494
"You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command "
14495
"in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run "
14496
"<cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; "
14497
"enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio "
14498
"controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound "
14499
"card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with "
14500
"more detailed information."
14501
msgstr ""
14502
14503
#: C/sound-nosound.page:99(section/p)
14504
msgid ""
14505
"You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the "
14506
"Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"ubuntu-report-bug\">file a "
14507
"bug</link>."
14508
msgstr ""
14509
14510
#: C/sound-nosound.page:101(section/p)
14511
msgid ""
14512
"If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new "
14513
"sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the "
14514
"computer and external USB sound cards."
14515
msgstr ""
14516
14517
#: C/sound-usemic.page:15(info/desc)
14518
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
14519
msgstr ""
14520
14521
#: C/sound-usemic.page:19(page/title)
14522
msgid "Use a different microphone"
14523
msgstr ""
14524
14525
#: C/sound-usemic.page:21(page/p)
14526
msgid ""
14527
"You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with "
14528
"colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia "
14529
"applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam "
14530
"with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio "
14531
"quality."
14532
msgstr ""
14533
14534
#: C/sound-usemic.page:27(page/p)
14535
msgid ""
14536
"If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate "
14537
"adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for "
14538
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to "
14539
"the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually "
14540
"be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a "
14541
"default input device."
14542
msgstr ""
14543
14544
#: C/sound-usemic.page:34(page/p)
14545
msgid ""
14546
"If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. "
14547
"USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify "
14548
"which microphone to use by default."
14549
msgstr ""
14550
14551
#: C/sound-usemic.page:39(steps/title)
14552
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47(steps/title)
14553
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
14554
msgstr ""
14555
14556
#: C/sound-usemic.page:40(item/p)
14557
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48(item/p)
14558
msgid ""
14559
"Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select "
14560
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14561
msgstr ""
14562
14563
#: C/sound-usemic.page:41(item/p)
14564
msgid ""
14565
"On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The "
14566
"input level indicator should respond when you speak."
14567
msgstr ""
14568
14569
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:16(info/desc)
14570
msgid ""
14571
"Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
14572
msgstr ""
14573
14574
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:20(page/title)
14575
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
14576
msgstr ""
14577
14578
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:22(page/p)
14579
msgid ""
14580
"You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers "
14581
"usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) "
14582
"plug or with USB."
14583
msgstr ""
14584
14585
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:26(page/p)
14586
msgid ""
14587
"If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate "
14588
"socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for "
14589
"microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to "
14590
"the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be "
14591
"used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the "
14592
"default device."
14593
msgstr ""
14594
14595
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:32(page/p)
14596
msgid ""
14597
"Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually "
14598
"uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure "
14599
"which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound "
14600
"settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> then "
14601
"click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Select your speakers in the list of "
14602
"devices, then click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the "
14603
"button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the "
14604
"channel corresponding to that speaker."
14605
msgstr ""
14606
14607
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:41(page/p)
14608
msgid ""
14609
"If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a "
14610
"USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate "
14611
"audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
14612
msgstr ""
14613
14614
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:49(item/p)
14615
msgid ""
14616
"On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
14617
msgstr ""
14618
14619
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:52(page/p)
14620
msgid ""
14621
"If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the "
14622
"<gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
14623
msgstr ""
14624
14625
#: C/sound-volume.page:20(info/desc)
14626
msgid ""
14627
"Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each "
14628
"application."
14629
msgstr ""
14630
14631
#: C/sound-volume.page:25(page/title)
14632
msgid "Change the sound volume"
14633
msgstr ""
14634
14635
#: C/sound-volume.page:27(page/p)
14636
msgid ""
14637
"To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu "
14638
"bar</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn "
14639
"off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
14640
msgstr ""
14641
14642
#: C/sound-volume.page:29(page/p)
14643
msgid ""
14644
"Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look "
14645
"like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near "
14646
"the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the "
14647
"\"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
14648
msgstr ""
14649
14650
#: C/sound-volume.page:34(page/p)
14651
msgid ""
14652
"Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume "
14653
"using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a "
14654
"volume control too."
14655
msgstr ""
14656
14657
#: C/sound-volume.page:39(section/title)
14658
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
14659
msgstr ""
14660
14661
#: C/sound-volume.page:40(section/p)
14662
msgid ""
14663
"You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for "
14664
"others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing "
14665
"the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web "
14666
"browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
14667
msgstr ""
14668
14669
#: C/sound-volume.page:44(section/p)
14670
msgid ""
14671
"Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your "
14672
"application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, "
14673
"click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click "
14674
"<gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change "
14675
"the volume of the application there."
14676
msgstr ""
14677
14678
#: C/sound-volume.page:48(section/p)
14679
msgid ""
14680
"Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application "
14681
"is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that "
14682
"lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its "
14683
"volume."
14684
msgstr ""
14685
14686
#: C/tips.page:13(info/desc)
14687
msgid ""
14688
"<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link "
14689
"xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>..."
14690
msgstr ""
14691
14692
#: C/tips.page:17(page/title)
14693
msgid "Tips & tricks"
14694
msgstr ""
14695
14696
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:16(info/desc)
14697
msgid ""
14698
"Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, "
14699
"mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
14700
msgstr ""
14701
14702
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:21(page/title)
14703
msgid "Enter special characters"
14704
msgstr ""
14705
14706
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:30(page/p)
14707
msgid ""
14708
"You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's "
14709
"writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some "
14710
"different ways you can enter special characters."
14711
msgstr ""
14712
14713
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:35(links/title)
14714
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
14715
msgstr ""
14716
14717
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:39(section/title)
14718
msgid "Character map"
14719
msgstr ""
14720
14721
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:40(section/p)
14722
msgid ""
14723
"GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all "
14724
"the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you "
14725
"want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
14726
msgstr ""
14727
14728
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:43(section/p)
14729
msgid ""
14730
"You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>dash</gui>. For more "
14731
"information on the character map, see the <link "
14732
"href=\"ghelp:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
14733
msgstr ""
14734
14735
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:49(section/title)
14736
msgid "Compose key"
14737
msgstr ""
14738
14739
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:50(section/p)
14740
msgid ""
14741
"A compose key is a special key that allows you to press multiple keys in a "
14742
"row to get a special character. For example, to type the accented letter "
14743
"<em>é</em>, you can press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then "
14744
"<key>e</key>."
14745
msgstr ""
14746
14747
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:54(section/p)
14748
msgid ""
14749
"Keyboards don't have specific compose keys. Instead, you can define one of "
14750
"the existing keys on your keyboard as a compose key."
14751
msgstr ""
14752
14753
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57(steps/title)
14754
msgid "Define a compose key"
14755
msgstr ""
14756
14757
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:60(item/p)
14758
msgid "Click <gui>Region and Language</gui>."
14759
msgstr ""
14760
14761
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:61(item/p)
14762
msgid "Select the <gui>Layouts</gui> tab and click <gui>Options</gui>."
14763
msgstr ""
14764
14765
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:63(item/p)
14766
msgid ""
14767
"Find the group called <gui>Compose key position</gui>. Select the key or "
14768
"keys you would like to behave as a compose key. You can choose keys like "
14769
"<key>Caps Lock</key>, either of the <key>Alt</key> keys, or the menu key. "
14770
"Any keys you select will then only work as a compose key, and will no longer "
14771
"work for their original purpose."
14772
msgstr ""
14773
14774
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:70(section/p)
14775
msgid ""
14776
"You can type many common characters using the compose key, for example:"
14777
msgstr ""
14778
14779
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:73(item/p)
14780
msgid ""
14781
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>'</key> then a letter to place an acute "
14782
"accent over that letter, such as <em>é</em>."
14783
msgstr ""
14784
14785
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75(item/p)
14786
msgid ""
14787
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>`</key> (back tick) then a letter to "
14788
"place a grave accent over that letter, such as <em>è</em>."
14789
msgstr ""
14790
14791
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:78(item/p)
14792
msgid ""
14793
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>\"</key> then a letter to place an umlaut "
14794
"over that letter, such as <em>ë</em>."
14795
msgstr ""
14796
14797
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:80(item/p)
14798
msgid ""
14799
"Press <key>compose</key> then <key>-</key> then a letter to place a macron "
14800
"over that letter, such as <em>ē</em>."
14801
msgstr ""
14802
14803
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:83(section/p)
14804
msgid ""
14805
"For more compose key sequences, see <link "
14806
"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Compose_key#Common_compose_combinations\""
14807
">the compose key page on Wikipedia</link>."
14808
msgstr ""
14809
14810
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:89(section/title)
14811
msgid "Code points"
14812
msgstr ""
14813
14814
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:90(section/p)
14815
msgid ""
14816
"You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the "
14817
"numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-"
14818
"character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the "
14819
"character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the "
14820
"<gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters "
14821
"after <gui>U+</gui>."
14822
msgstr ""
14823
14824
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:96(section/p)
14825
msgid ""
14826
"To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and "
14827
"<key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code "
14828
"point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use "
14829
"characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find "
14830
"it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter "
14831
"them quickly."
14832
msgstr ""
14833
14834
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:105(section/title)
14835
msgid "Keyboard layouts"
14836
msgstr ""
14837
14838
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:106(section/p)
14839
msgid ""
14840
"You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, "
14841
"regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even easily switch "
14842
"between different keyboard layouts using an icon in the menu bar. To learn "
14843
"how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
14844
msgstr ""
14845
14846
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:113(section/title)
14847
msgid "Input methods"
14848
msgstr ""
14849
14850
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:114(section/p)
14851
msgid ""
14852
"An Input Method expands the previous methods by allowing to enter characters "
14853
"not only with keyboard but any input devices also. For instance you could "
14854
"enter characters with a mouse using a gesture method, or enter Japanese "
14855
"characters using a Latin keyboard."
14856
msgstr ""
14857
14858
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:119(section/p)
14859
msgid ""
14860
"To choose an input method, right-click over a text widget, and in the menu "
14861
"<gui>Input Method</gui>, choose an input method you want to use. There is no "
14862
"default input method provided, so refer to the input methods documentation "
14863
"to see how to use them."
14864
msgstr ""
14865
14866
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14867
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14868
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14869
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14870
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(media)
14871
msgctxt "_"
14872
msgid ""
14873
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14874
"messages.svg' md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'"
14875
msgstr ""
14876
14877
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14878
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14879
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14880
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14881
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(media)
14882
msgctxt "_"
14883
msgid ""
14884
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg' "
14885
"md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'"
14886
msgstr ""
14887
14888
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14889
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14890
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14891
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14892
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(media)
14893
msgctxt "_"
14894
msgid ""
14895
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14896
"offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'"
14897
msgstr ""
14898
14899
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14900
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14901
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14902
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14903
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(media)
14904
msgctxt "_"
14905
msgid ""
14906
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
14907
"panel.svg' md5='571b59734272f80a40e8d2e9a8d4256e'"
14908
msgstr ""
14909
14910
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14911
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14912
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14913
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14914
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(media)
14915
msgctxt "_"
14916
msgid ""
14917
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
14918
"panel.svg' md5='73b5dcfbdeb7a0de65083c570afed1f9'"
14919
msgstr ""
14920
14921
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14922
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14923
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14924
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14925
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(media)
14926
msgctxt "_"
14927
msgid ""
14928
"external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
14929
"panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'"
14930
msgstr ""
14931
14932
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:13(page/title)
14933
msgid "Manage apps & settings with indicator status menus"
14934
msgstr ""
14935
14936
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:19(page/p)
14937
msgid ""
14938
"Ubuntu has several different <gui>indicator status menus</gui> on the right "
14939
"side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can "
14940
"check and modify the state of your computer and applications. Some status "
14941
"menus you will see are:"
14942
msgstr ""
14943
14944
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:26(item/p)
14945
msgid ""
14946
"<em>Messaging menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14947
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-"
14948
"messages.svg\">Message icon</media>"
14949
msgstr ""
14950
14951
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:27(item/p)
14952
msgid ""
14953
"Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications "
14954
"including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
14955
msgstr ""
14956
14957
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:31(item/p)
14958
msgid ""
14959
"<em>Battery menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14960
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg\">Battery "
14961
"icon</media>"
14962
msgstr ""
14963
14964
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:32(item/p)
14965
msgid ""
14966
"Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a "
14967
"battery isn't detected."
14968
msgstr ""
14969
14970
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:37(item/p)
14971
msgid ""
14972
"<em>Bluetooth menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14973
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-"
14974
"active.svg\">Bluetooth icon</media>"
14975
msgstr ""
14976
14977
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:38(item/p)
14978
msgid ""
14979
"Send or receive files by <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. This "
14980
"menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected."
14981
msgstr ""
14982
14983
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:42(item/p)
14984
msgid ""
14985
"<em>Network menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
14986
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-"
14987
"offline.svg\">Offline network icon</media>"
14988
msgstr ""
14989
14990
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:43(item/p)
14991
msgid ""
14992
"Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-"
14993
"wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, "
14994
"and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
14995
msgstr ""
14996
14997
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:47(item/p)
14998
msgid ""
14999
"<em>Sound menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
15000
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-"
15001
"panel.svg\">Volume icon</media>"
15002
msgstr ""
15003
15004
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:48(item/p)
15005
msgid ""
15006
"Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link "
15007
"xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like "
15008
"<app>Banshee</app>."
15009
msgstr ""
15010
15011
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:52(item/p)
15012
msgid "<em>Clock</em>"
15013
msgstr ""
15014
15015
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:53(item/p)
15016
msgid "Access the current time and date."
15017
msgstr ""
15018
15019
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:60(item/p)
15020
msgid ""
15021
"<em>User menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
15022
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/stock/22/stock_person-"
15023
"panel.svg\">User offline icon</media>"
15024
msgstr ""
15025
15026
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:61(item/p)
15027
msgid ""
15028
"Change your password, language settings or login picture. Quickly switch "
15029
"between user accounts without logging out."
15030
msgstr ""
15031
15032
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:66(item/p)
15033
msgid ""
15034
"<em>System menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" "
15035
"src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-"
15036
"panel.svg\">Power cog icon</media>"
15037
msgstr ""
15038
15039
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:67(item/p)
15040
msgid ""
15041
"Access <link xref=\"prefs\">system settings</link>. Lock screen, log out, "
15042
"suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
15043
msgstr ""
15044
15045
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:72(note/p)
15046
msgid ""
15047
"Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status "
15048
"of the application."
15049
msgstr ""
15050
15051
#: C/unity-appmenu-intro.page:73(page/p)
15052
msgid ""
15053
"Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also "
15054
"add indicator menus to the panel."
15055
msgstr ""
15056
15057
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15058
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15059
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15060
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15061
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:17(media)
15062
msgctxt "_"
15063
msgid ""
15064
"external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' "
15065
"md5='e779fe310080ec1dc99a326f7ad91ceb'"
15066
msgstr ""
15067
15068
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:14(page/title)
15069
msgid "Find apps, files, music, and more with the dash"
15070
msgstr ""
15071
15072
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:18(media/p)
15073
msgid "Unity Search"
15074
msgstr ""
15075
15076
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:21(page/p)
15077
msgid ""
15078
"The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications, files, music, and "
15079
"videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever "
15080
"worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, "
15081
"you will surely find this feature of the dash to be useful."
15082
msgstr ""
15083
15084
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:28(page/p)
15085
msgid ""
15086
"The <gui>dash</gui> includes a <gui>search bar</gui>, <gui>application and "
15087
"files shortcuts</gui>, and launchers for commonly-used applications (your "
15088
"web browser, email program, etc.)."
15089
msgstr ""
15090
15091
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:33(page/p)
15092
msgid ""
15093
"To start using the <gui>dash</gui>, click the Ubuntu logo in the top-left "
15094
"portion of the screen, or press the <key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key> "
15095
"key. To hide the <gui>dash</gui>, press <key>Esc</key>."
15096
msgstr ""
15097
15098
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:39(section/title)
15099
msgid "Find applications and files using the search bar"
15100
msgstr ""
15101
15102
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40(section/p)
15103
msgid ""
15104
"The search bar is a <em>global search bar</em>, meaning you can use it to "
15105
"search for both applications <em>and</em> files. To use the global search "
15106
"bar, open the dash and then just start typing. The names and icons of "
15107
"relevant application and files will appear as soon as you start entering "
15108
"text."
15109
msgstr ""
15110
15111
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:47(section/p)
15112
msgid ""
15113
"Relevant application results will appear in one row, and relevant file "
15114
"results will appear in a second row. If no applications match your search "
15115
"query, only the <em>file</em> result list will appear. Similarly, if no "
15116
"files match your query, only the <em>application</em> list will appear."
15117
msgstr ""
15118
15119
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:53(section/p)
15120
msgid ""
15121
"If you see an application that you want to use, or a file that you want to "
15122
"open, click on its icon to start it. Also, pressing the <key>Enter</key> key "
15123
"will start the first item in the list."
15124
msgstr ""
15125
15126
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:59(note/p)
15127
msgid ""
15128
"By default, the <gui>dash</gui> will display one row of applications or "
15129
"files that match your search criteria. To see more results that match your "
15130
"search, click <gui>See more results</gui>."
15131
msgstr ""
15132
15133
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:67(section/title)
15134
msgid "Application and file shortcuts"
15135
msgstr ""
15136
15137
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:68(section/p)
15138
msgid ""
15139
"Click the buttons in the row at the bottom of the dash to switch between "
15140
"<gui>lenses</gui>. Lenses allow you to focus the dash results and exclude "
15141
"results from other lenses."
15142
msgstr ""
15143
15144
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:73(section/p)
15145
msgid ""
15146
"Clicking the second icon in the row will display the <gui>Applications</gui> "
15147
"lens. This displays applications you use most frequently, applications you "
15148
"have installed, as well as additional applications you can install from the "
15149
"Ubuntu Software Center."
15150
msgstr ""
15151
15152
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:79(section/p)
15153
msgid ""
15154
"Clicking the document icon allows you to browse the files you have used most "
15155
"recently, files in your <gui>Downloads</gui> folder, and your <link "
15156
"xref=\"nautilus-bookmarks-edit\">bookmarked folders</link>."
15157
msgstr ""
15158
15159
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:83(section/p)
15160
msgid ""
15161
"The final two lenses show music and videos from both your computer and from "
15162
"the Internet."
15163
msgstr ""
15164
15165
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:86(section/p)
15166
msgid ""
15167
"To return to the main dash view, just click the first icon in the row, the "
15168
"Home button."
15169
msgstr ""
15170
15171
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:9(info/desc)
15172
msgid "Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use."
15173
msgstr ""
15174
15175
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:20(page/title)
15176
msgid "What is the HUD?"
15177
msgstr ""
15178
15179
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:22(page/p)
15180
msgid ""
15181
"The <gui>HUD</gui> or <gui>Heads Up Display</gui> is a search-based "
15182
"alternative to traditional menus and is a brand new feature in Ubuntu 12.04."
15183
msgstr ""
15184
15185
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:25(page/p)
15186
msgid ""
15187
"Some apps like <link href=\"apt:gimp\">Gimp</link> or <link "
15188
"href=\"apt:inkscape\">Inkscape</link> have hundreds of menu items. If you're "
15189
"using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you "
15190
"might not remember how to find it in the menus."
15191
msgstr ""
15192
15193
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:29(page/p)
15194
msgid ""
15195
"Using a search box can be quite a bit easier and even faster than navigating "
15196
"complicated heirarchies of menus. The HUD also can be more accessible than "
15197
"normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer."
15198
msgstr ""
15199
15200
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:34(section/title)
15201
msgid "Use the HUD"
15202
msgstr ""
15203
15204
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:36(section/p)
15205
msgid "It's easy to try the HUD:"
15206
msgstr ""
15207
15208
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:40(item/p)
15209
msgid "Tap <key>Alt</key> to open the HUD."
15210
msgstr ""
15211
15212
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:43(item/p)
15213
msgid "Start typing."
15214
msgstr ""
15215
15216
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:46(item/p)
15217
msgid ""
15218
"When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to "
15219
"select the result, then press <key>Enter</key>, or just click your desired "
15220
"search result."
15221
msgstr ""
15222
15223
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:50(item/p)
15224
msgid ""
15225
"If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, simply type <key>Alt</key> "
15226
"again or <key>Esc</key>. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to "
15227
"close the HUD."
15228
msgstr ""
15229
15230
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:55(section/p)
15231
msgid ""
15232
"The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to "
15233
"be even more useful the more you use it."
15234
msgstr ""
15235
15236
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15237
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15238
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15239
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15240
#: C/unity-introduction.page:37(media)
15241
msgctxt "_"
15242
msgid ""
15243
"external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' "
15244
"md5='12ec9c818be891db69394b6d52cb09af'"
15245
msgstr ""
15246
15247
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15248
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15249
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15250
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15251
#: C/unity-introduction.page:45(media)
15252
msgctxt "_"
15253
msgid ""
15254
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' "
15255
"md5='a29d4b7594ed25a46c9df8219e853578'"
15256
msgstr ""
15257
15258
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15259
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15260
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15261
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15262
#: C/unity-introduction.page:69(media)
15263
msgctxt "_"
15264
msgid ""
15265
"external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='c1ec5f3efb8eef2ae6f9cb8a1154bda2'"
15266
msgstr ""
15267
15268
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9(info/desc)
15269
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
15270
msgstr "Supažindinimas su Unity darbastalio aplinka."
15271
15272
#: C/unity-introduction.page:25(page/title)
15273
msgid "Welcome to Ubuntu 12.04"
15274
msgstr "Ubuntu Linux 12.04 sveikina Jus"
15275
15276
#: C/unity-introduction.page:27(page/p)
15277
msgid ""
15278
"Ubuntu 12.04 features <em>Unity</em>, a completely reimagined user "
15279
"interface. Unity is designed to minimize distractions, give you more room to "
15280
"work, and help you get things done."
15281
msgstr ""
15282
"Ubuntu 12.04 operacinėje sistemoje yra <em>Unity</em> darbastalio aplinka - "
15283
"naujoviškas būdas paleisti bei valdyti veikiančias programas. Unity "
15284
"naudotojo sąsaja teikia daugiau vietos ekrane Jūsų darbui, neblaško jūsų "
15285
"nereikalingais pranešimais, bei padeda Jums produktyviai naudotis "
15286
"kompiuteriu."
15287
15288
#: C/unity-introduction.page:31(page/p)
15289
msgid ""
15290
"This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your "
15291
"Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some Unity's key "
15292
"features, and how you can use them."
15293
msgstr ""
15294
15295
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35(section/title)
15296
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
15297
msgstr "Supažindinimas su Unity sąsaja"
15298
15299
#: C/unity-introduction.page:38(media/p)
15300
msgid "The Unity desktop"
15301
msgstr "Unity darbastalio aplinka"
15302
15303
#: C/unity-introduction.page:42(section/title)
15304
msgid "The Launcher and the Home Button"
15305
msgstr "Paleidimo juosta bei „Namų“ mygtukas"
15306
15307
#: C/unity-introduction.page:46(media/p)
15308
msgid "The Launcher"
15309
msgstr "Paleidimo juosta"
15310
15311
#: C/unity-introduction.page:49(section/p)
15312
msgid ""
15313
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log in to your "
15314
"desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often."
15315
msgstr ""
15316
15317
#: C/unity-introduction.page:56(item/p)
15318
msgid ""
15319
"<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Learn more about the launcher.</link>"
15320
msgstr ""
15321
15322
#: C/unity-introduction.page:62(section/title)
15323
msgid "The Dash"
15324
msgstr ""
15325
15326
#: C/unity-introduction.page:64(section/p)
15327
msgid ""
15328
"The <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui> sits near the top left corner of the screen and "
15329
"is always the top item in the launcher. If you click the <gui>Ubuntu "
15330
"Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the "
15331
"desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
15332
msgstr ""
15333
15334
#: C/unity-introduction.page:70(media/p)
15335
msgid "The Unity Dash"
15336
msgstr ""
15337
15338
#: C/unity-introduction.page:73(section/p)
15339
msgid ""
15340
"The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open and use "
15341
"applications, files, and music. For example, if you type the word "
15342
"\"document\" into the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you "
15343
"applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you "
15344
"relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently."
15345
msgstr ""
15346
15347
#: C/unity-introduction.page:78(section/p)
15348
msgid ""
15349
"The Dash also gives you shortcuts to often-used Internet, photo, email, and "
15350
"music applications."
15351
msgstr ""
15352
15353
#: C/unity-introduction.page:80(section/p)
15354
msgid ""
15355
"This is just the beginning of what the Dash can do for you. If you want to "
15356
"get the most out of the Dash, check out the Dash tips-and-tricks."
15357
msgstr ""
15358
15359
#: C/unity-introduction.page:84(item/p)
15360
msgid "<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Learn more about the dash.</link>"
15361
msgstr ""
15362
15363
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:14(info/desc)
15364
msgid "Make the icons in the launcher larger or smaller."
15365
msgstr ""
15366
15367
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:18(page/title)
15368
msgid "Change the size of icons in the launcher"
15369
msgstr ""
15370
15371
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:20(page/p)
15372
msgid ""
15373
"You can make the launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the "
15374
"launcher. Or you might want to make the launcher icons larger so they are "
15375
"easier to click."
15376
msgstr ""
15377
15378
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:29(item/p)
15379
msgid "Click <gui>Appearance</gui>."
15380
msgstr ""
15381
15382
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:32(item/p)
15383
msgid ""
15384
"Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the "
15385
"size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
15386
msgstr ""
15387
15388
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:34(note/p)
15389
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
15390
msgstr ""
15391
15392
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
15393
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
15394
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
15395
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
15396
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19(media)
15397
msgctxt "_"
15398
msgid ""
15399
"external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' "
15400
"md5='3c9bc922732cba611c74436bfeb4fa34'"
15401
msgstr ""
15402
15403
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:15(page/title)
15404
msgid "Use the launcher to start applications"
15405
msgstr ""
15406
15407
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:20(media/p)
15408
msgid "Launcher icons"
15409
msgstr ""
15410
15411
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23(page/p)
15412
msgid ""
15413
"The <gui>Launcher</gui> is one of the key components of the new Unity "
15414
"desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand "
15415
"side of the screen. The launcher provides you with quick access to "
15416
"applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash."
15417
msgstr ""
15418
15419
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:27(page/p)
15420
msgid ""
15421
"If an application that you want to start using is present in the launcher, "
15422
"you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for "
15423
"you to use."
15424
msgstr ""
15425
15426
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:30(page/p)
15427
msgid ""
15428
"To learn more about the launcher, explore any of the launcher help topics "
15429
"below."
15430
msgstr ""
15431
15432
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:46(section/title)
15433
msgid "Customize the launcher"
15434
msgstr ""
15435
15436
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9(info/desc)
15437
msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents."
15438
msgstr ""
15439
15440
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:19(page/title)
15441
msgid "What are overlay scrollbars?"
15442
msgstr ""
15443
15444
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:27(page/p)
15445
msgid ""
15446
"Ubuntu includes <em>overlay scrollbars</em> which take up less screenspace "
15447
"than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While "
15448
"inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, "
15449
"Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse."
15450
msgstr ""
15451
15452
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:32(page/p)
15453
msgid ""
15454
"Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet."
15455
msgstr ""
15456
15457
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:35(section/title)
15458
msgid "Use the scrollbars"
15459
msgstr ""
15460
15461
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:37(section/p)
15462
msgid ""
15463
"The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a "
15464
"scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your "
15465
"screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds "
15466
"with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content."
15467
msgstr ""
15468
15469
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:41(section/p)
15470
msgid ""
15471
"Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content "
15472
"to reveal the <gui>thumb slider</gui>."
15473
msgstr ""
15474
15475
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:44(list/title)
15476
msgid "Ways to use the scrollbars:"
15477
msgstr ""
15478
15479
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:45(item/p)
15480
msgid ""
15481
"Click the top half of the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to scroll one page up. "
15482
"Click the bottom half to scroll one page down."
15483
msgstr ""
15484
15485
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:48(item/p)
15486
msgid ""
15487
"Drag the <gui>thumb slider</gui> up or down to move the screen's position "
15488
"exactly where you want it."
15489
msgstr ""
15490
15491
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:51(item/p)
15492
msgid ""
15493
"<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\"/> on the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to move "
15494
"the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This "
15495
"is especially useful in long documents."
15496
msgstr ""
15497
15498
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:59(section/title)
15499
msgid "Disable the scrollbars"
15500
msgstr ""
15501
15502
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:61(section/p)
15503
msgid ""
15504
"You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:"
15505
msgstr ""
15506
15507
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:67(item/p)
15508
msgid "Type the following command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
15509
msgstr ""
15510
15511
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:70(item/p)
15512
msgid ""
15513
"<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link> and log back in for the change to "
15514
"take effect."
15515
msgstr ""
15516
15517
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:74(section/p)
15518
msgid ""
15519
"If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this "
15520
"command:"
15521
msgstr ""
15522
15523
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:80(note/p)
15524
msgid ""
15525
"Setting your theme to <link xref=\"a11y-contrast\">High Contrast</link> will "
15526
"also disable the overlay scrollbars."
15527
msgstr ""
15528
15529
#: C/user-accounts.page:7(info/title)
15530
msgctxt "link:trail"
15531
msgid "Users"
15532
msgstr ""
15533
15534
#: C/user-accounts.page:8(info/desc)
15535
msgid ""
15536
"<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-"
15537
"session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change "
15538
"password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>..."
15539
msgstr ""
15540
15541
#: C/user-accounts.page:23(page/title)
15542
msgid "User accounts"
15543
msgstr ""
15544
15545
#: C/user-accounts.page:25(page/p)
15546
msgid ""
15547
"Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. "
15548
"This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their "
15549
"own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user "
15550
"account if you know the password."
15551
msgstr ""
15552
15553
#: C/user-accounts.page:32(info/title)
15554
msgctxt "link:trail"
15555
msgid "Accounts"
15556
msgstr ""
15557
15558
#: C/user-accounts.page:34(section/title)
15559
msgid "Manage user accounts"
15560
msgstr ""
15561
15562
#: C/user-accounts.page:38(section/title)
15563
msgid "Passwords"
15564
msgstr ""
15565
15566
#: C/user-accounts.page:43(info/title)
15567
msgctxt "link:trail"
15568
msgid "Privileges"
15569
msgstr ""
15570
15571
#: C/user-accounts.page:45(section/title)
15572
msgid "User privileges"
15573
msgstr ""
15574
15575
#: C/user-add.page:8(info/desc)
15576
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
15577
msgstr ""
15578
15579
#: C/user-add.page:23(page/title)
15580
msgid "Add a new user account"
15581
msgstr ""
15582
15583
#: C/user-add.page:39(page/p)
15584
msgid ""
15585
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to "
15586
"each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home "
15587
"folder, documents, and settings."
15588
msgstr ""
15589
15590
#: C/user-add.page:44(item/p)
15591
#: C/user-admin-change.page:33(item/p)
15592
#: C/user-changepassword.page:53(item/p)
15593
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30(item/p)
15594
#: C/user-delete.page:32(item/p)
15595
msgid ""
15596
"Click your name in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>User "
15597
"Accounts</gui>."
15598
msgstr ""
15599
15600
#: C/user-add.page:46(item/p)
15601
msgid ""
15602
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15603
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to add user accounts."
15604
msgstr ""
15605
15606
#: C/user-add.page:49(item/p)
15607
msgid ""
15608
"In the list of accounts on the left, click the <gui>+</gui> button to add a "
15609
"new user account."
15610
msgstr ""
15611
15612
#: C/user-add.page:51(item/p)
15613
msgid ""
15614
"If you want the new user to have administrative access to the computer, "
15615
"select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type in the dropdown menu. "
15616
"Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and "
15617
"drivers, and change the date and time."
15618
msgstr ""
15619
15620
#: C/user-add.page:55(item/p)
15621
msgid ""
15622
"Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically "
15623
"based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if "
15624
"you like."
15625
msgstr ""
15626
15627
#: C/user-add.page:58(item/p)
15628
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> when you're done."
15629
msgstr ""
15630
15631
#: C/user-add.page:59(item/p)
15632
msgid ""
15633
"The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the "
15634
"user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account "
15635
"disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Use the <gui>Action</gui> drop-"
15636
"down list to set the password now, allow the user to log in without a "
15637
"password, or have the user set their password the first time they log in."
15638
msgstr ""
15639
15640
#: C/user-add.page:64(item/p)
15641
msgid ""
15642
"If you choose <gui>Set a password now</gui>, have the user type their "
15643
"password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> "
15644
"fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
15645
msgstr ""
15646
15647
#: C/user-add.page:67(item/p)
15648
#: C/user-changepassword.page:59(item/p)
15649
msgid ""
15650
"You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to "
15651
"select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for "
15652
"others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
15653
msgstr ""
15654
15655
#: C/user-add.page:71(item/p)
15656
#: C/user-changepassword.page:63(item/p)
15657
msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
15658
msgstr ""
15659
15660
#: C/user-add.page:74(note/p)
15661
msgid ""
15662
"Back in the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to "
15663
"the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image "
15664
"will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can "
15665
"use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
15666
msgstr ""
15667
15668
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10(info/desc)
15669
msgid ""
15670
"You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by "
15671
"giving them administrative privileges."
15672
msgstr ""
15673
15674
#: C/user-admin-change.page:24(page/title)
15675
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
15676
msgstr ""
15677
15678
#: C/user-admin-change.page:26(page/p)
15679
msgid ""
15680
"Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to "
15681
"important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin "
15682
"privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system "
15683
"secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
15684
msgstr ""
15685
15686
#: C/user-admin-change.page:38(item/p)
15687
msgid ""
15688
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account "
15689
"settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges "
15690
"yourself.)"
15691
msgstr ""
15692
15693
#: C/user-admin-change.page:44(item/p)
15694
msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
15695
msgstr ""
15696
15697
#: C/user-admin-change.page:50(item/p)
15698
msgid ""
15699
"Choose <gui>Administrator</gui> if you want the user to be able to perform "
15700
"administrative tasks, like installing new applications."
15701
msgstr ""
15702
15703
#: C/user-admin-change.page:53(item/p)
15704
msgid ""
15705
"Choose <gui>Standard</gui> if you don't want the user to be able to perform "
15706
"admin tasks."
15707
msgstr ""
15708
15709
#: C/user-admin-change.page:60(item/p)
15710
msgid ""
15711
"Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when "
15712
"they next log in."
15713
msgstr ""
15714
15715
#: C/user-admin-change.page:66(note/p)
15716
msgid ""
15717
"The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user "
15718
"account that was created when you first installed the system."
15719
msgstr ""
15720
15721
#: C/user-admin-change.page:69(note/p)
15722
msgid ""
15723
"It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges "
15724
"on one system."
15725
msgstr ""
15726
15727
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8(info/desc)
15728
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
15729
msgstr ""
15730
15731
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:21(page/title)
15732
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
15733
msgstr ""
15734
15735
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:23(page/p)
15736
msgid ""
15737
"As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of "
15738
"files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these "
15739
"important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause "
15740
"various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. "
15741
"Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are "
15742
"also protected."
15743
msgstr ""
15744
15745
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:30(page/p)
15746
msgid ""
15747
"The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with "
15748
"<em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the "
15749
"applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files "
15750
"or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
15751
msgstr ""
15752
15753
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:35(page/p)
15754
msgid ""
15755
"Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to "
15756
"temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an "
15757
"application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For "
15758
"example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer "
15759
"(package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new "
15760
"application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will "
15761
"be taken away again."
15762
msgstr ""
15763
15764
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:43(page/p)
15765
msgid ""
15766
"Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are "
15767
"allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges "
15768
"you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, "
15769
"the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use "
15770
"admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change an "
15771
"important file and break something."
15772
msgstr ""
15773
15774
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:50(page/p)
15775
msgid ""
15776
"In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your "
15777
"system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
15778
msgstr ""
15779
15780
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54(note/title)
15781
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
15782
msgstr ""
15783
15784
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:55(note/p)
15785
msgid ""
15786
"A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This "
15787
"is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might "
15788
"see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these "
15789
"are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
15790
msgstr ""
15791
15792
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62(section/title)
15793
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
15794
msgstr ""
15795
15796
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:63(section/p)
15797
msgid ""
15798
"Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are "
15799
"made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, "
15800
"intentionally or unintentionally."
15801
msgstr ""
15802
15803
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:66(section/p)
15804
msgid ""
15805
"If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change "
15806
"an important file, or run an application which changes something important "
15807
"by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, "
15808
"reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
15809
msgstr ""
15810
15811
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:70(section/p)
15812
msgid ""
15813
"Only certain, trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This "
15814
"prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like "
15815
"uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you "
15816
"don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security "
15817
"standpoint."
15818
msgstr ""
15819
15820
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8(info/desc)
15821
msgid ""
15822
"You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin "
15823
"privileges."
15824
msgstr ""
15825
15826
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:21(page/title)
15827
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
15828
msgstr ""
15829
15830
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:23(page/p)
15831
msgid ""
15832
"You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-"
15833
"explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin "
15834
"privileges in order to work, such as:"
15835
msgstr ""
15836
15837
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:29(item/p)
15838
msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
15839
msgstr ""
15840
15841
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:32(item/p)
15842
msgid ""
15843
"Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the "
15844
"contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
15845
msgstr ""
15846
15847
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:36(item/p)
15848
msgid "Installing new applications"
15849
msgstr ""
15850
15851
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:40(page/p)
15852
msgid ""
15853
"You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin "
15854
"privileges</link>."
15855
msgstr ""
15856
15857
#: C/user-changepassword.page:9(info/desc)
15858
msgid ""
15859
"Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account "
15860
"settings."
15861
msgstr ""
15862
15863
#: C/user-changepassword.page:23(page/title)
15864
msgid "Change your password"
15865
msgstr ""
15866
15867
#: C/user-changepassword.page:50(page/p)
15868
msgid ""
15869
"It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if "
15870
"you think someone else knows what your password is."
15871
msgstr ""
15872
15873
#: C/user-changepassword.page:54(item/p)
15874
msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
15875
msgstr ""
15876
15877
#: C/user-changepassword.page:55(note/p)
15878
msgid ""
15879
"The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a "
15880
"password set."
15881
msgstr ""
15882
15883
#: C/user-changepassword.page:57(item/p)
15884
msgid ""
15885
"Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password "
15886
"again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
15887
msgstr ""
15888
15889
#: C/user-changepassword.page:66(page/p)
15890
msgid ""
15891
"Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good "
15892
"password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
15893
msgstr ""
15894
15895
#: C/user-changepassword.page:70(section/title)
15896
msgid "Change the keyring password"
15897
msgstr ""
15898
15899
#: C/user-changepassword.page:72(section/p)
15900
msgid ""
15901
"If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the "
15902
"<em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember "
15903
"lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password "
15904
"to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your "
15905
"keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the "
15906
"keyring password (to match your login password):"
15907
msgstr ""
15908
15909
#: C/user-changepassword.page:82(item/p)
15910
msgid ""
15911
"Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>dash</gui>."
15912
msgstr ""
15913
15914
#: C/user-changepassword.page:84(item/p)
15915
msgid ""
15916
"In the <gui>Passwords</gui> tab, right-click on <gui>Passwords: login</gui>. "
15917
"Select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
15918
msgstr ""
15919
15920
#: C/user-changepassword.page:86(item/p)
15921
msgid ""
15922
"Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new "
15923
"<gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it "
15924
"again."
15925
msgstr ""
15926
15927
#: C/user-changepassword.page:89(item/p)
15928
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
15929
msgstr ""
15930
15931
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7(info/desc)
15932
msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
15933
msgstr ""
15934
15935
#: C/user-changepicture.page:22(page/title)
15936
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
15937
msgstr ""
15938
15939
#: C/user-changepicture.page:24(page/p)
15940
msgid ""
15941
"When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their "
15942
"login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your "
15943
"own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
15944
msgstr ""
15945
15946
#: C/user-changepicture.page:31(item/p)
15947
msgid ""
15948
"Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with "
15949
"some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for "
15950
"yourself."
15951
msgstr ""
15952
15953
#: C/user-changepicture.page:34(item/p)
15954
msgid ""
15955
"If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click "
15956
"<gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
15957
msgstr ""
15958
15959
#: C/user-delete.page:7(info/desc)
15960
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
15961
msgstr ""
15962
15963
#: C/user-delete.page:25(page/title)
15964
msgid "Delete a user account"
15965
msgstr ""
15966
15967
#: C/user-delete.page:27(page/p)
15968
msgid ""
15969
"You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-"
15970
"add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can "
15971
"delete that user's account."
15972
msgstr ""
15973
15974
#: C/user-delete.page:33(item/p)
15975
msgid ""
15976
"Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to "
15977
"make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
15978
msgstr ""
15979
15980
#: C/user-delete.page:36(item/p)
15981
msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
15982
msgstr ""
15983
15984
#: C/user-delete.page:37(item/p)
15985
msgid ""
15986
"Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can "
15987
"choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete "
15988
"Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free "
15989
"up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. "
15990
"You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting "
15991
"them."
15992
msgstr ""
15993
15994
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7(info/desc)
15995
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
15996
msgstr ""
15997
15998
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17(page/title)
15999
msgid "I forgot my password!"
16000
msgstr ""
16001
16002
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29(page/p)
16003
msgid ""
16004
"It is important to choose not only <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good "
16005
"and secure password</link>, but also one that you can remember. If you have "
16006
"forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow "
16007
"the following steps to reset it."
16008
msgstr ""
16009
16010
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36(note/p)
16011
msgid ""
16012
"If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a "
16013
"forgotten password."
16014
msgstr ""
16015
16016
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41(page/p)
16017
msgid ""
16018
"If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-"
16019
"changepassword\"/>."
16020
msgstr ""
16021
16022
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47(section/title)
16023
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
16024
msgstr ""
16025
16026
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50(item/p)
16027
msgid ""
16028
"Restart your computer, and hold down <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get "
16029
"into the Grub menu."
16030
msgstr ""
16031
16032
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55(note/p)
16033
msgid ""
16034
"If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating "
16035
"system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold "
16036
"down <key>Shift</key>."
16037
msgstr ""
16038
16039
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62(note/p)
16040
msgid ""
16041
"If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot "
16042
"choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-"
16043
"forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
16044
msgstr ""
16045
16046
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67(item/p)
16047
msgid ""
16048
"Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with "
16049
"the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
16050
msgstr ""
16051
16052
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73(item/p)
16053
msgid ""
16054
"Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a "
16055
"<gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight "
16056
"<gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
16057
msgstr ""
16058
16059
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79(item/p)
16060
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
16061
msgstr ""
16062
16063
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82(item/p)
16064
msgid ""
16065
"<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the "
16066
"username of the account you're changing the password for."
16067
msgstr ""
16068
16069
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87(item/p)
16070
msgid ""
16071
"You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new "
16072
"password."
16073
msgstr ""
16074
16075
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92(item/p)
16076
msgid "Then type:"
16077
msgstr ""
16078
16079
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95(item/p)
16080
msgid "# <cmd>reboot</cmd>"
16081
msgstr ""
16082
16083
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100(section/p)
16084
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203(section/p)
16085
msgid ""
16086
"After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring "
16087
"(since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved "
16088
"passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be "
16089
"accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old "
16090
"keyring</link> and start a new one."
16091
msgstr ""
16092
16093
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108(section/title)
16094
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
16095
msgstr ""
16096
16097
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111(item/p)
16098
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
16099
msgstr ""
16100
16101
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116(item/p)
16102
msgid "Mount your drive."
16103
msgstr ""
16104
16105
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121(item/p)
16106
msgid ""
16107
"Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run "
16108
"Application</gui> window."
16109
msgstr ""
16110
16111
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127(item/p)
16112
msgid ""
16113
"Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide "
16114
"privileges."
16115
msgstr ""
16116
16117
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132(note/p)
16118
msgid ""
16119
"Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive "
16120
"by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
16121
msgstr ""
16122
16123
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139(item/p)
16124
msgid ""
16125
"Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the "
16126
"<gui>etc</gui> directory."
16127
msgstr ""
16128
16129
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142(item/p)
16130
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
16131
msgstr ""
16132
16133
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147(item/p)
16134
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
16135
msgstr ""
16136
16137
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150(item/p)
16138
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
16139
msgstr ""
16140
16141
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154(item/p)
16142
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
16143
msgstr ""
16144
16145
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162(item/p)
16146
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
16147
msgstr ""
16148
16149
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168(item/p)
16150
msgid ""
16151
"Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look "
16152
"something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
16153
msgstr ""
16154
16155
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172(item/p)
16156
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
16157
msgstr ""
16158
16159
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175(item/p)
16160
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
16161
msgstr ""
16162
16163
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180(item/p)
16164
msgid ""
16165
"Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. "
16166
"This will remove the password for the account."
16167
msgstr ""
16168
16169
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184(item/p)
16170
msgid ""
16171
"Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the "
16172
"live CD or USB."
16173
msgstr ""
16174
16175
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190(item/p)
16176
msgid ""
16177
"When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. "
16178
"Open <gui>My Account</gui> and reset your password."
16179
msgstr ""
16180
16181
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195(item/p)
16182
msgid ""
16183
"For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current "
16184
"password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new "
16185
"password."
16186
msgstr ""
16187
16188
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214(section/title)
16189
msgid "Get rid of the keyring"
16190
msgstr ""
16191
16192
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216(note/p)
16193
msgid ""
16194
"This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant "
16195
"messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you "
16196
"used for your keyring."
16197
msgstr ""
16198
16199
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221(item/p)
16200
msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>dash</gui>."
16201
msgstr ""
16202
16203
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224(item/p)
16204
msgid ""
16205
"Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click "
16206
"<guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
16207
msgstr ""
16208
16209
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228(item/p)
16210
msgid "Double click on the folder .gnome2"
16211
msgstr ""
16212
16213
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231(item/p)
16214
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
16215
msgstr ""
16216
16217
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234(item/p)
16218
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
16219
msgstr ""
16220
16221
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237(item/p)
16222
msgid "Restart the computer."
16223
msgstr ""
16224
16225
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241(section/p)
16226
msgid ""
16227
"After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless "
16228
"networks password."
16229
msgstr ""
16230
16231
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:8(info/desc)
16232
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
16233
msgstr ""
16234
16235
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31(page/title)
16236
msgid "Choose a secure password"
16237
msgstr ""
16238
16239
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34(note/p)
16240
msgid ""
16241
"Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for "
16242
"others (including computer programs) to guess."
16243
msgstr ""
16244
16245
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:39(page/p)
16246
msgid ""
16247
"Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your "
16248
"password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your "
16249
"personal information."
16250
msgstr ""
16251
16252
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:42(page/p)
16253
msgid ""
16254
"People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your "
16255
"password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be "
16256
"extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for "
16257
"choosing a good password:"
16258
msgstr ""
16259
16260
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:49(item/p)
16261
msgid ""
16262
"Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols and "
16263
"spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess; there are "
16264
"more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords that someone would "
16265
"have to check when trying to guess yours."
16266
msgstr ""
16267
16268
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54(note/p)
16269
msgid ""
16270
"A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each "
16271
"word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a "
16272
"movie, a book, a song or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of "
16273
"Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
16274
msgstr ""
16275
16276
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61(item/p)
16277
msgid ""
16278
"Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the "
16279
"longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
16280
msgstr ""
16281
16282
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:65(item/p)
16283
msgid ""
16284
"Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. "
16285
"Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is "
16286
"\"password\" - people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
16287
msgstr ""
16288
16289
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:70(item/p)
16290
msgid ""
16291
"Do not use any personal information such as a date, license plate number, or "
16292
"any family member's name."
16293
msgstr ""
16294
16295
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:74(item/p)
16296
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
16297
msgstr ""
16298
16299
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77(item/p)
16300
msgid ""
16301
"Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to decrease the chances of "
16302
"someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be "
16303
"watching you."
16304
msgstr ""
16305
16306
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:81(note/p)
16307
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be easily found!"
16308
msgstr ""
16309
16310
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85(item/p)
16311
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
16312
msgstr ""
16313
16314
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:89(item/p)
16315
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
16316
msgstr ""
16317
16318
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:90(item/p)
16319
msgid ""
16320
"If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it "
16321
"will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
16322
msgstr ""
16323
16324
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:92(item/p)
16325
msgid ""
16326
"It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords, however. Though not as "
16327
"secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to "
16328
"use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different "
16329
"ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
16330
msgstr ""
16331
16332
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:99(item/p)
16333
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
16334
msgstr ""
16335
16336
#: C/video-dvd.page:8(info/desc)
16337
msgid ""
16338
"You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong "
16339
"region."
16340
msgstr ""
16341
16342
#: C/video-dvd.page:22(page/title)
16343
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
16344
msgstr ""
16345
16346
#: C/video-dvd.page:24(page/p)
16347
msgid ""
16348
"If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have "
16349
"the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a "
16350
"different <em>region</em>."
16351
msgstr ""
16352
16353
#: C/video-dvd.page:29(section/title)
16354
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
16355
msgstr ""
16356
16357
#: C/video-dvd.page:30(section/p)
16358
msgid ""
16359
"In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. "
16360
"A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or "
16361
"audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs "
16362
"installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install "
16363
"them for you."
16364
msgstr ""
16365
16366
#: C/video-dvd.page:35(section/p)
16367
msgid ""
16368
"DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This "
16369
"prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them "
16370
"unless you have <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to "
16371
"handle the copy protection."
16372
msgstr ""
16373
16374
#: C/video-dvd.page:41(section/title)
16375
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
16376
msgstr ""
16377
16378
#: C/video-dvd.page:42(section/p)
16379
msgid ""
16380
"DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the "
16381
"world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD "
16382
"player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't "
16383
"be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you "
16384
"will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
16385
msgstr ""
16386
16387
#: C/video-dvd.page:48(section/p)
16388
msgid ""
16389
"It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it "
16390
"can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To "
16391
"change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link "
16392
"href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
16393
msgstr ""
16394
16395
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9(info/desc)
16396
msgid ""
16397
"Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption "
16398
"software."
16399
msgstr ""
16400
16401
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20(page/title)
16402
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
16403
msgstr ""
16404
16405
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22(page/p)
16406
msgid ""
16407
"DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and "
16408
"technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require "
16409
"the use of decryption software in order to play them."
16410
msgstr ""
16411
16412
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25(section/title)
16413
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
16414
msgstr ""
16415
16416
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26(section/p)
16417
msgid ""
16418
"You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from "
16419
"<link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and "
16420
"should be legal to use in all countries."
16421
msgstr ""
16422
16423
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30(section/title)
16424
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
16425
msgstr ""
16426
16427
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32(note/p)
16428
msgid ""
16429
"In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is "
16430
"not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
16431
msgstr ""
16432
16433
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35(item/p)
16434
msgid ""
16435
"Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link "
16436
"href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-"
16437
"plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link "
16438
"href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
16439
msgstr ""
16440
16441
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38(item/p)
16442
msgid ""
16443
"If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open "
16444
"the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
16445
msgstr ""
16446
16447
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40(item/p)
16448
msgid ""
16449
"Type the following into the screen which appears, then press "
16450
"<key>Enter</key>:"
16451
msgstr ""
16452
16453
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41(item/p)
16454
msgid "<code>sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh</code>"
16455
msgstr ""
16456
16457
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42(item/p)
16458
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
16459
msgstr ""
16460
16461
#: C/video-sending.page:7(info/desc)
16462
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
16463
msgstr ""
16464
16465
#: C/video-sending.page:18(page/title)
16466
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
16467
msgstr ""
16468
16469
#: C/video-sending.page:20(page/p)
16470
msgid ""
16471
"If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using "
16472
"Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
16473
msgstr ""
16474
16475
#: C/video-sending.page:23(page/p)
16476
msgid ""
16477
"To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right "
16478
"<em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows "
16479
"how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of "
16480
"different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. "
16481
"You can check which format your video is by doing:"
16482
msgstr ""
16483
16484
#: C/video-sending.page:29(item/p)
16485
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>"
16486
msgstr ""
16487
16488
#: C/video-sending.page:30(item/p)
16489
msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
16490
msgstr ""
16491
16492
#: C/video-sending.page:31(item/p)
16493
msgid ""
16494
"Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is "
16495
"listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
16496
msgstr ""
16497
16498
#: C/video-sending.page:35(page/p)
16499
msgid ""
16500
"Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec "
16501
"installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the "
16502
"codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if "
16503
"your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using "
16504
"Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media "
16505
"player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if "
16506
"it's not installed."
16507
msgstr ""
16508
16509
#: C/video-sending.page:42(page/p)
16510
msgid ""
16511
"If you can't find the right codec, try the <link "
16512
"href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on "
16513
"Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video "
16514
"formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most "
16515
"video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications "
16516
"are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's "
16517
"available."
16518
msgstr ""
16519
16520
#: C/video-sending.page:50(note/p)
16521
msgid ""
16522
"There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your "
16523
"video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes "
16524
"big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with "
16525
"their video playback application, or the video may not have been created "
16526
"properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
16527
msgstr ""
16528
16529
#: C/windows-key.page:6(info/desc)
16530
msgid ""
16531
"The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher. You can usually "
16532
"find it next to the <key>Alt</key> key on your keyboard."
16533
msgstr ""
16534
16535
#: C/windows-key.page:17(page/title)
16536
msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
16537
msgstr ""
16538
16539
#: C/windows-key.page:19(page/p)
16540
msgid ""
16541
"This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to "
16542
"the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is "
16543
"sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
16544
msgstr ""
16545
16546
#: C/windows-key.page:24(note/p)
16547
msgid ""
16548
"If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your "
16549
"keyboard. The <key>Cmd</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
16550
msgstr ""
16551
16552
#: C/windows-key.page:28(page/p)
16553
msgid ""
16554
"The Super key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the "
16555
"Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the Super "
16556
"key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you "
16557
"release the Super key."
16558
msgstr ""
16559
16560
#: C/windows-key.page:32(page/p)
16561
msgid ""
16562
"The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about "
16563
"more uses for the <em>Super</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-"
16564
"shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
16565
msgstr ""
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1